UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


Form 10-Q

(Mark One)

[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004
or
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number: 000-50303


MDC Partners Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

        Ontario, Canada                                    n / a
(State or other jurisdiction of               (IRS Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)

             45 Hazelton Avenue                            M5R 2E3
          Toronto, Ontario, Canada                       (Zip Code)
  (Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
(416) 960-9000

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12(b)-2 of the Act). Yes [X] No [ ]

APPLICABLE ONLY TO REGISTRANTS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING

THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Act subsequent to the distributions of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes [ ] No [ ]

The numbers of shares outstanding as of August 3, 2004 were: 22,208,696 Class A shares and 2,502 Class B shares.

1

Website Access to Company Reports

MDC Partners Inc.'s internet website address is www.mdc-partners.com. The Company's annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act will be made available free of charge through the Company's website as soon as reasonably practical after those reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.


2

MDC PARTNERS INC.

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.     Financial Statements............................................ 4
            Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited)
               Three Months and Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 and
               June 30, 2003................................................ 4
            Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
               June 30, 2004 (unaudited) and December 31, 2003.............. 5
            Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)
               Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003 ............ 6
            Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
               (unaudited).................................................. 7
Item 2.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
               And Results of Operations.................................... 35
Item 3.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk...... 51
Item 4.     Controls and Procedures......................................... 51
            PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 2.     Changes in Securities, Use of Proceeds and Issuer
            Purchases of Equity Securities ................................. 52
Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ............ 53
Item 6.     Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K................................ 54
Signatures.................................................................  55

3

                                              MDC PARTNERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (unaudited)
                           (thousands of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)



                                                              Three Months Ended June 30,       Six Months Ended June 30,
                                                                   2004            2003            2004            2003
                                                            ----------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
Revenue:
   Services                                                       $58,828         $45,849        $115,094       $85,538
   Products                                                        17,159          33,750          36,006        77,275
                                                            ----------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                   75,987          79,599         151,100       162,813
                                                            ----------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
Operating Expenses:
   Cost of products sold                                           10,730          15,620          22,297        34,349
   Salary and related costs *                                      31,424          27,666          68,192        54,805
   General and other operating costs                               26,726          30,165          55,841        58,527
   Depreciation and amortization                                    2,726           3,310           5,069         6,675
   Write-down of fixed assets and other assets                          -           8,126               -         8,126
   Goodwill charges                                                     -          10,012               -        10,012
                                                            ----------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                   71,606          94,899         151,399       172,494
                                                            ----------------  --------------  -------------  -------------

Operating Profit (Loss)                                             4,381         (15,300)           (299)       (9,681)
                                                            ----------------  --------------  -------------  -------------

Other Income (Expenses)
   Gain (loss) on sale of assets (Note 9)                             (73)         48,594           7,092        48,594
   Interest expense                                                (1,784)         (4,936)         (4,097)       (9,262)
   Interest income                                                     51              78             471           171
                                                            ----------------  --------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                   (1,806)         43,736           3,466        39,503
                                                            ----------------  --------------  -------------  -------------

Income Before Income Taxes, Equity in                               2,575          28,436           3,167        29,822
  Affiliates and Minority Interests
Income Taxes (Recovery)                                              (386)          6,012           1,367         5,991
                                                            ----------------  --------------  -------------  -------------

Income Before Equity in Affiliates and Minority Interests           2,961          22,424           1,800        23,831
Equity in affiliates                                                  939             724           2,385         1,222
Minority interests                                                 (2,505)           (361)         (3,808)       (1,379)
                                                            ----------------  --------------  -------------  -------------

Net Income                                                         $1,395         $22,787            $377       $23,674
                                                            ================  ==============  =============  =============

Earnings Per Common Share:
   Basic                                                            $0.06           $1.35           $0.02         $1.40
   Diluted                                                           0.06            0.99            0.02          0.99

Weighted average number of shares:
   Basic                                                       21,772,706      16,915,341      20,388,169    16,915,341
   Diluted                                                     23,870,460      23,469,828      22,593,239    24,575,935



     * Includes stock-based compensation recovery of $1,129 and an expense of $769, during the three months
     ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and an expense of $4,793 and $769 during the six months ended
     June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively.



 The accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial tatements are an integral part of these statements.

4

                                        MDC PARTNERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                       (thousands of United States dollars)


                                                                                June 30,           December 31,
                                                                                  2004                 2003
                                                                            ------------------   -----------------
                                                                               (Unaudited)
                 ASSETS

Current Assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                                                       $48,668             $66,726
    Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
      of $982 and $552                                                              100,352              60,115
    Expenditures billable to clients                                                  7,753               7,422
    Inventories (Note 6)                                                              7,149               6,795
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                         6,138               4,924
                                                                            ------------------   -----------------

    Total Current Assets                                                            170,060             145,982

Fixed Assets, at cost, less accumulated depreciation
      and amortization of $56,585 and $52,885                                        48,364              42,025
 Investment in Affiliates                                                            19,328              36,084
 Goodwill                                                                           129,029              87,479
 Deferred Tax Asset                                                                  10,938              12,580
 Other Assets                                                                         6,693               6,030
                                                                            ------------------   -----------------
 Total Assets                                                                      $384,412            $330,180
                                                                            ==================   =================

                 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
    Accounts payable and other liabilities                                         $125,511             $74,050
    Advance billings                                                                 18,957              13,391
    Current portion of long-term debt (Note 7)                                       36,972              16,486
    Deferred acquisition consideration                                                  791               1,113
                                                                            ------------------   -----------------
   Total Current Liabilities                                                        182,231             105,040

Long-Term Debt (Note 7)                                                              48,848              95,946
Convertible Notes (Note 11)                                                               -              37,794
Other Liabilities                                                                       502                 516
                                                                            ------------------   -----------------
Total Liabilities                                                                   231,581             239,296
                                                                            ------------------   -----------------
Minority Interests                                                                    1,892               2,533
                                                                            ------------------   -----------------
Contingencies (Note 12)

Shareholders' Equity:
    Share capital (Note 11)                                                         165,806             115,996
    Share capital to be issued                                                        3,909                   -
    Contributed surplus                                                              13,359               3,272
    Retained earnings (deficit)                                                     (26,583)            (25,148)
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                                    (5,552)             (5,769)
                                                                            ------------------   -----------------
 Total Shareholders' Equity                                                         150,939              88,351
                                                                            ------------------   -----------------
 Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity                                        $384,412            $330,180
                                                                            ==================   =================



 The accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

5

                                      MDC PARTNERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)
                                     (thousands of United States dollars)



                                                                                  Six Months Ended June 30,
                                                                                  -------------------------
                                                                                    2004                2003
                                                                             ----------------     ----------------

Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                                                         $377              $23,674
  Adjustments for non-cash items:
     Stock-based compensation                                                       4,793                  769
     Depreciation and amortization                                                  5,069                6,675
     Non-cash interest expense                                                          -                2,064
     Deferred income taxes                                                          1,970                5,171
     Gain on sale of assets (Note 9)                                               (7,092)             (48,594)
     Write-down of fixed assets and other assets                                        -                8,126
     Goodwill charges                                                                   -               10,012
     Earnings of affiliates, net of distributions                                   1,566               (2,526)
     Minority interest and other                                                        -                 (843)
     Changes in non-cash working capital                                           (7,370)                 198
                                                                             ----------------     ----------------
          Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities                       (687)               4,726
                                                                             ----------------     ----------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
     Capital expenditures                                                          (8,113)              (7,543)
     Proceeds of dispositions                                                           -               98,722
     Acquisitions, net of cash                                                     (5,493)             (15,248)
     Other assets, net                                                                349                2,816
                                                                             ----------------     ----------------
          Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                     (13,257)              78,747
                                                                             ----------------     ----------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
     Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                                       2,007               11,439
     Repayment of long-term debt                                                   (4,237)             (87,562)
     Issuance of share capital                                                      3,245                    -
     Purchase of share capital                                                     (5,117)                   -
                                                                             ----------------     ----------------
          Net cash used in financing activities                                    (4,102)             (76,123)
                                                                             ----------------     ----------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents                          (12)               2,082
                                                                             ----------------     ----------------
          Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents                               (18,058)               9,432
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                   66,726               32,250
                                                                             ----------------     ----------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                        $48,668              $41,682
                                                                             ================     ================

Supplemental disclosures:
     Income taxes paid                                                               $949                 $932
     Interest paid                                                                 $4,312               $2,878
Non-cash consideration:
     Share capital issued, or to be issued, on acquisitions (Note 8)              $18,860                    -
     Share capital issued on settlement of convertible notes                      $34,919                    -
     Stock-based awards issued, on acquisitions (Note 8)                           $1,315                    -
     Settlement of debt with investment in affiliate
       Reduction in debt (Note 9)                                                ($26,344)                   -
       Reduction in investment in affiliate (Note 9)                              $16,876                    -


 The accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

6

MDC PARTNERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands of United States dollars, unless otherwise stated)

1. Basis of Presentation

MDC Partners Inc. (the "Company") has prepared the condensed consolidated interim financial statements included herein without audit, pursuant to the rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") of the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to these rules.

The accompanying financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normally recurring accruals, which in the opinion of management are necessary for a fair presentation, in all material respects, of the information contained therein. These statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in the Company's annual report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of annual results.

As of the first quarter of 2004, the Company changed its method of accounting from Canadian GAAP to GAAP of the United States of America ("US"). The comparative financial statements included in these interim financial statements have been restated following US GAAP. This change in accounting method resulted from the conversion of Class B multiple voting shares into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares during the first quarter of 2004 (see Note 11). Due to the conversion of these shares, the majority of shareholder votes now belong to shareholders of the Company who reside in the US and, as a result, the Company is now deemed to be a US domestic issuer as defined under the SEC regulations to which the Company is subject.

Under Canadian securities requirements, the Company is required to provide a reconciliation setting out the differences between US and Canadian GAAP as applied to the Company's financial statements for the interim periods and years ended in the fiscal periods for 2004 and 2005. This required disclosure for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 is set out in Note 13.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

The Company's significant accounting policies are summarized as follows:

Principles of Consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MDC Partners Inc. (formerly MDC Corporation Inc.) and its controlled subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company's cash equivalents are primarily comprised of investments in overnight interest-bearing deposits, commercial paper and money market instruments and other short-term investments with original maturity dates of three months or less at the time of purchase.

7

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Trade receivables are stated at invoiced amounts less allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowances represent estimated uncollectible receivables associated with potential customer defaults usually due to customers' potential insolvency. The allowances include amounts for certain customers where a risk of default has been specifically identified. The assessment of the likelihood of customer defaults is based on various factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, historical experience and existing economic conditions.

Expenditures Billable to Clients. Expenditures billable to clients consist principally of costs incurred on behalf of clients when providing advertising, marketing and corporate communications services to clients that have not been invoiced. Such amounts are invoiced to clients at various times over the course of the production process.

Inventories. Finished goods and work-in-process inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Raw materials are valued at the lower of cost and replacement cost. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out method.

Depreciation of Fixed Assets. Buildings are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 20 to 25 years. Computers, furniture and fixtures are depreciated on a declining balance basis at rates of between 20% to 50% per year. Machinery and equipment are depreciated on a declining balance basis at rates of between 10% to 20% per year. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the terms of the related lease or the estimated useful life of these assets.

Long-lived Assets. In accordance with SFAS 144 "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets," a long-lived asset or asset group is tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. When such events occur, the Company compares the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset or asset group to the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group. If this comparison indicates that there is an impairment, the amount of the impairment is typically calculated using discounted expected future cash flows where observable fair values are not readily determinable. The discount rate applied to these cash flows is based on the Company's weighted average cost of capital, risk adjusted where appropriate, which represents the blended after-tax costs of debt and equity.

Equity Method Investments. The equity method is used to account for investments in entities in which the Company has an ownership of less than 50% and has significant influence, or joint control, over the operating and financial policies of the affiliate. The Company's investments accounted for using this method are Crispin Porter + Bogusky, LLC, and, in 2004, also included Cliff Freeman & Partners, LLC and Lifemed Marketing, LLC. The Company's management periodically evaluates these investments to determine if there have been any, other than temporary, declines in value.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles. In accordance with SFAS 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets", goodwill acquired as a result of a business combination for which the acquisition date was after June 30, 2001 is no longer amortized, but is periodically tested for impairment. Additionally, in accordance with SFAS 141, "Business Combinations", the cost of an acquired entity is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values including other identifiable intangible assets, as applicable, such as trade names, customer relationships and client lists.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002, intangibles were amortized on a straight-line basis over a period not to exceed 40 years. The intangibles were written down if and to the extent they were determined to be impaired. Under SFAS 142, the Company no longer amortizes goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives and is required to perform an annual impairment test on goodwill balances and intangibles with indefinite lives. The initial test for impairment required the Company to assess whether there was an indication that goodwill was impaired as of the date of adoption of SFAS

8

142. To accomplish this, the Company identified its reporting units and determined the carrying value of each unit, including goodwill and other intangible assets. The Company then determined the fair value of each reporting unit and compared it to its carrying value. In performing this test in accordance with SFAS 142, the components of the reporting units were aggregated to the level where operating decisions are made. The initial SFAS 142 impairment test was completed during the second quarter of 2002 and, as a result, a transitional impairment loss was charged to the statement of operations as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting policy. The Company performs the annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of each year, unless certain events, as defined in SFAS 142, trigger the need for an earlier evaluation for impairment. Subsequent impairment losses will be charged to operating income, where applicable.

Deferred Taxes. Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary difference between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities. Deferred tax benefits result principally from recording certain expenses in the financial statements that are not currently deductible for tax purposes and from differences between the tax and book basis of assets and liabilities recorded in connection with acquisitions. Deferred tax liabilities result principally from deductions recorded for tax purposes in excess of that recorded in the financial statements.

Revenue Recognition. Substantially all of the Marketing Communications reportable segment revenue is derived from fees for services. Additionally, the Company earns commissions based upon the placement of advertisements in various media. Revenue is realized when the service is performed in accordance with the terms of each client arrangement and upon completion of the earnings process. This includes when services are rendered, upon presentation date for media, when costs are incurred for radio and television production and when print production is completed and collection is reasonably assured.

A small portion of the Company's contractual arrangements with clients includes performance incentive provisions, which allow the Company to earn additional revenues as a result of its performance relative to both quantitative and qualitative goals. The Company recognizes the incentive portion of revenue under these arrangements when specific quantitative goals are achieved, or when performance against qualitative goals is determined by the Company's clients.

Substantially all of the Secure Products International reportable segment revenue is derived from the sale of products. Revenue derived from the stamp operations is realized using the percentage of completion method determined based on costs of production incurred to date relative to the expected total costs to be incurred upon completion. Revenue derived from the sale of tickets and cards is realized when the product is completed and either shipped, or held in the Company's secure facilities at the written request of the customer, title to the product has transferred to the customer, and all revenue recognition criteria have been met.

The Company's revenue recognition policies are in compliance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") 104, "Revenue Recognition". SAB 104 summarizes certain of the SEC staff's views in applying GAAP to revenue recognition in financial statements. Also, in July 2000, the Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") of the Financial Accounting Standards Board released Issue 99-19, "Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent". This Issue summarized the EITF's views on when revenue should be recorded at the gross amount billed because it has earned revenue from the sale of goods or services, or the net amount retained because it has earned a fee or commission. Additionally, in January 2002, the EITF released Issue 01-14, Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for "Out-of-Pocket" Expenses Incurred. This Issue summarized the EITF's views on when out-of-pocket expenses should be characterized as revenue. The Company's revenue recognition policies are in compliance with, SAB 104, EITF 99-19 and EITF 01-14. In the majority of the Company's businesses, it acts as an agent and records revenue equal to the net amount retained, when the fee or commission is earned.

9

Stock-Based Compensation. Effective January 1, 2003, the Company prospectively adopted full fair value accounting for stock based awards as prescribed by SFAS 123 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation". Prior to January 1, 2003, the Company elected not to apply fair value accounting to stock based awards to employees, other than for direct awards of stock and awards settleable in cash, which required fair value accounting. Prior to January 1, 2003, for awards not elected to be accounted for under the fair value method, the Company accounted for stock based compensation in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25"). APB 25 is based upon an intrinsic value method of accounting for stock-based compensation. Under this method, compensation cost is measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the stock issuance at the measurement date over the amount to be paid by the employee.

The Company adopted full fair value accounting for stock based awards using the prospective application transitional alternative available in SFAS 148 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure". Accordingly, the fair value based method is applied to all awards granted, modified or settled on or after January 1, 2003. Under the fair value based method, compensation cost is measured at fair value at the date of grant and is expensed over the award's vesting period. When awards are exercised, share capital is credited by the sum of the consideration paid together with the related portion previously credited to contributed surplus when costs were charged against income or acquisition consideration.

Stock-based awards that are settled in cash or may be settled in cash at the option of employees are recorded as liabilities. The measurement of the liability and compensation cost for these awards is based on the intrinsic value of the award, and is recorded into operating income over the vesting period of the award. Changes in the Company's payment obligation subsequent to vesting of the award and prior to the settlement date are recorded in operating income in the period incurred. The payment amount is established for Share Appreciation Rights on the date of the exercise of the award by the employee.

As noted, prior to January 1, 2003, the Company did not use the fair value method to account for certain employee stock-based compensation plans but disclosed this pro forma information for options granted commencing fiscal 1995. The table below summarizes the quarterly pro forma effect for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, had the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock options and similar instruments for awards issued prior to 2003.

                                                                  (in thousands of dollars)
                                                  ----------------------------- -- ---------------------------
                                                   Three Months Ended June 30,      Six Months Ended June 30,
                                                     2004               2003          2004            2003
                                                  ---------------    ----------    -----------     -----------

Net income as reported                                 $1,395         $22,787           $377         $23,674

Fair value costs of stock-based employee
  compensation for options issued prior to 2003           293             483            669             995
                                                  ---------------    ----------    -----------     -----------
Net income (loss), pro forma                           $1,102         $22,304          ($292)        $22,679
                                                  ===============    ==========    ===========     ===========

Basic net income per share, as reported                 $0.06           $1.35          $0.02           $1.40
Basic net income (loss) per share, pro forma            $0.05           $1.32         ($0.01)          $1.34
Diluted net income per share, as reported               $0.06           $0.99          $0.02           $0.99
Diluted net income (loss) per share, pro forma          $0.05           $0.97         ($0.01)          $0.95

10

The grant date fair value of the stock options and similar awards used to compute pro forma net income and net income per share was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for each period ended:

                                      Three Months Ended June 30,        Six Months Ended June 30,
                                           2004            2003            2004            2003
                                     --------------    -------------    ------------    ------------

Expected dividend                          0.00%          0.00%             0.00%           0.00%
Expected volatility                          40%            40%               40%             40%
Risk-free interest rate                    3.30%          6.00%             3.30%           6.00%
Expected option life in years                 5              5                 5               5
Weighted  average stock option fair
  value per option granted                $4.98          $2.26             $5.11           $2.26

Earnings Per Common Share. Basic earnings per share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, including the "Share capital to be issued" as reflected in the Shareholders' Equity on the balance sheet. Diluted earnings per share is based on the above, plus, if dilutive, common share equivalents which include outstanding options and warrants. For purposes of computing diluted earnings per share for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, 2,097,754 and 6,554,487 shares, and for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, 2,205,070 and 7,660,594 shares, were assumed to have been outstanding related to common share equivalents. Additionally, the assumed increase in net income related to the after tax interest costs of convertible debentures used in the computations was nil and $303 for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and nil and $582 for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The following table details the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for each of the three months and six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively:

                                                  Three Months Ended June 30,       Six Months Ended June 30,
                                                     2004             2003              2004            2003
                                                 --------------    ------------     -------------    ------------

Basic weighted average shares outstanding          21,772,706       16,915,341       20,388,169        16,915,341
Weighted average shares dilution adjustments:
Dilutive stock options and warrants (a)             2,097,754          351,013        2,205,070           197,907
7% convertible senior notes                                 -        6,203,474                -         7,462,687
                                                 --------------    ------------     -------------    ------------
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (b)    23,870,460       23,469,828       22,593,239        24,575,935
                                                 ==============    ============     =============    ============

(a) Dilutive and anti-dilutive stock options and warrants were determined by using the average closing price of the Class A Subordinate Voting shares for the period. For the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, the average share price used was $12.65 per share and $6.07 per share, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, the average share price used was $13.42 per share and $4.85 per share, respectively.

(b) Had certain stock options, warrants and the convertible debt been dilutive, they would have added 1,097,556 dilutive shares and nil dilutive shares for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and added 1,927,548 dilutive shares and nil dilutive shares for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

11

Foreign Currency Translation. The Company's financial statements were prepared in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 52, "Foreign Currency Translation". All of the Company's subsidiaries use their local currency as their functional currency in accordance with SFAS 52. Accordingly, the currency impacts of the translation of the balance sheets of the Company's non-US dollar based subsidiaries to US dollar statements are included as translation adjustments in other accumulated comprehensive income. The income statements of non-US dollar based subsidiaries are translated at average exchange rates for the period.

Derivative Financial Instruments. The Company adopted SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities", on January 1, 2001. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument
(including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts)
be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. During 2003 and 2004 the Company did not participate in any derivative financial instruments.

Effective July 1, 2002, management designated the Company's 10.5% US senior subordinated notes ("Notes") as a hedge against foreign exchange exposure of US operations of Secure Products International. The hedge was applied prospectively from the effective date whereby any foreign exchange translation adjustment of the Notes reduced any offsetting foreign exchange translation adjustment of the US operations, the net of which was reflected in the cumulative translation account within shareholder equity. The application of hedge accounting ceased on the repayment of the Company's 10.5% US senior subordinated notes on June 30, 2003 which corresponded with the sale of 80% of CDI.

3. Comprehensive Income

Total comprehensive income and its components were:

                                                           (in thousands of dollars)
                                         --------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Three Months Ended June 30,      Six Months Ended June 30,
                                         ------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                             2004             2003            2004            2003
                                         -------------     ------------    -----------    -------------
Net income for the period                   $1,395           $22,787           $377         $23,674
Foreign currency translation adjustment        700            (8,445)           217         (15,680)
                                         -------------     ------------    -----------    -------------
Comprehensive income for the period         $2,095           $14,342           $594          $7,994
                                         =============     ============    ===========    =============

4. New Accounting Pronouncements

The following recent pronouncements were issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") and are effective in 2004:

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, An Interpretation of ARB No. 51 ("FIN 46"). This Interpretation addresses the consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities, as defined in the Interpretation. The Interpretation was to be applied immediately to variable interests in variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, and to variable interests in variable interest entities obtained after January 31, 2003. In December 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46R, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities Revised ("FIN 46R"). FIN 46R modifies certain scope exceptions provided in FIN 46. Entities would be required to replace FIN 46 provisions with FIN 46R provisions for all newly created post-January 31, 2003 entities as of the end of the first interim or annual reporting period ending after March 15, 2004. The application of these Interpretations did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In November 2003, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue 03-01, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments. EITF 03-01 established additional disclosure requirements for each category of SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities ("SFAS 115"), investments in a loss position. Effective for years ending after December 15, 2003, the adoption of this EITF requires the Company to include certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures for debt and marketable equity securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity under SFAS 115 that are impaired at the balance sheet date for which an other-than-temporary impairment has not been recognized. Additionally, certain qualitative disclosures should be made to clarify a circumstance whereby an investment's fair value that is below cost is not considered other-than-temporary. The provisions of this consensus do not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

12

5. Segmented Information

Based on the Company's internal management structure, the Company's operations form two reportable segments - Marketing Communications and Secure Products International.

Marketing Communications services, through the Company's network of entrepreneurial firms, include advertising and media, customer relationship management, and marketing services. These businesses provide communications services to similar type clients on a global, national and regional basis. The businesses have similar cost structures and are subject to the same general economic and competitive risks. Given these similarities, the results are aggregated into one reportable segment.

Secure Products International operations provide security products and services in three primary areas: electronic transaction products such as credit, debit, telephone and smart cards; secure ticketing products such as airline, transit and event tickets; and stamps, both postal and excise. Again, given the similarities in types of clients, cost structure and risks, the results are aggregated into one reportable segment. The significant accounting polices of these segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies included in these notes to condensed consolidated financial statements, except as where indicated.

Many of the Company's Marketing Communications businesses have significant other interestholders and in some cases, the Company operates the business as a joint venture with these other interestholders. The Company's management oversees these businesses as active managers rather than a passive investor, reviewing all aspects of their operations with the management of these businesses, regardless of the Company's ownership interest. Within the marketing communications industry, the monitoring of operating costs, such as salary and related costs, relative to revenues, among other things, are key performance indicators. Consequently, the Company's management reviews, analyses and manages these elements of the businesses as a whole, rather than just being concerned with it as an investment. Management believes the presentation of the whole of the businesses comprising this segment also provides readers with a complete view of the elements of all operations that significantly affect the Marketing Communications reportable segment's profitability. Crispin Porter + Bogusky, LLC, ("CPB"), owned 49% by the Company, Cliff Freeman & Partners, LLC, owned 19.9% by the Company and Lifemed Marketing, LLC, owned 45% by the Company are required to be equity accounted for under US GAAP. For purposes of the segmented information disclosure, 100% of the results of operations of these three entities have been combined with the other business of the Marketing Communications reportable segment and the alternate operating results have been described as "Combined". A reconciliation of "Combined" results of operations of the Marketing Communications reportable segment to the US GAAP reported results of operations has been provided by the Company in the tables included in the segmented information disclosure.

13

Summary financial information concerning the Company's reportable segments for the three months ended June 30 is shown in the following table:

Three Months Ended June 30, 2004

                                   Combined                                       As Reported under US GAAP
                               ---------------                  --------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Combined                                          Secure
                                  Marketing      Less Equity      Marketing         Products       Corporate &
                                Communications    Affiliates    Communications   International       Other           Total
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------
   Revenue                          $71,669         $13,159           $58,510         $17,159           $318       $75,987
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

   Operating Expenses:
    Cost of products sold                 -               -                 -          10,730              -        10,730
    Salary and related costs*        34,859           7,018            27,841           3,370            213        31,424
    General and other
      operating costs                25,699           3,196            22,503           2,100          2,123        26,726
    Depreciation and
      Amortization                    2,198             328             1,870             807             49         2,726
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------
                                     62,756          10,542            52,214          17,007          2,385        71,606
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

   Operating Profit (Loss)           $8,913          $2,617            $6,296            $152        ($2,067)       $4,381
                               ===============  ============    ==============   ==============    ===========   =============

   Capital expenditures              $3,272            $527            $2,745          $2,187            $40        $4,972

   *Includes stock-based
      compensation (recovery)          $184             $74              $110            $  -        ($1,239)      ($1,129)

Three Months Ended June 30, 2003

                                   Combined                                       As Reported under US GAAP
                               ---------------                  --------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Combined                                          Secure
                                  Marketing      Less Equity      Marketing         Products       Corporate &
                                Communications    Affiliates    Communications   International       Other           Total
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

Revenue                            $51,594            $6,699           $44,895          $33,750           $954       $79,599
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

Operating Expenses:
 Cost of products sold                   -                 -                 -           15,620              -        15,620
 Salary and related costs*          23,523             2,943            20,580            5,683          1,403        27,666
 General and other
  operating costs                   19,747             1,285            18,462           10,469          1,234        30,165
 Depreciation and
  amortization                       2,048               123             1,925            1,081            304         3,310
 Write-down  of fixed assets
  and other assets                       -                 -                 -            8,126              -         8,126
 Goodwill charges                        -                 -                 -           10,012              -        10,012
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------
                                    45,318             4,351            40,967           50,991          2,941        94,899
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

Operating Profit (Loss)             $6,276            $2,348            $3,928         ($17,241)       ($1,987)     ($15,300)
                               ===============  ============    ==============   ==============    ===========   =============

Capital expenditures                $4,848            $3,052            $1,796           $3,480           $  -        $5,276

*Includes stock-based
  compensation                        $  -              $  -              $  -             $  -           $769          $769

14

Six Months Ended June 30, 2004


                                   Combined                                       As Reported under US GAAP
                               ---------------                  --------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Combined                                          Secure
                                  Marketing      Less Equity      Marketing         Products       Corporate &
                                Communications    Affiliates    Communications   International       Other           Total
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

    Revenue                        $138,101         $23,672          $114,429        $36,006            $665         $151,100
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

    Operating Expenses:
    Cost of products sold                 -               -                 -         22,297              -            22,297
    Salary and related costs*        64,874          11,057            53,817          6,846           7,529           68,192
    General and other
      operating costs                52,453           4,737            47,716          4,501           3,624           55,841
    Depreciation and
      amortization                    3,992             504             3,488          1,482              99            5,069
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------
                                    121,319          16,298           105,021         35,126          11,252          151,399
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

   Operating Profit (Loss)          $16,782          $7,374            $9,408           $880        ($10,587)           ($299)
                               ===============  ============    ==============   ==============    ===========   =============


   Capital expenditures              $5,449            $870            $4,579         $3,460             $74           $8,113

   *Includes stock-based
      compensation                     $184             $74              $110           $  -          $4,683           $4,793

Six Months Ended June 30, 2003

                                   Combined                                       As Reported under US GAAP
                               ---------------                  --------------------------------------------------------------

                                   Combined                                          Secure
                                  Marketing      Less Equity      Marketing         Products       Corporate &
                                Communications    Affiliates    Communications   International       Other           Total
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

  Revenue                          $96,586         $12,300           $84,286          $77,275          $1,252       $162,813
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

  Operating Expenses:
  Cost of products sold                  -               -                 -           34,349               -         34,349
  Salary and related costs*         46,404           5,819            40,585           11,766           2,454         54,805
  General and other
    operating costs                 36,364           2,332            34,032           22,519           1,976         58,527
  Depreciation and
    amortization                     3,981             203             3,778            2,255             642          6,675
Write-down  of fixed  assets
    and other assets                     -               -                 -            8,126               -          8,126
Goodwill charges                         -               -                 -           10,012               -         10,012
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------
                                    86,749           8,354            78,395           89,027           5,072        172,494
                               ---------------  ------------    --------------   --------------    -----------   -------------

  Operating Profit (Loss)           $9,837          $3,946            $5,891         ($11,752)        ($3,820)       ($9,681)
                               ===============  ============    ==============   ==============    ===========   =============

  Capital expenditures              $6,931          $4,410            $2,521           $5,019              $3         $7,543

*Includes  stock-based
    compensation                      $  -            $  -              $  -             $  -            $769           $769

15

A summary of our revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area as of June 30, 2004 and 2003 is set forth in the following table.

                                                (in thousands of dollars)
                              -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                 United States          Canada          Other          Total
                              -----------------------------------------------------------------
Revenue
Three Months Ended June 30,
  2004                              $48,175              $21,763        $6,049        $75,987
  2003                               53,070               20,488         6,041         79,599

Revenue
Six Months Ended June 30,
  2004                              $95,136              $43,553       $12,411       $151,100
  2003                              111,274               40,753        10,786        162,813

Long-lived Assets
at June 30,
  2004                              $23,019              $20,745        $5,409        $49,173
  2003                               11,308               21,073         4,572        $36,953

6. Inventories

The components of inventory are listed below:

                                                    June 30,                   December 31,
                                                      2004                         2003
                                               -------------------          -------------------

Raw Materials and supplies                             $3,693                      $3,743
Work-in-process                                         2,673                       2,135
Finished goods                                            783                         917
                                               -------------------          -------------------
    Total                                              $7,149                      $6,795
                                               ===================          ===================

7. Revolving Lines of Credit

MDC Partners Inc. is principally a holding company and the Company's assets consist principally of its investments in Maxxcom Inc. ("Maxxcom"), which in turn owns a substantial portion of its interests in the Marketing Communications businesses, and in the Secured Products International (SPI) businesses.

Currently, substantially all of the long-term debt is held at Maxxcom or its subsidiairies. Maxxcom's ability to meet the repayment of its long-term debt and to make distributions to MDC Partners Inc., is dependent upon the availability of cash from its parent MDC Partners Inc. and from the cash flows from its subsidiaries and affiliated companies through dividends, distributions, intercompany advances, management fees and other payments. A number of Maxxcom's subsidiaries are not wholly-owned and pursuant to operating agreements with some of the other shareholders of these subsidiaries and affiliates and certain subsidiary and affiliate lending agreements, there are certain restrictions on the payment of dividends, distributions and advances to Maxxcom. In addition, pursuant to certain lending agreements entered into by MDC Partners Inc., there are restrictions on MDC's ability to transfer available cash to Maxxcom.

As at June 30, 2004, $8,100 of the consolidated cash position is held by subsidiaries which are restricted and not available for distribution to Maxxcom.

16

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company reached agreements with its senior credit lenders to amend the terms of the credit facility of its subsidiary, Maxxcom Inc., to eliminate the scheduled quarterly borrowing reductions after March 31, 2004 and to change the facility's maturity date from March 31, 2005 to September 30, 2004. As a result of this amendment, the Company was not required to make a debt repayment in the second quarter of $5.2 million (Canadian $7.0 million). At June 30, 2004 the maximum amount which would be borrowed under this facility is $33.1 million (C$44.1 million) of which $30.0 million was utilized.

The Company is actively seeking to refinance the amounts owing on September 30, 2004 under its bank credit facility. The Company has a commitment letter with a lender and the lender is undertaking its due diligence. In the event that such a definitive credit agreement cannot be secured by September 30, 2004, the Company would need to seek alternative sources of financing, seek an extension to the current credit facility or reach an agreement with certain other shareholders to permit the advance of cash balances held in those subsidiaries or affiliates to Maxxcom in order to meet or amend its obligation under its existing credit facilities. There is no certainty that such events will occur.

On June 10, 2004, MDC Partners Inc. entered into a revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks providing for borrowings of up to $18.7 million (Canadian $25.0 million) maturing in May of 2005. The facility is available for general corporate purposes including acquisitions, however may not be used to repay existing debt or to provide financial assistance to businesses securing such debt. This facility bears interest at variable rates based upon LIBOR, Canadian bank prime or US bank base rate, at the Company's option. Based on the level of debt relative to certain operating results, the interest rates on loans are calculated by adding between 175 to 275 basis points to the LIBOR and Bankers Acceptance based interest rate loans and between 75 to 175 basis points to all other loan interest rates. The provisions of the facility contain various covenants pertaining to debt to EBITDA ratios, debt to capitalization ratio, and the maintenance of certain interest coverage and minimum shareholders' equity levels. The facility is secured by a pledge of the Company's assets principally comprised of ownership interests in its subsidiaries and by the underlying assets of the businesses comprising the Company's Secure Products International operating segment and Kirshenbaum Bond + Partners, carried at a value represented by the total assets reflected on the Company's consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2004. At June 30, 2004, the Company had not drawn any funds under this facility.

8. Acquisitions

On January 29, 2004, the Company acquired a 60% ownership interest in kirshenbaum bond + partners, LLC ("KBP") in a transaction accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. KBP is comprised of four units: kirshenbaum bond (New York and San Francisco) which are primarily advertising agencies, LIME Public Relations + Promotion, The Media Kitchen, which handles media buying and planning and Dotglu, an interactive and direct marketing unit. KBP is recognized for creating very successful non-traditional marketing campaigns and as such was acquired by the Company to enhance the creative talent within the MDC Partners Marketing Communications segment of businesses. As part of the acquisition, the Company paid $20,654 in cash, issued 148,719 shares of the Company's common stock to the selling interestholders of KBP (valued at approximately $2,027 based on the share price on the date of the closing), issued warrants to purchase 150,173 shares of the Company's common stock to the selling interestholders of KBP (valued at approximately $955 based on the share price during the period on or about the date of the closing and press release) and incurred transaction costs of approximately $1,175. Under the terms of the agreement, the selling interestholders of KBP could receive additional cash and/or share consideration, totaling up to an additional $735 within one year, based upon achievement of certain predetermined earnings targets. Such contingent consideration will be accounted for as goodwill when it becomes determinable.

17

Exclusive of future contingent consideration, the recorded purchase price of the net assets acquired in the transaction was $24,811. The purchase price was allocated to the net assets acquired as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents                                   $15,170
Accounts receivable and other current assets                 11,124
Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements               2,323
Goodwill and intangible assets                               26,540
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                       (30,346)
                                                        --------------
   Total purchase price                                     $24,811
                                                        ==============

The allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based on preliminary estimates and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances and will be adjusted in a subsequent period upon finalization of such assumptions and estimates. The Company's consolidated financial statements include KBP's results of operations subsequent to its acquisition on January 29, 2004. During the six months ended June 30, 2004, the operations of KBP contributed $20,960 of revenue and $1,631 of net income to the Company's consolidated operating results.

On March 29, 2004, the Company acquired an additional 39.3% ownership interest in the Accent Marketing Services LLC ("Accent"), increasing its total ownership interest in this subsidiary from 50.1% to approximately 89.4%. Accent has established itself as an integrated direct marketing services company providing customer contact centers and direct mail services to its clients, offering a unique customer relationship and product life cycle management program to its clients. As part of the acquisition, the Company paid $1,444 in cash, issued, and to be issued, 1,103,331 shares of the Company's common stock to the selling interestholders of Accent (valued at approximately $16,833 based on the share price during the period on or about the date of the closing and press release), and incurred transaction costs of approximately $72. Under the terms of the agreement, the selling interestholders of Accent could receive up to a maximum additional consideration of 742,642 common shares of the Company, or the cash equivalent, based upon achievement of certain predetermined earnings targets, by June 2005. Such contingent consideration will be accounted for when it becomes determinable. This acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and accordingly, the Company's consolidated financial statements, which have consolidated Accent's financial results since 1999, reflect a further 39% ownership participation subsequent to the additional acquisition on March 29, 2004.

The purchase price was allocated to the net assets as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents                                     $100
Accounts receivable                                          4,439
Fixed assets                                                 2,861
Other assets                                                 2,799
Goodwill and intangible assets                              13,734
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                    (1,261)
Long-term debt                                              (3,986)
Other liabilities                                             (338)
                                                      ---------------
   Total purchase price                                    $18,348
                                                      ===============

The allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based on preliminary estimates and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances and will be adjusted in a subsequent period upon finalization of such estimates and assumptions.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2004, the Company acquired several other ownership interests. In March 2004, the Company acquired a 19.9% ownership interest in Cliff Freeman + Partners LLC ("CF") in a transaction accounted for under the equity method of accounting. CF is a New York based advertising agency. CF has long been recognized for its creative abilities, winning numerous national and international advertising awards, and as such was acquired by the Company to enhance the creative talent within the MDC Partners Marketing Communications segment of businesses. Also during the

18

quarter, the Company acquired further equity interests in the existing subsidiaries of Allard Johnson Communications Inc. and Targetcom LLC, as well as several other insignificant investments. In aggregate, as part of these acquisitions, the Company paid $3,076 in cash and incurred transaction costs of approximately $413. Under the terms of the CF agreement, the selling interestholders could receive additional cash and/or share consideration after two years based upon achievement of certain predetermined cumulative earnings targets. Based on current earnings levels, the additional consideration would be nil. Such contingent consideration will be accounted for as goodwill when it becomes determinable.

Exclusive of future contingent consideration, the aggregate purchase price of the net assets acquired in these transactions was approximately $3,489. The purchase price was allocated to the net assets acquired as follows:

Assets                                                      $2,462
Goodwill and intangible assets                               3,019
Liabilities                                                 (1,992)
                                                      ---------------
   Total purchase price                                     $3,489
                                                      ===============

The allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based on preliminary estimates and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances and will be adjusted in a subsequent period upon finalization of such estimates and assumptions.

The Company's consolidated financial statements include the results of operations and balance sheet, accounted for on a consolidated basis except for CF, which is accounted for on an equity basis due to the significant influence of the management of the operation obtained through contractual rights. During this period, the aggregated operations of these acquisitions did not have a material effect on the Company's results of operations.

During the quarter ended June 30, 2004, the Company acquired several other ownership interests. On April 14, 2004, the Company acquired a 65% ownership interest in Henderson bas ("HB") in a transaction accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. HB is a Toronto based agency providing interactive and direct marketing advertising services. HB has been recognized for its creative abilities, winning several interactive advertising awards, and as such was acquired by the Company to enhance the creative talent within the MDC Partners Marketing Communications segment of businesses. On May 27, 2004, the Company acquired a 50.1% ownership interest in Bruce Mau Design Inc. ("BMD") in a transaction accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. BMD is a Toronto based design studio providing visual identity and branding such as environmental graphics, exhibition development and design, and cultural and business programming services. BMD is world-renowned, working with internationally acclaimed architects and leading cultural and commercial enterprises and as such was acquired by the Company to add a new aspect to the creative talent within the Marketing Communications segment of businesses. During the quarter ended June 30, 2004, the Company also acquired the following interests in three smaller agencies: a 49.9% interest in Mono Advertising LLC, a 51% interest in Hello Design, LLC and a 51% interest in Banjo, LLC. These agencies provide advertising, interactive direct marketing, and film production related marketing communications services, respectively. These transactions were all accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.

In aggregate, the Company paid and will pay $4,194 in cash, issued warrants to purchase 90,000 shares of the Company's common stock to certain selling interestholders (valued at approximately $360 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model assuming a 40% expected volatility, a risk free interest rate of 3.3% and an expected option life of 3 years) and incurred transaction costs of approximately $275 for these acquisitions completed during the quarter ended June 30, 2004. Under the terms of the Mono Advertising LLC, Hello Design, LLC, and BMD agreements, the selling interest holders could receive additional cash and/or share consideration after two to three years based on achievement of certain pre-determined cumulative earning targets. Based on current earning levels, the additional consideration would be $0.1 million. Such contingent consideration will be accounted for as goodwill when it

19

becomes determinable. The aggregate purchase price of the net assets acquired in these transactions was approximately $4,829. The purchase price was allocated to the net assets acquired as follows:

Assets                                                     $3,536
Goodwill and intangible assets                              2,600
Liabilities                                                (1,307)
                                                     -----------------
   Total purchase price                                    $4,829
                                                     =================

The allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based on preliminary estimates and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances and will be adjusted in a subsequent period upon finalization of such estimates and assumptions. The Company's consolidated financial statements include the results of operations and balance sheets of these acquired entities, accounted for on a consolidated basis. During this period, the aggregated operations of these acquisitions did not have a material effect on the Company's results of operations.

The following unaudited pro forma results of operations of the Company for the periods ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, assume that the acquisition of the operating assets of the businesses acquired during the first six months of 2004 had occurred on January 1, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These unaudited pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the actual results of operations that would have been achieved nor are they necessarily indicative of future results of operations. The unaudited pro forma results may also require adjustment pending finalization of the purchase price allocation to the assets and liabilities acquired.

                                              Three Months Ended June 30,         Six Months Ended June 30,
                                              -------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                  2004             2003              2004            2003
                                              -------------    --------------    -------------    -----------

         Revenues                                $76,641          $90,671          $156,846        $185,039
         Net (loss) income                         1,406           23,555               491          25,464
         Earnings per share:
             Basic                                 $0.06            $1.39             $0.02           $1.51
             Diluted                               $0.06            $1.02             $0.02           $1.07


9.       Gain on Sale of Assets

                                                 Three Months Ended June 30,        Six Months Ended June 30,
                                               -------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                  2004             2003              2004            2003
                                               -------------    --------------    -------------    -----------

         Gain (loss) on sale of assets              ($73)            $  -            $7,092            $  -
         Loss on settlement of long-term debt          -           (4,908)                -          (4,908)
         Gain on sale Custom Direct Inc.               -           53,502                 -         $53,502
                                              -------------    --------------    -------------    ------------
                                                    ($73)         $48,594            $7,092         $48,594
                                              =============    ==============    =============    ============

In February 2004, the Company sold its remaining 20% interest in Custom Direct Income Fund (the "Fund") through the exchange of its interest in the Fund for the settlement of the $26,344 (C$34,155) of adjustable rate exchangeable securities issued on December 1, 2003. Based on the performance of the Fund for the period ended December 31, 2003, the Company was entitled to exchange its shares of Custom Direct, Inc. for units of the Fund. Upon the occurrence of certain events, the adjustable rate exchangeable securities could be exchanged for units of the Fund. The Company delivered the Units of the Fund on February 13, 2004 in full settlement of the adjustable rate exchangeable securities.

In the second quarter of 2003, the Company completed the sale of 80% of Custom Direct Inc. to Custom Direct Income Fund for cash and units of the fund. On June 30, 2003, the Company completed the repurchase of its remaining 10.5% senior subordinated notes for 103.5% of the face value of the notes.

20

10. Subsequent Event

In July 2004, the Company acquired a 68% ownership interest in Vitro Robertson, LLC in a transaction to be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The agency's expertise is in brand market share management. As part of the acquisition, the Company paid $7.0 million in cash and will issue common stock valued at $0.5 million to the selling interestholders. Transaction costs of approximately $0.2 million are also expected to be incurred. Under the terms of this acquisition agreement, the selling interestholders could receive additional cash and/or share consideration after two years based upon achievement of certain predetermined cumulative earnings targets. Based on current earnings levels, the additional consideration would be nil.

11. Share Capital

Changes to the Company's issued and outstanding share capital during the six months ended June 30, 2004 are as follows:

Class A                                                                      Shares            Amount
                                                                         --------------    -------------

Balance, January 1, 2004                                                   18,369,451         $115,861
Shares acquired and cancelled pursuant to a normal course issuer bid         (423,200)          (3,305)
Share options exercised                                                       175,821            1,836
Shares issued  - private placement                                            120,919            1,409
Shares issued  - acquisitions (Note 8)                                        985,194           14,951
Shares issued upon conversion of Class B shares                               447,968              134
Shares issued on settlement of convertible notes                            2,582,027           34,919
                                                                         --------------    -------------
Balance, June 30, 2004                                                     22,258,180          165,805
                                                                         --------------    -------------

Class B

Balance, January 1, 2004                                                      450,470              135
Shares converted to Class A shares                                           (447,968)            (134)
                                                                         --------------    -------------
Balance, June 30, 2004                                                          2,502               1
                                                                         --------------    -------------

Total Class A and Class B share capital                                    22,260,682         $165,806
                                                                         ==============    =============

During the six months ended June 30, 2004, the Company acquired and cancelled, pursuant to a nominal course issuer bid, 423,200 Class A subordinate voting shares for $5,117. The premium paid on the repurchase of the Class A subordinate voting shares, in the amount of $1,812, was charged to retained earnings.

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company amended its share appreciation rights ("SAR") plan to amend the method of settlement from cash exclusively to cash or equity settlement at the option of the Company. The amendment caused the existing SAR awards to be modified, triggering a remeasurement date for accounting purposes. The modification is accounted for as a settlement of the old awards through the issuance of new awards. As a result, the Company measured the settlement value of the SARs immediately prior to the modification date and adjusted the previously accumulated amortized expense and liability based on the revised calculation. The settlement value of $6,142 was reclassed from accounts payable and accrued liabilities to contributed surplus and the adjustment to the accumulated expense resulted in a recovery of $2,591. The Company then measured the fair value of the equity settleable SAR awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the date of modification. The excess of the fair value calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model over the settlement value of $5,046 will be accounted for as additional compensation expense over the remaining vesting period of the SAR awards.

21

On May 5, 2004, the Company settled in full the $34,919 (Canadian $48,000) of 7% Convertible Notes with the issuance of 2,582,027 Class A subordinate voting shares.

On March 17, 2004, the Company completed a private placement issuing 120,919 shares at an average price of $11.65 per share and issuing 120,919 warrants with exercise prices ranging from Canadian $15.72 to Canadian $19.13 and expiring in March 2009. The Company undertook the private placement as a means to provide the Company's Board of Directors and potential Board members the ability to increase their share holdings in the Company in order to further align their interests with those of the Company. As a result of the offering, a stock-based compensation charge in the amount of $1.0 million was taken in the first quarter to account for the fair value of the benefits conveyed to the recipients of the awards on the granting of warrants and the issuing of shares at a price less than the trading value on the day of issuance.

On February 26, 2004 the Company's then controlling shareholder, Miles S. Nadal (the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer) gave formal notice to the Company's Board of Directors that he had initiated the process to effect conversion of 100% of his Class B multiple voting shares into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares on a one-for-one basis, without any cash or non-cash consideration. The conversion was completed. Mr. Nadal's equity interest in the Company prior to the conversion was approximately 20.2%, and he controlled 44.9% of the voting rights attached to the corporation. Prior to the conversion Mr. Nadal owned 447,968 Class B multiple voting shares, which represented 99% of the class and carry 20 votes per share, in addition to 3,400,351 Class A subordinate voting shares, which carry one vote per share. After the conversion, both Mr. Nadal's equity interest and voting interest in the Company are approximately 20.2%, or 3,848,319 Class A subordinated voting shares.

Contributed surplus increased during the six months ended June 30, 2004 from $3,272 to $13,359 due primarily to the amendment of the SARs during the period in the amount of $7,399 and an amount of $2,688 related to compensatory stock options and warrants granted during the period.

Share option transactions during the six months ended June 30, 2004 are summarized as follows:

                                         Options Outstanding                   Options Exercisable
                                 ------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                    Weighted
                                    Average             Weighted
                                     Number           Average Price          Number           Price per
                                  Outstanding           per Share          Outstanding          Share
                                 ---------------     ----------------    ----------------    -------------

Balance, beginning of period        2,066,728             $6.60              870,979            $7.82
Granted                                69,052             11.48
Exercised                           (175,821)             10.44
Expired and cancelled                (18,955)             12.03
                                 ---------------
Balance, end of period              1,941,004             $6.19              986,661            $6.77
                                 ===============

  Shares options outstanding as at June 30, 2004 are summarized as follows:


                                 Options Outstanding                      Options Exercisable
                  ----------------------------------------------    -------------------------------
                                                      Weighted
                                                       Average                         Weighted
Range of            Outstanding    Weighted Average   Price per      Exercisable    Average Price
Exercise Prices       Number       Contractual Life     Share           Number        per Share
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$2.89  -  $4.50         770,474              3.3          $4.01         319,907            $3.99
$4.51  -  $6.00         523,010              3.9          $5.44         219,594            $5.45
$6.01  -  $9.00         355,055              4.5          $7.26         287,046            $7.35
$9.01  -  $15.30        278,992              4.1         $10.52         146,641           $10.44
$22.50 -  $42.50         13,473              1.0         $41.61          13,473           $41.61

22

Warrants issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2004 are as follows:

                                                         Class A Stock
                                                           Warrants
                                                       -----------------

Balance at December 31, 2002                                         -
    Warrants issued (a)                                        507,146
                                                       -----------------
Balance at December 31, 2003                                   507,146
    Warrants issued (b)                                        736,186
                                                       -----------------
Balance at June 30, 2004                                     1,243,332
                                                       =================

(a) During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company issued 507,146 warrants with a weighted average exercise price of Canadian $14.28 and terms of two to five years. These warrants were issued as compensation to a lender and to an advisor.
(b) During the six months ended June 30, 2004, the Company issued 736,186 warrants with a weighted average exercise price of Canadian $17.66 and a term of five years. Of these warrants, 496,013 were issued as acquisition consideration and 240,173 were issued as compensation and treated as such for accounting purposes.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

In addition to the consideration paid by the Company in respect of its acquisitions, additional consideration may be payable based on the achievement of certain threshold levels of earnings. Should the current level of earnings be maintained by these acquired companies, additional consideration of approximately $1 million could be earned in 2004 and 2007, of which approximately $0.9 million could be payable in shares of the Company at the Company's discretion.

Owners of interests in certain of the Company's subsidiaries and investments have the right in certain circumstances to require the Company to purchase additional ownership stakes. The exercise of these rights at their earliest contractual date would result in obligations of the Company to fund related amounts during the period 2004 to 2010. The amount payable by the Company in the event such rights are exercised is dependent on various valuation formulas and on future events such as the average earnings of the relevant subsidiary through the date of exercise, and the growth rate of the earnings of the relevant subsidiary during the period. The Company has not received any notices to exercise such rights that are not currently reflected on the Company's balance sheet.

Under the terms of a joint venture agreement to develop a certain marketing communications product concept, the Company has committed to fund up to $1.2 million in 2004. As of June 30, 2004, the Company has funded $0.7 million.

The Company has agreed to provide to its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer a bonus of Canadian $10 million in the event that the market price of the Company's Class A subordinate voting shares is Canadian $30 per share or more for a specified period of time. The after tax proceeds of such bonus are to be applied first as repayment of any outstanding loans due to the Company from this officer, which have been fully provided for.

In connection with certain dispositions of assets and/or businesses, the Company has provided customary representations and warranties whose terms range in duration and may not be explicitly defined. The Company has also retained certain liabilities for events occurring prior to sale, relating to tax, environmental, litigation and other matters. Generally, the Company has indemnified the purchasers in the event that a third party asserts a claim against the purchaser that relate to a liability retained by the Company. These types of indemnification guarantees typically extend for a number of years.

23

The Company is unable to estimate the maximum potential liability for these indemnifications as the underlying agreements do not always specify a maximum amount and the amounts are dependent upon the outcome of future contingent events, the nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time.

Historically, the Company has not made any significant indemnification payments under such agreements and no amount has been accrued in the accompanying consolidated financial statements with respect to these indemnification guarantees. The Company continues to monitor the conditions that are subject to guarantees and indemnifications to identify whether it is probable that a loss has occurred, and would recognize any such losses under any guarantees or indemnifications when those losses are probable and estimable.

13. Canadian GAAP Reconciliation

During the third quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company changed its reporting currency from Canadian dollars to US dollars. The comparative financial information for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2003 prepared under Canadian GAAP included in this reconciliation differ from amounts previously reported as a result of the change in reporting currency to US dollars. The change in reporting currency had no impact on the measurement of earnings under Canadian GAAP. Under Canadian securities requirements, the Company is required to provide a reconciliation setting out the differences between US and Canadian GAAP as applied to the Company's financial statements for the interim periods and years ended in the fiscal periods for 2004 and 2005. This required disclosure for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 is set out as follows.

The reconciling items under Canadian GAAP, are as follows:

Convertible Notes - 2003 Adjustments

Under US GAAP, the convertible notes are classified entirely as debt. Accordingly, interest expense is recorded based upon the stated interest rate associated with the underlying debt.

Under Canadian GAAP, the Company has classified the convertible notes as equity as the Company has the ability and intent to satisfy the obligation on redemption or maturity in freely tradeable Class A shares. Under Canadian GAAP, the Company has recorded an amount in long-term and current debt representing the present value of the future interest payments owing on the convertible debt. The interest in respect of the convertible debt is recorded as a credit on account of the equity portion of the compound financial instrument such that the equity component is accreted to the face of the convertible debt upon maturity.

This difference results in a reclassification on the balance sheet between long-term debt and equity, and a reduction in the interest expense for the amount of the accretion that is not expensed for Canadian GAAP purposes.

Convertible Notes - 2004 Adjustments

During the quarter ended June 30, 2004, the notes were converted to equity. Therefore, the adjustments reflected in 2004 pertain only to the interest adjustment up to the date of conversion and the accumulated reclassification from earnings to share capital.

Proportionate Consolidation of Affiliate - 2004 and 2003 Adjustment

Under US GAAP, joint ventures in which the Company owns less than a 50% interest are accounted for under the equity method. Under Canadian GAAP, joint ventures are accounted for on the proportionate

24

consolidation method whereby the Company consolidates on a line-by-line basis their interest in the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the joint venture.

25

Stock-based Compensation - 2004 Adjustment

Under US GAAP, the Company accounted for the modification of the SAR awards as a settlement, measuring the incremental value of the awards based on the fair value of the modified awards on the date of modification. Under Canadian GAAP, the Company measures the incremental value based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. The difference in measurement date results in a lower amount of additional compensation recorded under Canadian GAAP in the quarter of $945 and a corresponding lower amount credited to contributed surplus.

Goodwill Charges - 2003 Adjustments

Under US GAAP, the Company expensed certain costs related to existing plant closures where production was shifted to acquired facilities. Under Canadian GAAP, the expenditures were included as part of the business acquired and allocated to goodwill.

Other Adjustments

Other adjustments represent cumulative translation differences as a result of timing differences between recognition of certain expenses under US and Canadian GAAP.

26

         Three Months Ended June 30, 2004

                                                           Stock-based
                                                          Compensation
                                                               and             Proportionate
                                              US           Convertible       Consolidation of          Canadian
                                             GAAP             Notes             Affiliates               GAAP
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenue
   Services                                  $58,828             $  -                $5,783              $64,611
   Products                                   17,159                -                     -               17,159
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ----------------    -----------------
                                              75,987                -                 5,783               81,770
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ----------------    -----------------
Operating Expenses:
  Cost of products sold                       10,730                -                     -               10,730
  Salary and related costs                    31,424             (945)                2,755               33,234
  Office and general expenses                 26,726                -                 1,311               28,037
  Depreciation and amortization                2,726                -                   153                2,879
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ----------------    -----------------
                                              71,606             (945)                4,219               74,880
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ----------------    -----------------
Operating Profit                               4,381              945                 1,564                6,890
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ----------------    -----------------

Other Income (Expenses)
   Gain (loss) on sale of affiliate              (73)               -                     -                  (73)
   Interest expense                           (1,784)             197                   (21)              (1,608)
   Interest income                                51                -                     8                   59
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ----------------    -----------------
                                              (1,806)             197                   (13)              (1,622)
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ----------------    -----------------
Income Before Income Taxes, Equity in          2,575            1,142                 1,551                5,268
   Affiliates and Minority Interests
Income Taxes (Recovery)                         (386)               -                   576                  190
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ----------------    -----------------

Income Before Equity in Affiliates
   and Minority Interests                      2,961            1,142                   975                5,078
Equity in Affiliates                             939                -                  (975)                 (36)
Minority Interests                            (2,505)               -                     -               (2,505)
                                        ---------------    ---------------    ----------------    -----------------

Net Income                                    $1,395           $1,142                  $  -               $2,537
                                        ===============    ===============    ================    =================

27

         Six Months Ended June 30, 2004

                                                           Stock-based
                                                          Compensation
                                                               and             Proportionate
                                              US           Convertible       Consolidation of        Canadian
                                             GAAP             Notes             Affiliates             GAAP
                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenue
   Services                               $115,094              $  -             $10,934             $126,028
   Products                                 36,006                 -                   -               36,006
                                         -----------      -------------       ------------        -------------
                                           151,100                 -              10,934              162,034
                                         -----------      -------------       ------------        -------------
Operating Expenses:
  Cost of products sold                     22,297                 -                   -               22,297
  Salary and related costs                  68,192              (945)              4,734               71,981
  Office and general expenses               55,841                 -               2,066               57,907
  Depreciation and amortization              5,069                 -                 239                5,308
                                         -----------      -------------       ------------        -------------
                                           151,399              (945)              7,039              157,493
                                         -----------      -------------       ------------        -------------
Operating Profit (Loss)                       (299)              945               3,895                4,541
                                         -----------      -------------       ------------        -------------

Other Income (Expenses)
   Gain on sale of assets                    7,092                 -                   -                7,092
   Interest expense                         (4,097)              718                 (33)              (3,412)
   Interest income                             471                 -                   8                  479
                                         -----------      -------------       ------------        -------------
                                             3,466               718                 (25)               4,159
                                         -----------      -------------       ------------        -------------
Income Before Income Taxes, Equity           3,167             1,663               3,870                8,700
  in Affiliates and Minority
  Interests
Income Taxes                                 1,367                 -               1,449                2,816
                                         -----------      -------------       ------------        -------------

Income Before Equity in Affiliates
  and Minority Interests                     1,800             1,663               2,421                5,884
Equity in affiliates                         2,385                 -              (2,421)                 (36)
Minority interests                          (3,808)                -                   -               (3,808)
                                         -----------      -------------       ------------        -------------

Net Income                                    $377            $1,663                $  -               $2,040
                                         ===========      =============       ============        =============

28

As at June 30, 2004                                    Stock-based
                                                      Compensation
                                                           and          Proportionate
                                           Us          Convertible     Consolidation          Other          Canadian
                                          GAAP            Notes         of Affiliates      Adjustments         GAAP
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          ASSETS
Current Assets
   Cash and cash equivalents               $48,668          $  -              $5,667             $  -          $54,335
   Accounts receivables, net               100,352             -              11,936                -          112,288
   Expenditures billable to
    clients                                  7,753             -               8,457                -           16,210
   Inventories                               7,149             -                   -                -            7,149
   Prepaid expenses and other
     current assets                          6,138             -                 382                -            6,520
                                      -------------    -------------    ---------------    -----------     ------------

    Total Current Assets                   170,060             -              26,442                -          196,502

Fixed Assets, net                           48,364             -               2,846                -           51,210
Investment in Affiliates                    19,328             -             (18,432)               -              896
Goodwill                                   129,029             -              16,059                -          145,088
Deferred Tax Benefits                       10,938             -                 228                -           11,166
Other Assets                                 6,693             -                   -                -            6,693
                                      -------------    -------------    ---------------    -----------     ------------

Total Assets                              $384,412          $  -             $27,143             $  -         $411,555
                                      =============    =============    ===============    ===========     ============

          LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
  Accounts payable and other
    liabilities                           $125,511          $  -             $16,981             $  -        $142,492
  Advance billings                          18,957             -               9,363                -          28,320
  Current portion of long-term
    Debt                                    36,972             -                   -                -          36,972
  Deferred acquisition
    consideration                              791             -                   -                -             791
                                      -------------    -------------    ---------------    -----------     ------------

    Total Current Liabilities              182,231             -              26,344                -         208,575

  Long-Term Debt                            48,848             -                   -                -          48,848
  Other Liabilities                            502             -                 799                -           1,301
                                      -------------    -------------    ---------------    -----------     ------------

Total Liabilities                          231,581             -              27,143                -         258,724
                                      -------------    -------------    ---------------    -----------     ------------
Minority Interests                           1,892             -                   -                -           1,892
                                      -------------    -------------    ---------------    -----------     ------------

Shareholders' Equity
  Share capital                            165,806         1,296                   -                -         167,102
  Share capital to be issued                 3,909             -                   -                -           3,909
  Contributed surplus                       13,359          (945)                  -                -          12,414
  Retained earnings (deficit)              (26,583)         (351)                  -             (816)        (27,750)
  Accumulated other
    comprehensive income (loss)             (5,552)            -                   -              816          (4,736)
                                      -------------    -------------    ---------------    -----------     ------------

  Total Shareholders' Equity               150,939             -                   -                -         150,939
                                      -------------    -------------    ---------------    -----------     ------------
  Total Liabilities and
    Shareholders' Equity                  $384,412          $  -             $27,143             $  -        $411,555
                                      =============    =============    ===============    ===========     ============

29

Six Months Ended June 30, 2004

                                                               Stock-based        Proportionate          Canadian
                                                US          Compensation and      Consolidation
                                               GAAP         Convertible Notes     of Affiliates            GAAP
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income                                         $377              $1,663              $  -               $2,040
   Stock-based compensation                       4,793               (945)                 -                3,848
   Depreciation and amortization                  5,069                  -                239                5,308
   Deferred income taxes                          1,970                  -               (228)               1,742
   Gain on sale of assets                        (7,092)                 -                  -               (7,092)
   Earnings of affiliates, net of
     distributions                                1,566                  -             (1,456)                 110
   Minority interest and other                       -                   -                  -                    -
Changes in non-cash working capital             (7,370)                  -              1,791               (5,579)
                                          ----------------     --------------    -----------------    ----------------
                                                  (687)                718                346                  377
                                          ----------------     --------------    -----------------    ----------------

Investing activities
   Acquisitions, net of cash acquired           (5,493)                  -                680               (4,813)
   Capital expenditures                         (8,113)                  -               (444)              (8,557)
   Other assets, net                               349                   -                (68)                 281
                                          ----------------     --------------    -----------------    ----------------
                                               (13,257)                  -                168              (13,089)
                                          ----------------     --------------    -----------------    ----------------

Financing activities
   Proceeds from issuance of long-
     term debt                                   2,007                   -                  -                2,007
   Repayment of long-term debt                  (4,237)               (718)                 -               (4,955)
   Issuance of share capital                     3,245                   -                  -                3,245
   Purchase of share capital                    (5,117)                  -                  -               (5,117)
                                          ----------------     --------------    -----------------    ----------------
                                                (4,102)               (718)                 -               (4,820)
                                          ----------------     --------------    -----------------    ----------------

Foreign exchange effect on cash                    (12)                  -                  -                  (12)
                                          ----------------     --------------    -----------------    ----------------

Net increase (decrease) in cash                (18,058)                  -                514              (17,544)

Cash beginning of period                        66,726                   -              5,153               71,879
                                          ----------------     --------------    -----------------    ----------------
Cash end of period                             $48,668                $  -             $5,667              $54,335
                                          ================     ==============    =================    ================

30

    Three Months Ended June 30, 2003


                                                               Convertible    Proportionate
                                                    US          Notes and     Consolidation       Canadian
                                                   GAAP           Other       of Affiliate          GAAP
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------------
Revenue
   Services                                         $45,849           $  -         $3,283           $49,132
   Products                                          33,750              -              -            33,750
                                                  -----------    ----------    -------------    --------------
                                                     79,599              -          3,283            82,882
                                                  -----------    ----------    -------------    --------------
Operating Expenses:
   Cost of products sold                             15,620              -              -            15,620
   Salary and related costs                          27,666              -          1,442            29,108
   Office and general expenses                       30,165              -            631            30,796
   Depreciation and amortization                      3,310            186             60             3,556
   Write-down of fixed assets and other assets        8,126              -              -             8,126
   Goodwill charges                                  10,012              -              -            10,012
                                                  -----------    ----------    -------------    --------------
                                                     94,899            186          2,133            97,218
                                                  -----------    ----------    -------------    --------------
Operating Profit (Loss)                             (15,300)          (186)         1,150           (14,336)
                                                  -----------    ----------    -------------    --------------

Other Income (Expense)
   Gain on sale of assets                            48,594        (14,717)             -            33,877
   Interest expense                                  (4,936)           425              -            (4,511)
   Interest income                                       78              -             10                88
                                                  -----------    ----------    -------------    --------------
                                                     43,736        (14,292)            10            29,454
                                                  -----------    ----------    -------------    --------------

Income Before Income Taxes, Equity in
  Affiliates and Minority Interests                  28,436        (14,478)         1,160            15,118
Income Taxes                                          6,012             57            436             6,505
                                                  -----------    ----------    -------------    --------------

Income Before Equity in Affiliates and
  Minority Interests                                 22,424        (14,535)           724             8,613
Equity in affiliates                                    724              -           (724)                -
Minority interests                                     (361)             -              -              (361)
                                                  -----------    ----------    -------------    --------------

Net Income                                          $22,787       ($14,535)          $  -            $8,252
                                                  ===========    ==========    =============    ==============

31

         Six Months Ended June 30, 2003


                                                                     Convertible      Proportionate
                                                       US             Notes and       Consolidation          Canadian
                                                      GAAP              Other          of Affiliate            GAAP
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenue
   Services                                            $85,538              $  -            $6,027            $91,565
   Products                                             77,275                 -                 -             77,275
                                                  --------------    ---------------    -------------    ----------------
                                                       162,813                 -             6,027            168,840
                                                  --------------    ---------------    -------------    ----------------
Operating Expenses:
   Cost of products sold                                34,349                 -                 -             34,349
   Salary and related costs                             54,805                 -             2,851             57,656
   Office and general expenses                          58,527                 -             1,144             59,671
   Depreciation and amortization                         6,675               371                99              7,145
   Write-down of fixed assets and other assets           8,126                 -                 -              8,126
   Goodwill charges                                     10,012                 -                 -             10,012
                                                  --------------    ---------------    -------------    ----------------
                                                       172,494               371             4,094            176,959
                                                  --------------    ---------------    -------------    ----------------
Operating Profit (Loss)                                 (9,681)             (371)            1,933             (8,119)
                                                  --------------    ---------------    -------------    ----------------

Other Income (Expense)
   Gain on sale of assets                               48,594           (14,717)                -             33,877
   Interest expense                                     (9,262)              850                 -             (8,412)
   Interest income                                         171                 -                26                197
                                                  --------------    ---------------    -------------    ----------------
                                                        39,503           (13,867)               26             25,662
                                                  --------------    ---------------    -------------    ----------------

Income Before Income Taxes, Equity in
   Affiliates and Minority Interests                    29,822           (14,238)            1,959             17,543
Income Taxes                                             5,991               212               737              6,940
                                                  --------------    ---------------    -------------    ----------------

Income Before Equity in Affiliates and
   Minority Interests                                   23,831           (14,450)            1,222             10,603
Equity in affiliates                                     1,222                 -            (1,222)                 -
Minority interests                                      (1,379)                -                 -             (1,379)
                                                  --------------    ---------------    -------------    ----------------

Net Income                                             $23,674          ($14,450)             $  -             $9,224
                                                  ==============    ===============    =============    ================

32

As at December 31, 2003                                                         Proportionate
                                                   US          Convertible    Consolidation of                      Canadian
                                                  GAAP           Notes           Affiliate       Other Adjustments     GAAP
                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          ASSETS
Current Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                       $66,726           $  -           $5,153               $  -         $71,879
  Accounts receivables, net                        60,115              -           10,407                  -          70,522
  Expenditures billable to clients                  7,422              -            3,035                  -          10,457
  Inventories                                       6,795              -                -                  -           6,795
Prepaid expenses and other current assets           4,924              -              144                  -           5,068
                                              --------------   ------------    ---------------    -------------     -----------

    Total Current Assets                          145,982              -           18,739                  -         164,721

Fixed Assets, net                                  42,025              -            2,641                  -          44,666
Investment in Affiliates                           36,084              -          (19,208)                 -          16,876
Goodwill                                           87,479              -           16,059                  -         103,538
Deferred Tax Benefits                              12,580              -                -                  -          12,580
Other Assets                                        6,030              -                -                  -           6,030
                                              --------------   ------------    ---------------    -------------     -----------

Total Assets                                     $330,180           $  -          $18,231               $  -        $348,411
                                              ==============   ============    ===============    =============     ===========

       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
  Accounts payable and other liabilities          $74,050           $  -          $17,239               $  -         $91,289
  Advance billings                                 13,391              -              125                  -          13,516
  Current portion of long-term debt                16,486          2,160                -                  -          18,646
  Deferred acquisition consideration                1,113              -                -                  -           1,113
                                              --------------   ------------    ---------------    -------------     -----------

    Total Current Liabilities                     105,040          2,160           17,364                  -         124,564

Long-Term Debt                                     95,946              -                -                  -          95,946
Convertible Notes                                  37,794        (33,011)               -                  -           4,783
Other Liabilities                                     516              -              867                  -           1,383
                                              --------------   ------------    ---------------    -------------     -----------

Total Liabilities                                 239,296        (30,851)          18,231                  -         226,676
                                              --------------   ------------    ---------------    -------------     -----------
Minority Interests                                  2,533              -                -                  -           2,533
                                              --------------   ------------    ---------------    -------------     -----------

Shareholders' Equity
   Share capital                                  115,996          1,296                -                  -         117,292
   Contributed surplus                              3,272              -                -                  -           3,272
   Retained earnings (deficit)                    (25,148)        (1,296)               -               (816)        (27,260)
   Other paid-in capital                                -         30,851                -                  -          30,851
   Accumulated other comprehensive income
   (loss)                                          (5,769)             -                -                816          (4,953)
                                              --------------   ------------    ---------------    -------------     -----------

Total Shareholders' Equity                         88,351         30,851                -                  -         119,202
                                              --------------   ------------    ---------------    -------------     -----------
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity       $330,180           $  -          $18,231               $  -        $348,411
                                              ==============   ============    ===============    =============     ===========

33

Six Months Ended June 30, 2003

                                                       Convertible      Proportionate
                                            US          and Other       Consolidation     Other           Canadian
                                           GAAP           Notes         of Affiliate    Adjustments         GAAP
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income                                $23,674            $539               $  -       ($14,989)          $9,224
Stock-based compensation                      769                                                                769
Depreciation and amortization               6,675               -                 99            371            7,145
Non-cash interest                           2,064               -                  -              -            2,064
Deferred income taxes                       5,171             311                  -            (99)           5,383
Gain on sale of assets                    (48,594)              -                  -         14,717          (33,877)
Write-down of fixed assets and
  other assets                              8,126               -                  -              -            8,126
Goodwill charges                           10,012               -                  -              -           10,012
Earnings of affiliates, net of
  distributions                            (2,526)              -              2,526              -                -
Minority interest and other                  (843)              -                  -              -             (843)
Changes in non-cash working capital           198               -             (3,864)             -           (3,666)
                                       -------------    -------------     ------------    -----------    ---------------
                                            4,726             850             (1,239)             -            4,337
                                       -------------    -------------     ------------    -----------    ---------------

Investing activities
Acquistions, net of cash                  (15,248)              -                  -              -          (15,248)
Proceeds of dispositions                   98,722               -                  -              -           98,722
Capital expenditures                       (7,543)              -             (1,094)             -           (8,637)
Other assets, net                           2,816               -                  -              -            2,816
                                       -------------    -------------     ------------    -----------    ---------------
                                           78,747               -             (1,094)             -           77,653
                                       -------------    -------------     ------------    -----------    ---------------

Financing activities
Proceeds on issuance of long-term
  debt                                     11,439               -                  -              -           11,439
Repayment of long-term debt               (87,562)           (850)                 -              -          (88,412)
                                       -------------    -------------     ------------    -----------    ---------------
                                          (76,123)           (850)                 -              -          (76,973)
                                       -------------    -------------     ------------    -----------    ---------------

Foreign exchange effect on cash             2,082               -                  -              -            2,082
                                       -------------    -------------     ------------    -----------    ---------------

Increase in cash                            9,432               -             (2,333)             -            7,099

Cash beginning of period                   32,250               -              5,538              -           37,788
                                       -------------    -------------     ------------    -----------    ---------------
Cash end of period                        $41,682            $  -             $3,205           $  -          $44,887
                                       =============    =============     ============    ===========    ===============

34

Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, REFERENCES TO THE "COMPANY" MEAN MDC PARTNERS INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, AND REFERENCES TO A FISCAL YEAR MEANS THE COMPANY'S YEAR COMMENCING ON JANUARY 1 OF THAT YEAR AND ENDING DECEMBER 31 OF THAT YEAR (E.G., FISCAL 2004 MEANS THE PERIOD BEGINNING JANUARY 1, 2004, AND ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2004). THIS REPORT CONTAINS FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995 WITH RESPECT TO THE FINANCIAL CONDITION, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY. THESE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS INVOLVE CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN THAT ANY OF SUCH MATTERS WILL BE REALIZED. FACTORS THAT MAY CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTEMPLATED BY SUCH FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, THE FOLLOWING POSSIBILITIES: (1) COMPETITIVE PRESSURE IN THE COMPANY'S INDUSTRY INCREASES SIGNIFICANTLY; (2) GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS ARE LESS FAVORABLE THAN EXPECTED; (3) CHANGES IN THE FINANCIAL MARKETS AFFECTING THE COMPANY'S FINANCIAL STRUCTURE AND THE COMPANY'S COST OF CAPITAL AND BORROWED MONEY; AND
(6) THE UNCERTAINTIES INHERENT IN INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS AND FOREIGN CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS. THE COMPANY HAS NO DUTY UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995 TO UPDATE THE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS IN THIS QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q AND THE COMPANY DOES NOT INTEND TO PROVIDE SUCH UPDATES.

The following discussion focuses on the operating performance of MDC Partners Inc. (the "Company") for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, and the financial condition of the Company as at June 30, 2004. This analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated interim financial statements presented in this interim report and the annual audited consolidated financial statements and Management's Discussion and Analysis presented in the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2003. All amounts are in US dollars unless otherwise stated.

Combined Revenue, Operating Costs and Operating Profits

Many of the Company's marketing communications businesses have significant other interestholders and in some cases, the Company operates the business as a joint venture with these other interestholders. The Company's management oversees the businesses as active managers rather than a passive investor, reviewing all aspects of their operations with the management of these businesses, regardless of the Company's ownership interest. Within the marketing communications industry, the monitoring of operating costs, such as salary and related costs, relative to revenues, among other things, are key performance indicators. Consequently, the Company's management reviews, analyses and manages these elements of the businesses as a whole, rather than just being concerned with it as an investment. Management believes the presentation of the whole of the Company's marketing communications business provides readers with a complete view of all operations that significantly affect the Marketing Communications reportable segment's profitability and allows readers to evaluate the financial presentation reviewed by management in making business decisions. Entities owned 50% or less by the Company are required to be equity accounted for under US GAAP. For purposes of the Management Discussion and Analysis, the results of operations of these entities have been combined with the other business of the Marketing Communications reportable segment, and the alternate operating results have been described as "Combined". These "Combined" results do not constitute a financial measure prepared in accordance with US GAAP. A reconciliation of "Combined" results of operations of the Marketing Communications reportable segment to the GAAP reported results of operations has been provided by the Company in the tables included in this Management Discussion and Analysis.

35

Results of Operations:

For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2004

                                   Combined                                          As Reported under US GAAP
                              --------------------                -------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Combined                                             Secure
                                  Marketing      Less Equity       Marketing         Products         Corporate
                               Communications     Affiliates      Communications    International      & Other         Total
                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenue                           $71,669           $13,159            $58,510         $17,159            $318        $75,987
                             -----------------    ------------    --------------    ------------    ------------    -----------

Operating Expenses:
  Cost of products sold                 -                 -                  -          10,730               -         10,730
  Salary and related costs         34,859             7,018             27,841           3,370             213         31,424
  General and other
    operating costs                25,699             3,196             22,503           2,100           2,123         26,726
  Depreciation and
  amortization                      2,198               328              1,870             807              49          2,726
                             -----------------    ------------    --------------    ------------    ------------    -----------
                                   62,756            10,542             52,214          17,007           2,385         71,606
                             -----------------    ------------    --------------    ------------    ------------    -----------

Operating Profit (Loss)            $8,913            $2,617             $6,296            $152         ($2,067)         4,381
                             =================    ============    ==============    ============    ============

Other Income (Expense)
  (Loss) on sale of assets                                                                                                (73)
  Interest expense, net                                                                                                (1,733)
                                                                                                                    -----------

Income Before Income Taxes, Equity in Affiliates and Minority Interests                                                 2,575
Income Taxes (Recovery)                                                                                                  (386)
                                                                                                                    -----------

Income Before Equity in Affiliates and Minority Interests                                                               2,961
Equity in affiliates                                                                                                      939
Minority interests                                                                                                     (2,505)
                                                                                                                    -----------

Net Income                                                                                                             $1,395
                                                                                                                    ===========

36

For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2003


                                   Combined                                          As Reported under US GAAP
                              --------------------                ---------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Combined                                             Secure
                                  Marketing      Less Equity       Marketing         Products         Corporate
                               Communications     Affiliates      Communications    International      & Other         Total
                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenue                            $51,594            $6,699           $44,895         $33,750           $954          $79,599
                               -------------      -------------    --------------    -----------    ------------    -------------

Operating Expenses:
 Cost of products sold                   -                 -                 -          15,620              -           15,620
 Salary and related costs           23,523             2,943            20,580           5,683          1,403           27,666
 General and other
   operating costs                  19,747             1,285            18,462          10,469          1,234           30,165
 Depreciation and amortization       2,048               123             1,925           1,081            304            3,310
 Write-down of fixed
   assets and other assets               -                 -                 -           8,126              -            8,126
 Goodwill charges                        -                 -                 -          10,012              -           10,012
                               -------------      -------------    --------------    -----------    ------------    -------------
                                    45,318             4,351            40,967          50,991          2,941           94,899
                               -------------      -------------    --------------    -----------    ------------    -------------

Operating Profit (Loss)             $6,276            $2,348            $3,928        ($17,241)      ($1,987)          (15,300)
                               =============      =============    ==============    ===========    ============

Gain on sale of assets                                                                                                  48,594
Interest expense, net                                                                                                   (4,858)
                                                                                                                    -------------

Income Before Income Taxes, Equity in Affiliates and Minority Interest                                                  28,436
Income Taxes                                                                                                             6,012
                                                                                                                    -------------

Income Before Equity in Affiliates and Minority Interests                                                               22,424
Equity in affiliates                                                                                                       724
Minority interests                                                                                                        (361)
                                                                                                                    -------------

 Net Income                                                                                                            $22,787
                                                                                                                    =============

37

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2004


                                   Combined                                         As Reported under US GAAP
                              --------------------                --------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Combined                                             Secure
                                  Marketing      Less Equity       Marketing         Products         Corporate
                               Communications     Affiliates      Communications    International      & Other         Total
                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenue                           $138,101         $23,672          $114,429          $36,006            $665         $151,100
                               --------------    ------------    --------------     ------------    -------------   ------------

Operating Expenses:
 Cost of products sold                   -               -                 -           22,297               -           22,297
 Salary and related costs           64,874          11,057            53,817            6,846           7,529           68,192
 General and other
   operating costs                  52,453           4,737            47,716            4,501           3,624           55,841
Depreciation and amortization        3,992             504             3,488            1,482              99            5,069
                               --------------    ------------    --------------     ------------    -------------   ------------
                                   121,319          16,298           105,021           35,126          11,252          151,399
                               --------------    ------------    --------------     ------------    -------------   ------------

Operating Profit (Loss)            $16,782          $7,374            $9,408             $880        ($10,587)            (299)
                               ==============    ============    ==============     ============    =============

Gain on sale of assets                                                                                                   7,092
Interest expense, net                                                                                                   (3,626)
                                                                                                                    ------------

Income Before Income Taxes, Equity in Affiliates and Minority Interest                                                   3,167
Income Taxes                                                                                                             1,367
                                                                                                                    ------------

Income Before Equity in Affiliates and Minority Interests                                                                1,800
Equity in affiliates                                                                                                     2,385
Minority interests                                                                                                      (3,808)
                                                                                                                    ------------

Net Income                                                                                                                $377
                                                                                                                    ============

38

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2003

                                    Combined                                           Secure
                                    Marketing       Less Equity       Marketing       Products        Corporate
                                 Communications     Affiliates    Communications    International      & Other         Total
                                -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenue                              $96,586        $12,300          $84,286          $77,275         $1,252          $162,813
                                ---------------   -----------    ---------------    -----------     ------------    -----------

Operating Expenses:

   Cost of products sold                    -              -                -           34,349              -           34,349

   Salary and related costs            46,404          5,819           40,585           11,766          2,454           54,805

   General and other
     operating costs                   36,364          2,332           34,032           22,519          1,976           58,527

   Depreciation and
     amortization                       3,981            203            3,778            2,255            642            6,675

   Write-down of
     fixed assets
     and other assets                      -              -                -            8,126              -             8,126

   Goodwill charges                        -              -                -           10,012              -            10,012
                                 --------------    -----------    ---------------    -----------     ------------    -----------
                                       86,749          8,354           78,395           89,027          5,072          172,494
                                 --------------    -----------    ---------------    -----------     ------------    -----------

Operating Profit (Loss)                $9,837         $3,946           $5,891         ($11,752)       ($3,820)          (9,681)
                                 ==============    ===========    ===============    ===========     ============

Gain on sale of assets                                                                                                  48,594
Interest expense, net                                                                                                   (9,091)
                                                                                                                     -----------

Income Before Income Taxes, Equity in Affiliates and Minority Interest                                                  29,822
Income Taxes                                                                                                             5,991
                                                                                                                     -----------

Income Before Equity in Affiliates and Minority Interests                                                               23,831
Equity in affiliates                                                                                                     1,222
Minority interests                                                                                                      (1,379)
                                                                                                                     -----------

 Net Income                                                                                                            $23,674
                                                                                                                     ===========

Three Months Ended June 30, 2004 Compared to Three months Ended June 30, 2003

Marketing Communications

Marketing Communications revenue on a Combined basis was $71.7 million in the quarter, 39% more than the comparable $51.6 million reported in the second quarter of 2003. The increase in the quarter's Combined revenue as compared to the same quarter in 2003 primarily resulted from several significant new business developments which originated in the first quarter of 2004, as described below. The revenue growth is also a result of the acquisitions of several businesses. During the first quarter of 2004, the Company acquired a controlling interest in the integrated marketing communications group of agencies of Kirshenbaum Bond + Partners, LLC and an equity interest in the advertising agency Cliff Freeman + Partners LLC. During the second quarter of 2004 the Company acquired controlling interests in Henderson bas, an interactive marketing agency, Mono Advertising LLC, an advertising agency, Hello Design, LLC and Bruce Mau Design Inc., branding and design studios, and Banjo, LLC, a production studio. These acquired operations contributed $17.1 million of revenue on a Combined basis during the quarter. Excluding the revenue of these acquisitions in 2004, Combined revenues increased 6% period over period. The currency exchange rate effect of the strengthened Canadian dollar and Pound Sterling, as compared to the same period in 2003, also contributed approximately $0.7 million to the increase in revenues during this period. On a pro forma basis, comparing a full three months of operations in both the second quarters of 2004 and 2003 for the businesses operated by the Company on June 30, 2004, Combined pro forma revenue would have improved by approximately 10% period over period. This reflects significant pro forma Combined revenue growth in the US businesses and significant revenue growth in the

39

Canadian businesses. However, the UK operations experienced a significant decrease in revenues during this period, as compared to the second quarter in 2003. The growth in Combined pro forma US revenues was driven by incremental revenues resulting from the Company's equity accounted affiliate, Crispin Porter + Bogusky's new client, Burger King, and from several new client wins at each of Kirshenbaum Bond + Partners, the Bryan Mills Group, and Henderson bas. The UK operations experienced declines in revenues from their technology industry based clients while experiencing very little in new revenue additions.

The positive organic revenue growth, particularly in the US year over year, has resulted in a shift in the geographic mix of Combined revenues. Of the Combined revenue for the quarter, 78% was from the United States, 19% was derived from Canada and 3% came from the United Kingdom. This compared to 72%, 22% and 6%, respectively, in the second quarter of 2003.

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company's client base composition shifted in several areas as compared to the same quarter in 2003. The Company experienced a relative increase in spending by the consumer products, information technology and telecommunications based clients, while financial, and, to a lesser extent, media and healthcare based client revenues became a relatively smaller component of Combined revenue in 2004 as compared to 2003. In dollar terms, significant increases were noted in revenues from, consumer product, telecommunications and service industry based clients. The composition of revenues added due to business acquisitions in 2004, principally Kirshenbaum Bond + Partners, was proportionately weighted more to the financial and service industry based clients than the Combined revenues of the pre-existing businesses, which contributed dollar revenues primarily from the consumer and financial industries in particular.

Acquisitions in the first quarter did increase the dollar revenues and also the proportionate share of revenues from advertising services, as compared to the "below the line" services. For the second quarter of 2004, advertising services Combined revenues represented approximately 46% of Combined revenues as compared to 36% for the same period in 2003. Excluding the effects of the Kirshenbaum Bond + Partners acquisition, advertising services would have increased to 39% in the quarter, as the Company's existing operations obtained several new clients during the quarter requiring advertising services.

Combined operating costs increased at a slightly higher pace than the 39% growth in Combined revenues, increasing 40% during the quarter as compared to the same quarter last year. While the "general and other operating" costs component grew at only 30%, the staff costs increased at 48%. These relative changes are a result of several factors. Firstly, if the effects of acquired businesses were excluded from the Combined results, while revenues would have increased at 6%, staff costs would have increased at 7% and "general and other operating" costs would have increased 14%. The staff cost increases reflect some pricing pressures primarily experienced by the Company's' customer service center operation, Accent Marketing Services. The increase in the "general and other operating" costs beyond the growth rate of revenues was the result of several factors. During the second quarter of 2004, the Company invested approximately $0.7 million in the development of a new initiative. This venture relates to a proprietary content-driven marketing initiative, which is still in the research phase and is expected to continue in this phase through the third quarter of 2004. Secondly, the Company's operations expended an unusual amount on new business development during the quarter, as the UK business in particular invested significant resources into attracting new clients. Finally, Accent Marketing Services expended significant costs expanding its customer service center operations into near-shore and offshore facilities as it prepares for additional business volumes and to maintain its competitive cost structure in the long run.

Excluding the effects in the quarter of the acquisitions, and the investments in new ventures and new business, as described above, pro forma Combined operating profits would have increased 9% to $6.8 million, from $6.3 million, resulting in pro forma Combined operating margins of approximately 12% in the second quarter of 2004 and 2003. With the addition of Kirshenbaum Bond + Partners and with the resulting impact of the factors affecting revenues and operating costs, as discussed above, actual Combined operating income improved by approximately 42% to $8.9 million from $6.3 million, quarter over quarter, while operating margins were 12.4% for the quarter, as compared to 12.2 % in the same quarter last year.

40

Secure Products International

Revenues attributable to Secure Products International were $17.2 million for the second quarter of 2004, representing a decrease of $16.6 million or 49% compared to the $33.8 million recorded in the second quarter of 2003. The decrease was primarily due to the divestiture of Custom Direct ("CDI") last year as revenues from the remaining operations of Secure Products International increased 21% or $3.0 million from $14.2 million in the second quarter of 2003. Ashton Potter, the stamp operations, generated a 107% improvement in revenues that related primarily to the USPS contract awarded in 2003. This improvement, together with an increase in revenues from Placard, the Australian card operation, and from Mercury Graphics, the Canadian ticketing business, were partially offset by a decrease in revenues from Metaca, the Canadian card operation.

Secure Products International reported operating costs of $17.0 million for the second quarter, versus $51.0 million in the same quarter last year. Excluding the impact of CDI, goodwill charges of $10.0 million and a charge related to the write-down of fixed and other assets of $8.1 million from 2003, operating costs increased $1.9 million or 13% compared to last year. However, operating costs expressed as a percentage of revenue on the same basis, decreased to 99.1% from 106.3% last year. Cost of sales, salaries and related costs and depreciation of the remaining operations of Secure Products International decreased as a percentage of revenue in 2004 to 86.8% compared to 88.6% in the same period of 2003. General and other operating expenses also improved to 12.2% of revenue from 17.3% of revenue in the 2003 second quarter.

As a result, actual operating profit earned by the Secure Products International Division amounted to $0.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, compared to a loss of $17.2 million in the same quarter of 2003. On a more comparative basis, after adjusting the 2003 results to remove income from divested operations, charges against goodwill and write-down of fixed assets and other assets, the operating profit of the remaining Secure Products International businesses improved by approximately $1.0 million as a result of increased production at Ashton Potter and an improvement in profitability at Mercury Graphics, partially offset by declines at Metaca. As a result of the decreased revenues and operating profit generated by Metaca, management has commenced a plan to reduce the cost structure and improve efficiencies. Severance and other related charges of $0.2 million were recorded in the quarter.

Corporate and Other

Revenues of the Corporate and Other segment for the three months ending June 30, 2004 were $0.3 million compared to $1.0 million in 2003. The additional revenues received in 2003 related primarily to distributions received from CDI.

Operating costs decreased from $2.9 million in the 2003 second quarter to $2.4 million this quarter primarily as a result of a recovery related to the provision for stock-based compensation partially offset by an increase in general and other costs. Excluding stock-based compensation, operating expenses increased as a result of combining the corporate offices of MDC and Maxxcom Inc. upon the privatization of Maxxcom Inc. in July 2003 and increased compliance costs associated with US GAAP reporting and Sarbanes-Oxley legislation.

The operating loss of the Corporate and Other segment increased from $2.0 million in 2003 to $2.1 million in 2004.

Gain (Loss) on Sale of Assets and Settlement of Debt

The loss on sale of assets was $0.1 million for the second quarter of 2004 compared to a gain in 2003 of $48.6 million that related to the disposition of 80% of CDI through an income fund and the retirement of the Company's remaining 10.5% senior subordinated notes.

41

Interest, Net

Net interest expense on a consolidated basis for the quarter, at $1.7 million, was $3.2 million lower than in 2003, due to a decrease in interest expense reflective of the second quarter redemption of the convertible debentures through the issuance of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and lower average levels of indebtedness than in the prior year. Interest income was relatively unchanged compared to the second quarter of 2003.

Income Taxes

The income tax recovery recorded for the second quarter was $0.4 million, compared to an expense of $6.0 million for the same period in 2003.

Income Before Equity In Affiliates and Minority Interests

For the quarter, income before income taxes, equity in affiliates and minority interests was $3.0 million versus $22.4 million in 2003, a decrease of $19.4 million due primarily to the impact of asset dispositions in the second quarter of last year, net of provisions taken against fixed and other assets and goodwill.

Equity in Affiliates

The income attributable to equity-accounted affiliate operations, principally Crispin Porter + Bogusky LLC, was $0.9 million for the second quarter of 2004, $0.2 million higher than the $0.7 million earned in the second quarter of 2003.

Minority Interests

Minority interest expense of Marketing communications was $2.5 million for the second quarter of 2004, an increase of $0.9 million compared to the same prior-year quarter. In 2003, Secure Products International and Corporate and Other had a minority interest recovery of $1.2 million related to Metaca and Maxxcom, both of which are now wholly-owned.

Net Income

Net income for the quarter ending June 30, 2004 was $1.4 million versus $22.8 million in 2003.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2004 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2003

Marketing Communications

Marketing Communications revenue on a Combined basis was $138.1 million in the first six months of 2004, 43% more than the comparable $96.6 million reported in the first six months of 2003. The increase in the period's Combined revenue as compared to the same quarter in 2003 resulted primarily from several significant new client additions which originated in the first quarter of 2004, as described below. The growth also resulted from the acquisition of several businesses. As described above, during 2004, the Company acquired interests in Kirshenbaum Bond + Partners, LLC, and Cliff Freeman + Partners LLC, Henderson bas, Mono LLC, Hello Design, LLC, Bruce Mau Design Inc. and Banjo, LLC. These acquired operations contributed $24.5 million of revenue on a Combined basis during the first six months of 2004. Excluding the revenue of these acquisitions in 2004, Combined revenues would have increased 18% period over period. The currency exchange rate effect of the strengthened Canadian dollar and Pound Sterling as compared to the same period in 2003 also contributed approximately $2.5 million to the increase in revenues during this period. On a pro forma basis, comparing a full six months of operations in both the first six months of 2004 and 2003 for the businesses operated by the Company on June 30, 2004, pro forma Combined revenue improved by approximately 14% period over period. This reflected very significant pro forma Combined revenue growth in the US businesses and also included significant revenue growth in the Canadian businesses, however, the UK operations experienced a significant decrease in revenues during this period, as compared to the first half of 2003. The growth in Combined pro forma US revenues was driven by revenues derived from the Company's equity accounted affiliate, Crispin

42

Porter + Bogusky's new client, Burger King, and incremental revenues resulting from several new client wins at Kirshenbaum Bond + Partners, increased transaction volumes at Accent Marketing Services, the Bryan Mills Group investor communications new initiatives, and Source Marketing's significant direct marketing projects this year. The UK operations experienced declines in revenues from their technology, and, to a lesser extent, financial industry based clients, while experiencing very little in new revenue additions during 2004.

The positive organic growth particularly in the US year over year has resulted in a shift in the geographic mix of Combined revenues. Of the Combined revenue for the first six months, 78% was from the United States, 19% was derived from Canada and 3% came from the United Kingdom. This compared to 72%, 22% and 6%, respectively, in first half of 2003.

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company's client base composition shifted in several areas as compared to the same quarter in 2003. The Company saw a relative increase in spending by the consumer products, telecommunications and information technology industry based clients, while healthcare, and, to a lesser extent, media based client revenues became a relatively smaller component of Combined revenue in 2004 as compared to 2003. In dollar terms, significant increases were noted in revenues from consumer product, financial, service and telecommunications industry based clients. The composition of revenues added due to business acquisitions in the first half of 2004, principally Kirshenbaum Bond + Partners, was proportionately weighted more to the financial and service industry based clients than the Combined revenues of the pre-existing businesses, contributing dollar revenues primarily from the consumer and financial industries in particular.

Acquisitions in the first half of 2004 did increase the dollar revenues and also the proportionate share of revenues from advertising services as compared to the "below the line" services. For the first half of 2004, advertising services Combined revenues represented approximately 45% of Combined revenues as compared to 36% for the same period in 2003. Excluding the effects of the KBP acquisition, advertising services would have increased to 38% in the year to date period, as the Company's existing operations obtained several new clients during the period requiring advertising services.

Combined operating costs increased at a slower pace than the 43% growth in Combined revenues, increasing 40% during the first half of 2004 as compared to the same period in 2003. Of the operating costs components, Combined "general and other operating" costs grew at 44% and while staff costs grew at only 40%. These relative changes were a result of several factors. Firstly, if the effects of acquired business were excluded from the Combined results, while revenues would have increased at 18%, staff costs would have increased at 9% and "general and other operating" costs would have increased 32%. The reduced staff cost pace of growth relative to revenues reflects the rapid revenue growth in the first quarter of 2004 that outpaced the ability of certain businesses to increase staffing levels to the appropriate sustainable levels for the business volumes, resulting in enhanced profitability during that period. The increase in the "general and other operating" costs beyond the growth rate of revenues was the result of several factors. During 2004, the Company invested approximately $1.4 million in the development of two new initiatives. During the second quarter of 2004, the Company invested in a new venture to develop a proprietary content-driven marketing initiative, which is still in the research phase and is expected to continue in this phase through the third quarter of 2004. The second venture invested in during 2004, which will not continue beyond the second quarter of 2004, was related to a possible expansion into a new geographic market. A further cause of the increase in operating costs was the unusually high amount expended on new business development during 2004, in particular by the UK business, which invested significant resources into attracting new clients. Finally, Accent Marketing Services expended significant costs to expand its customer service center operations into near-shore and offshore facilities as it prepares for additional business volumes and to maintain its competitive cost structure in the long run.

Excluding the effects in the period of the acquisitions, and the investments in new ventures and new business, as described above, pro forma Combined operating profits would have increased 41% to $13.9 million, from $9.8 million, resulting in pro forma Combined operating margins of approximately 12% in 2004 to date and approximately 10% in the same period in 2003. With the addition of Kirshenbaum Bond + Partners and with the resulting impact of the factors affecting revenues and operating costs, as discussed above, actual Combined operating income improved by approximately 71% to $16.8 million from $9.8 million, period over period, while operating margins where 12.2% for the first half of 2004, as compared to 10.2 % in the same period in 2003.

43

Secure Products International

Secure Products International revenues totaled $36.0 million for the first six months of 2004. The decrease of $41.3 million, or 53% compared to revenues of $77.3 million for the same period in 2003, was primarily due to the divestiture of CDI. Revenues from the remaining operations of Secure Products International increased 25% year over year. The most significant increase was generated by the stamp operations of Ashton Potter, where production increased due to the USPS contract awarded in 2003. Placard, the Australian card operation, and Mercury, the Canadian ticketing business also experienced revenue growth. However, revenues of the Canadian card operation, Metaca, decreased period over period.

Operating costs incurred by Secure Products International were $35.1 million for the first half of the year compared to $89.0 million in 2003 which included $41.5 million of costs related to CDI, and expenses related to provisions against fixed assets and goodwill of $18.1 million. Excluding these costs from the 2003 results, the remaining operations recorded an improvement in operating expenses as a percentage of revenue, from 102.1% for the first half of 2003 to 97.6% for the first half of 2004.

In the 2004 first half, Secure Products International achieved operating income of $0.9 million, an improvement of $12.7 million from the loss incurred in 2003 of $11.8 million. This represents a year over year improvement of $1.6 million from the adjusted operating loss related to the remaining operations, primarily as a result of the increased production at Ashton Potter partially offset by declines at Metaca.

Corporate and Other

Revenue attributable to the Corporate and Other segment for the first half of 2004 was $0.7 million compared to $1.3 million for the same period of 2003 which included distributions from CDI. Rental revenues remained relatively unchanged.

Operating costs, at $11.3 million, increased $6.2 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2003, primarily related to a $4.0 million increase in charges for stock-based compensation. Corporate and other costs also increased as a result of the merger of head offices upon the privatization of Maxxcom Inc and an increase in compliance costs.

The operating losses of the Corporate and Other segment increased to $10.6 million in 2004 from $3.8 million in 2003.

Gain on Sale of Assets

The gain on sale of assets of $7.1 million for the first two quarters of 2004 primarily related to the divestiture of the remaining interest in CDI upon settlement of the adjustable rate exchangeable securities in the first quarter. The 2003 gain related primarily to the disposition of the initial 80% interest in the U.S. cheque operations.

Interest, Net

On a consolidated basis net interest expense for the first six months of the year was $3.6 million, compared to the $9.1 million incurred during the same year-earlier period. Interest expense decreased $5.2 million due primarily to the repayment of the 10.5% senior subordinated notes and the redemption of the convertible debentures. Interest income increased by $0.3 million due to higher cash balances at certain agencies and head office in the first quarter of 2004.

Income Taxes

The income tax expense recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2004, was $1.4 million compared to $6.0 million for the same period in 2003. Income taxes were 43.1% of income before income taxes, equity in affiliates and minority interests versus 20.0% in 2003.

44

Income Before Equity In Affiliates and Minority Interests

The consolidated income before equity in affiliates and minority interests for the year-to-date period ended June 30, 2004 was $1.8 million, $22.0 million lower than the $23.8 million earned during the same prior-year period. The decrease was primarily due to the significant gain on sale of assets related to CDI in 2003, net of goodwill charges and the write-down of assets also recorded in that year.

Equity in Affiliates

Equity in affiliates represents the income attributable to equity-accounted affiliate operations. For the first two quarters of 2004, income of $2.4 million was recorded. The increase of $1.2 million over the $1.2 million earned in the first half of 2003 is principally due to greater income generated by Crispin Porter + Bogusky.

Minority Interests

Minority interest expense of marketing communications was $3.8 million for the first six months of 2004, an increase of $1.2 million compared to the $2.6 million in the previous year. In 2003, a recovery of $1.2 million was recorded related to Metaca and Maxxcom.

Net Income

Net income for the first half of 2004 was $0.4 million versus the $23.7 million achieved in 2003.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Working Capital

The Company had a working capital deficit of $12.2 million at June 30, 2004, relatively unchanged from the deficit of $12.6 million at March 31, 2004 and $53.1 million less than the working capital of $40.9 million at December 31, 2003. The reduction in working capital is due primarily to cash payments made for acquisitions completed during 2004, the movement of the senior credit facility at Maxxcom from long-term debt to current portion of long-term debt and a decrease in working capital in the Marketing Communications subsidiaries. Compared to December 31, 2003, on a consolidated basis, cash decreased $18.0 million. Accounts receivable and expenditures billable to clients increased by $40.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Inventory increased by $0.3 million and prepaid expenses by $1.2 million. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased by $51.5 million. Advance billings increased by $5.6 million and the current portion of long-term debt increased by $20.5 million.

At June 30, 2004, Maxxcom had utilized approximately $30.0 million of its $33.1 million facility in the form of drawings and letters of credit. During the second quarter, the Company reached agreements with its senior credit lenders to amend the terms of the credit facility of its subsidiary, Maxxcom Inc., to eliminate the scheduled quarterly borrowings reductions after March 31, 2004 and to change the facility's maturity date from March 31, 2005 to September 30, 2004.

Currently, substantially all of the long-term debt is held at Maxxcom or its subsidiairies. Maxxcom's ability to meet the repayment of its long-term debt is dependent upon the availability of cash from its parent MDC Partners Inc. and from the cash flows from its subsidiaries and affiliated companies through dividends, distributions, intercompany advances, management fees and other payments. A number of Maxxcom's subsidiaries are not wholly-owned and pursuant to operating agreements with some of the other shareholders of these subsidiaries and affiliates and certain subsidiary and affiliate lending agreements, there are certain restrictions on the payment of dividends, distributions and advances to Maxxcom. In addition, pursuant to certain lending agreements entered into by MDC Partners Inc, there are restrictions on MDC's ability to transfer available cash to Maxxcom.

45

On June 10, 2004, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks providing for borrowings of up to $18.7 million (CDN$25.0 million) maturing in May of 2005. This facility is secured by a pledge of the Company's assets, principally comprised of ownership interest in its subsidiaries and by the underlying assets of the businesses comprising the Company's Secure Products International segment and Kirshenbaum Bond & Partners. At June 30, 2004, the Company had not drawn any funds under this facility.

Cash and undrawn available bank credit facilities to support the Company's future cash requirements, as at June 30, 2004, was approximately $70 million.

Long-Term Debt

Long-term indebtedness (including the current portion) at the end of the second quarter was $85.8 million, a reduction of $34.9 million compared with the $120.7 million outstanding at March 31, 2004 and $64.4 million from the $150.2 million outstanding at December 31, 2003. The $34.9 million outstanding convertible notes were settled in full on May 5, 2004 with the issuance of approximately 2.6 million Class A subordinate voting shares.

MDC Partners Inc., the parent company, is in the process of refinancing its indebtedness with a $100 million credit facility. A term sheet has been signed with a major US financial institution and the credit facility agreement is currently being negotiated. This new facility, combined with a related cash management program, will be used to repay existing outstanding indebtedness under the MDC senior credit facility, the Maxxcom senior credit facility, the Maxxcom mezzanine facility and the Accent Marketing LLC credit facility. Management believes that the new facility will be completed prior to September 30, 2004, the date the Maxxcom senior credit facility is due. Once completed, the new credit facility will reduce the Company's aggregate borrowing costs and provide enhanced liquidity. In the event the new credit facility is not completed prior to maturity of the Maxxcom senior credit facility, management is believes that the Maxxcom facility can be renegotiated and extended.

Deferred Acquisition Consideration (Earnouts)

Acquisitions of businesses by the Company typically include commitments to contingent deferred purchase obligations. Deferred purchase price obligations are generally payable annually over a three-year period following the acquisition date, and are payable based on achievement of certain thresholds of future earnings and, in certain cases, also based on the rate of growth of those earnings. At June 30, 2004, approximately $0.8 million of deferred purchase price obligations relating to prior year acquisitions are reflected in deferred acquisition consideration on the Company's balance sheet. Based on various assumptions as to future operating results of the relevant entities, management estimates that approximately $1 million of further additional deferred purchase obligations will be earned during 2004 or thereafter. The actual amount that the Company pays in connection with the obligations may be materially different from this estimate.

Put Rights of Subsidiaries' Minority Shareholders

Owners of interests in certain of the Marketing Communications subsidiaries have the right in certain circumstances to require the Company to acquire the remaining ownership interests held by them. The owners' ability to exercise any such right is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including conditions requiring notice in advance of exercise. In addition, these rights cannot be exercised prior to specified staggered exercise dates. The exercise of these rights at their earliest contractual date would result in obligations of the Company to fund the related amounts during the period 2004 to 2010. Except as described below, it is not determinable, at this time, if or when the owners of these rights will exercise all or a portion of these rights.

The amount payable by the Company in the event such rights are exercised is dependent on various valuation formulas and on future events, such as the average earnings of the relevant subsidiary through the date of exercise, the growth rate of the earnings of the relevant subsidiary during that period, and, in some cases, the currency exchange rate at the date of payment.

46

Management estimates, assuming that the subsidiaries perform at their current profit levels over the relevant future periods, that these rights, if all exercised, could require the Company, in future periods, to pay an aggregate of approximately $73 million to the owners of such rights to acquire the remaining ownership interests in the relevant subsidiaries. Of this amount, the Company would be entitled, at its option, to fund approximately $18 million by the issuance of the Company's share capital.

The actual future amount payable in connection with the exercise of any of the above described rights cannot be determined because it is dependent on the future results of operations of the subject businesses and the timing of the exercise of the rights. The actual amounts the Company pays may be materially different from these estimates.

If all of the outstanding rights were exercised, the Company would acquire incremental ownership interests in the relevant subsidiaries entitling the Company to additional annual operating income before other charges estimated by management, using the same earnings basis used to determine the aggregate purchase price noted above, to be approximately $10 million. The actual additional annual operating income earned by the relevant subsidiaries may be materially different from this estimate.

The Company expects to fund obligations relating to the rights described above, if and when they become due, through the issuance of its common shares to the rights holders, and through the use of cash derived from operations, bank borrowings, and equity and/or debt offerings. There can be no certainty that the Company will have adequate means to satisfy its obligations in respect of the rights described above, if and when such obligations become due.

Approximately $4 million of the estimated $73 million that the Company could be required to pay subsidiaries' minority shareholders upon the exercise of outstanding put rights relates to rights exercisable in 2004 in respect of the securities of three subsidiaries. The Company expects to fund the acquisition of these interests, if and when they become due, through the use of cash derived from operations and bank borrowings. Accordingly, the acquisition of any equity interest in connection with the exercise of these rights in 2004 will not be recorded in the Company's financial statements until ownership is transferred.

Cash Flow from Operations

Cash flow used in operations, including changes in non-cash working capital, for the first six months of 2004 was $0.7 million, representing a $5.4 million decrease from the cash flow generated of $4.7 million from the same period of 2003, primarily as a result of non-cash working capital usage, offset partially by the improved operating profit achieved.

Cash flows used in investing activities amounted to $13.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004, compared with the cash flows generated in the same 2003 period of $78.7 million. $4.6 million of the $8.1 million year-to-date capital expenditures relate to the Marketing Communications segment and the remainder to the purchase of manufacturing equipment in the Secure Products segment. In 2003, proceeds on disposition primarily represent the net proceeds received from the initial public offering of CDI.

At June 30, 2004, cash flows used in financing activities were $4.1 million and comprised of the proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $2.0 million, a repayment of $4.2 million of long-term indebtedness, proceeds of $3.2 million from the issuance of share capital through a private placement and the exercise of options, and $5.1 million used to repurchase shares of the Company under a normal course issuer bid.

Differences in MD&A Presentation Under Canadian GAAP

Under Canadian securities requirements, the Company is required to provide supplemental information to highlight the significant differences that would have resulted in the information provided in the MD&A had the Company prepared the MD&A using Canadian GAAP financial information.

47

The Company has identified and disclosed the significant differences between Canadian and US GAAP as applied to its interim consolidated financial statements for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 in note 13 to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements. The primary GAAP difference is the application under Canadian GAAP of proportionate consolidation for investments in joint ventures in the Marketing Communications businesses, while US GAAP requires equity accounting for such investments. This GAAP difference does not have a significant impact on the content of the MD&A as the discussion of the results of the Company's marketing communications businesses has been presented on a combined basis, consistent with the Company's segment disclosures in its condensed consolidated interim financial statements. The Combined financial information has been reconciled to US GAAP financial information by adjusting for the equity accounting for certain the joint ventures in this MD&A as well as in the segment information in note 5 to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements. If the reconciliation of the Combined financial information were prepared to reconcile to Canadian GAAP results, it would have adjusted for the proportionate consolidation of the joint venture.

Critical Accounting Policies

The following supplemental summary of accounting policies has been prepared to assist in better understanding the Company's financial statements and the related management discussion and analysis. Readers are encouraged to consider this supplement together with the Company's consolidated interim financial statements and the related notes to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements for a more complete understanding of accounting policies discussed below.

Estimates. The preparation of the Company's financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or "GAAP", requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities including valuation allowance for receivables and deferred tax assets, stock-based compensation accruals for bonus compensation and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during a reporting period. The statements are evaluated on an ongoing basis and estimates are based on historical experience, current conditions and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results can differ from those estimates, and it is possible that the differences could be material.

Acquisitions and Goodwill. A fair value approach is used in testing goodwill for impairment under SFAS 142 to determine if an other than temporary impairment has occurred. One approach utilized to determine fair values is a discounted cash flow methodology. When available and as appropriate, comparative market multiples are used. Numerous estimates and assumptions necessarily have to be made when completing a discounted cash flow valuation, including estimates and assumptions regarding interest rates, appropriate discount rates and capital structure. Additionally, estimates must be made regarding revenue growth, operating margins, tax rates, working capital requirements and capital expenditures. Estimates and assumptions also need to be made when determining the appropriate comparative market multiples to be used. Actual results of operations, cash flows and other factors used in a discounted cash flow valuation will likely differ from the estimates used and it is possible that differences and changes could be material. Additional information about impairment testing under SFAS 142 appears in the notes of the condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

The Company has historically made and expects to continue to make selective acquisitions of marketing communications businesses. In making acquisitions, the price paid is determined by various factors, including service offerings, competitive position, reputation and geographic coverage, as well as prior experience and judgment.

Due to the nature of advertising, marketing and corporate communications services companies, the companies acquired frequently have minimal tangible net assets and identifiable intangible assets which primarily consist of customer relationships. Accordingly, a substantial portion of the purchase price is allocated to goodwill. An annual impairment test is performed in order to assess that the fair value of the reporting units exceeds their carrying value, inclusive of goodwill.

48

A summary of the Company's contingent purchase price obligations, sometimes referred to as earn-outs, and obligations to purchase additional interests in certain subsidiary and affiliate companies is set forth in the "Liquidity and Capital Resources" section of this report. The contingent purchase price obligations and obligations to purchase additional interests in certain subsidiary and affiliate companies are primarily based on future performance. Contingent purchase price obligations are accrued, in accordance with GAAP, when the contingency is resolved and payment is certain.

Additional information about acquisitions and goodwill appears in the notes to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements of this report.

Revenue. Substantially all of the revenue of the Marketing Communications segment is derived from fees for services. Commissions are earned based on the placement of advertisements in various media. Revenue is realized when the service is performed, in accordance with terms of the arrangement with the clients and upon completion of the earnings process. This includes when services are rendered, generally upon presentation date for media, when costs are incurred for radio and television production and when print production is completed and collection is reasonably assured.

Revenue is recorded at the net amount retained when the fee or commission is earned. In the delivery of certain services to clients, costs are incurred on their behalf for which the Company is reimbursed. Substantially all of the reimbursed costs relate to purchases on behalf of clients of media and production services. There is normally little latitude in establishing the reimbursement price for these expenses and clients are invoiced for these expenses in an amount equal to the amount of costs incurred. These reimbursed costs, which are a multiple of the Company's revenue, are significant. However, the majority of these costs are incurred on behalf of the largest clients and the Company's has not historically experienced significant losses in connection with the reimbursement of these costs by clients.

A small portion of the contractual arrangements with clients includes performance incentive provisions designed to link a portion of the Company's revenue to its performance relative to both quantitative and qualitative goals. This portion of revenue is recognized when the specific quantitative goals are achieved, or when the performance against qualitative goals is determined by the client. Additional information about revenue appears in the notes to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

Substantially all of the Secure Products International reportable segment revenue is derived from the sale of products. Revenue derived from the stamp operations is realized using the percentage of completion method determined based on costs of production incurred to date relative to the expected total costs to be incurred upon completion. Revenue derived from the sale of tickets and cards is realized when the product is completed and either shipped or held in the Company's secure facilities at the written request of the customer, title to the product has transferred to the customer, and all bill and hold revenue recognition criteria have been met. Additional information about revenue recognition appears in the notes to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

Income tax valuation allowance. The Company records a valuation allowance against deferred income tax assets when management believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Management considers factors such as the reversal of deferred income tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, the character of the income tax asset, tax planning strategies, changes in tax laws and other factors. A change to these factors could impact the estimated valuation allowance and income tax expense.

Risks and Uncertainties:

We hereby incorporate by reference the disclosure provided under the header "Risks and Uncertainties" in the Company's Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the year ended

49

December 31, 2003, included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, filed with the SEC on May 10, 2004. As of June 30, 2004, no material change had occurred that required the Company to update such disclosure.

Outlook:

2004 will be a year of transformation for MDC. Our vision has been to enhance the conglomerate, simplify the story and focus on the market place that best positions the Company to deliver premium returns to its shareholders.

Our genesis was in the marketing communications business, and our experience and knowledge is greatest in that area. Our growth strategy is based on empowering our partners with equity and autonomy. We believe that combination will deliver accretive investments and attract the best talent. We have identified an opportunity to structure and complete the final act of our structural transformation through the monetization of our secure print properties in the form of an income fund. We are currently evaluating this opportunity.

Supplementary Financial Information:

The Company reports its financial results in accordance with US GAAP. However, the Company has included certain non-GAAP financial measures and ratios, which it believes, provide useful information to both management and readers of this report in measuring the financial performance and financial condition of the Company. These measures do not have a standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and, therefore, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other publicly traded companies, nor should they be construed as an alternative to other titled measures determined in accordance with US GAAP.

50

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Quantitative Information About Market Risk

We are currently not invested in market risk sensitive instruments such as derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments.

Qualitative Information About Market Risk

Our Secure Products International businesses operate in North America and Australia. Certain North American costs are payable in Canadian dollars while North American revenues are principally collectible in US dollars. Our Marketing Communications businesses operate in North America and the United Kingdom, however each business's revenues are collectable and its costs are generally payable in the same local currency. Consequently, our financial results can be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Fluctuations in the exchange rates between the US dollar, the Sterling Pound, the Australian dollar and the Canadian dollar may have a material effect on our results of operations. In particular, we may be adversely affected by a significant strengthening of the Canadian dollar against any of these currencies. We are not currently a party to any forward foreign currency exchange contract, or other contract that could serve to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in the US/Canada dollar exchange rate.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be included in our SEC reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within applicable time periods. We conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded as of June 30, 2004 that they believe that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure recording, processing, summarizing and reporting of information required to be included in our SEC reports on a timely basis. During the three months ended June 30, 2004, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

51

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 2. Changes in Securities, Use of Proceeds and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities:

Shares- Class A Subordinate Voting Shares

-------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
| Period           |  Total Number of | Average Price  |  Total Number of    | Maximum Number of |
|                  | Shares Purchased | Paid per Share | Shares Purchased as |  Shares that may  |
|                  |                  |                |  Part of Publicly   | yet be Purchased  |
|                  |                  |                | Announced Plans or  | under the Plans   |
|                  |                  |                |      Programs       |   or Programs     |
|------------------|------------------|----------------|---------------------|-------------------|
| April 1, 2004    |          nil     |         $ -    |             -       |        110,073    |
| -April 30, 2004  |                  |                |                     |                   |
|------------------|------------------|----------------|---------------------|-------------------|
| May 1, 2004      |       46,100     |     $11.78     |        46,100       |         63,973    |
| -May 31, 2004    |                  |                |                     |                   |
|------------------|------------------|----------------|---------------------|-------------------|
| June 1, 2004     |       17,800     |     $11.92     |        17,800       |         nil(1)    |
| -June 30, 2004   |      254,300     |     $11.43     |       254,300       |   1,562,522(2)    |
|------------------|------------------|----------------|---------------------|-------------------|
| Total            |      318,200     |     $11.33     |       318,200       |                   |
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. The Class A subordinate voting shares were purchased pursuant to a publicly announced plan which commenced May 30, 2003 and expired June 2, 2004. The number of shares purchased under this plan was 1,223,716.

2. The Class A subordinate voting shares were purchased pursuant to a publically announced plan which commenced June 7, 2004. The maximum number of shares that may be purchased under this plan is 1,816,822. This plan expires June 6, 2005.

52

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

The Company held it's annual shareholders' meeting on June 9, 2004. At the meeting, votes were cast for the following proposals as follows:

To appoint KPMG LLP as auditors of the Company and authorizing the Company's Board of Directors to fix the auditors' remuneration:

In excess of 95% of proxy votes were for this resolution.

To elect the following Directors:

Thomas Davidson
Guy P. French
Richard R. Hylland
Michael J.L. Kirby
Miles S. Nadal
Stephen M. Pustil
Francois R. Roy

In excess of 95% of proxy votes were for this resolution.

To approve the special resolution to approve the continuance of the Company from the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) to the Canadian Business Corporations Act:

In excess of 95% of proxy votes were for this resolution.

To approve the ordinary resolution to confirm By-Law No. 1 to be adopted by the Company upon continuance of the Company from the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) to the Canadian Business Corporations Act:

Votes For Votes Against 6,413,027 469,606

To the approve the ordinary resolution to approve an amendment to the Company's Stock Appreciation Rights Plan:

Votes For Votes Against 6,669,903 1,115,044

53

Item 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) Exhibits

Exhibit No.    Description
-----------    -----------

   3.2         General By-law No. 1, dated June 9, 2004 *;

   3.3         Articles of Continuance, dated June 28, 2004 *;

  10.11        Management Services Agreement between MDC Partners Inc. and
               Peter M. Lewis, dated May 20, 2004*;

  10.12        Credit Agreement made June 10, 2004 between MDC Partners Inc,
               as borrower, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Lead Arranger,
               Sole Bookrunner and administration agent, and the Lenders (
               as defined therein)*;

   21          Subsidiaries of Registrant *;

   31          Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications *;

   32          Section 1350 Certifications *.

(b) The Company filed the following Current Reports on Form 8-K for the quarter ended June 30, 2004:

On June 25, 2004, the Company furnished a Current Report on Form 8-K containing historical financial information all prepared in accordance with, or derived from, financial information prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.


* Filed electronically herewith.

54

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

MDC PARTNERS INC.

/s/ Walter Campbell
--------------------------
Walter Campbell
Chief Financial Officer



August 4, 2004

55

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.      Description
-----------      -----------

     3.2         General By-law No. 1, dated June 9, 2004 *;

     3.3         Articles of Continuance, dated June 28, 2004 *;

    10.11        Management Services Agreement between MDC Partners Inc. and
                 Peter M. Lewis, dated May 20, 2004*;

    10.12        Credit Agreement made June 10, 2004 between MDC Partners Inc,
                 as borrower, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Lead Arranger,
                 Sole Bookrunner and administration agent, and the Lenders (
                 as defined therein)*;

     21          Subsidiaries of Registrant *;

     31          Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications *;

     32          Section 1350 Certifications *.


* Filed electronically herewith.

56

Exhibit 3.2

CBCA By-Law

GENERAL BY-LAW NO. 1

A by-law relating generally to the regulation of the business and affairs of MDC PARTNERS INC.

CONTENTS

ARTICLE ONE INTERPRETATION

ARTICLE TWO DIRECTORS

ARTICLE THREE MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

ARTICLE FOUR COMMITTEES

ARTICLE FIVE OFFICERS

ARTICLE SIX PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

ARTICLE SEVEN MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

ARTICLE EIGHT SECURITIES

ARTICLE NINE DIVIDENDS

ARTICLE TEN GENERAL

ARTICLE ELEVEN NOTICES

ARTICLE TWELVE EFFECTIVE DATE

RESOLVED as a by-law of MDC Partners Inc. (hereinafter called the "Corporation") as follows:

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions.

In this by-law and in all other by-laws of the Corporation, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) "Act" means the Canada Business Corporations Act as amended or re-enacted from time to time and includes the regulations made pursuant thereto;

(b) "board" means the board of directors of the Corporation;

(c) "by-laws" means all by-laws of the Corporation;

(d) "director" means a director of the Corporation;

(e) "non-business day" means Saturday, Sunday and any other day that is a holiday as defined in the Interpretation Act (Canada);

(f) "number of directors" means the number of directors provided for in the articles or, where a minimum and maximum number of directors is provided for in the articles, the number of directors determined by the directors; and

(g) "distributing corporation" means a distributing corporation as defined in the regulations to the Act.

1.2 All terms used in the by-laws of the Corporation which are defined in the Act shall have the meanings given to such terms under the Act.

1.3 In all by-laws of the Corporation, the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular and words importing gender include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

1.4 Headings used in the by-laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

1.5 If any of the provisions contained in this by-law are inconsistent with those contained in the articles or a unanimous shareholder agreement, the provisions contained in the articles or unanimous shareholder agreement, as the case may be, shall prevail.

ARTICLE 2
DIRECTORS

2.1 QUORUM. The quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board shall consist of two-fifths of the number of directors, and notwithstanding any vacancy among the directors, a quorum of directors may exercise all the powers of the directors. No business shall be transacted at a meeting of directors unless a quorum of the board is present and the requirements in subsection 3.1 are met.

2.2 QUALIFICATION. No person shall be qualified for election as a director if he or she is less than 18 years of age; if he or she is of unsound mind and has been so found by a court in Canada or elsewhere; if he or she is not an individual; or if he or she has the status of a bankrupt. A director need not be a shareholder. At least twenty-five percent of the directors shall be resident Canadians provided that if the number of directors is fewer than four, at least one shall be a resident Canadian. If the Corporation is a distributing corporation, at least one-third of the directors shall not be officers or employees of the Corporation or any of its affiliates.

2.3 ELECTION AND TERM. The election of directors shall take place at each annual meeting of Shareholders. A director not elected for an expressly stated term shall cease to hold office at the close of the first annual meeting following his or her election or appointment but, if qualified, shall be eligible for re-election. If an election of directors is not held at the proper time, the incumbent directors shall continue in office until their successors are elected.

2.4 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the shareholders may by ordinary resolution passed at an annual or special meeting remove any director from office provided that where the holders of any class or series of shares have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by an ordinary resolution at a meeting of the shareholders of that class or series. A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the same meeting failing which the vacancy may be filled by the directors.

2.5 VACATION OF OFFICE. A director ceases to hold office when he or she dies, he or she is removed from office by the shareholders, he or she ceases to be qualified for election as a director, or his or her written resignation is received by the Corporation (or if a time is specified in such resignation, at the time so specified, whichever is later).

2.6 VACANCIES.

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Act, if a quorum of the board remains in office, the board may fill a vacancy in the board, except a vacancy resulting from (i) an increase in the number of directors otherwise than by a resolution of the directors, or in the maximum number of directors, or from (ii) a failure to elect the number of directors required to be elected at any meeting of the shareholders.

(b) In the absence of a quorum of the board, or if there has been a failure to elect the number or minimum number of directors provided for in the articles, the board shall without delay call a special meeting of the shareholders to fill the vacancy. If the board fails to call such meeting or if there are no such directors then in office, any shareholder may call the meeting.

2.7 REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES. The directors shall be paid such remuneration for their services as the board may from time to time determine and such remuneration shall be in addition to the salary paid to any officer or employee of the Corporation who is also a member of the board. The directors may also award special remuneration to any director undertaking any special services on the Corporation's behalf other than the routine work ordinarily required of a director by the Corporation and the confirmation of any such resolution or resolutions by the shareholders shall not be required. The directors shall also be entitled to be reimbursed for travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with the affairs of the Corporation. Nothing herein contained shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving remuneration therefor.

ARTICLE 3
MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

3.1 CANADIAN DIRECTORS PRESENT AT MEETINGS. The board shall not transact business at a meeting, other than filling a vacancy in the board, unless at least twenty-five percent of the directors (the "required number") present are resident Canadians, except where:

(a) a resident Canadian director who is unable to be present approves in writing or by telephonic, electronic or other communication facility the business transacted at the meeting; and

(b) the required number of resident Canadians would have been present had that director been present at the meeting.

3.2 MEETINGS BY TELEPHONIC OR ELECTRONIC FACILITY. If all the directors present at or participating in the meeting consent, any or all of the directors may participate in a meeting of the board or of a committee of the board by means of such telephonic, electronic or other communications facility as to permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other, simultaneously and instantaneously, and any director participating in such a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any such consent shall be effective whether given before or after the meeting to which it relates and may be given with respect to all meetings of the board and of committees of the board held while a director holds office.

3.3 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the board may be held at any place within or outside Canada. In any financial year of the Corporation, a majority of the meetings of the board need not be held within Canada.

3.4 CALLING OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the board may be convened at any time by the board, Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board if he is a director, the Managing Director if he is a director, the President if he is a director, a Vice President if he is a director, or any two directors upon notice given to all directors in accordance with subsection 3.5.

3.5 NOTICE OF MEETING. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the notice of any meeting of the board need not specify the purpose of or the business to be transacted at the meeting. Notice of the time and place of each meeting of the board shall be given in the manner provided in subsection 11.1 by the Secretary to each director not less than two days (exclusive of the day on which the notice is delivered or sent but inclusive of the day for which notice is given) before the time when the meeting is to take place.

3.6 WAIVER OF NOTICE. A director may in any manner or at any time waive notice of or otherwise consent to a meeting of the board. Attendance of a director at a meeting of the board shall constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting except where a director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting has not been properly called. Any waiver of notice shall be effective whether given before or after the meeting to which it relates and may be given with respect to all meetings of the board and of committees of the board held while a director holds office.

3.7 FIRST MEETING OF NEW BOARD. For the first meeting of the board to be held immediately following the election of directors by the shareholders or for a meeting of the board at which a director is appointed to fill a vacancy in the board, no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected or appointed director or directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided that a quorum of the directors is present.

3.8 ADJOURNED MEETING. Notice of an adjourned meeting of the board is not required if the time and place of the adjourned meeting is announced at the original meeting.

3.9 REGULAR MEETINGS. The board may appoint a day or days in any month or months for regular meetings of the board at a place and hour to be named. A copy of any resolution of the board fixing the place and time of such regular meetings shall be sent to each director forthwith after being passed, but no other notice shall be required for any such regular meeting except where the Act requires the purpose thereof or the business to be transacted thereat to be specified.

3.10 CHAIRMAN. The chairman of any meeting of the board shall be the first mentioned of such of the following officers as have been appointed and who is a director and is present at the meeting: Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, or a Vice President. If there are two or more Vice Presidents present, the more senior will preside as chairman in the event a Vice President is to preside. If no such officer is present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman.

3.11 VOTES TO GOVERN. At all meetings of the board, every question shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

3.12 RESOLUTION IN WRITING. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this by-law, any by-law or resolution in writing signed by all of the directors entitled to vote on that by-law or resolution at a meeting of the board or committee of the board is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the board or committee of the board.

3.13 DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS IN CONTRACTS. Every director or officer of the Corporation who is a party to a material contract or transaction or proposed material contract or transaction with the Corporation, or is a director or officer of, or has a material interest in, any person who is a party to a material contract or transaction or proposed material contract or transaction with the Corporation shall disclose in writing to the Corporation or request to have entered in the minutes of the meeting of the board, the nature and extent of such interest as required by the Act. Any such contract or transaction or proposed contract or transaction shall be referred to the board or shareholders for approval even if such contract is one that in the ordinary course of the Corporation's business would not require approval of the board or shareholders, and a director interested in a contract so referred to the board shall not vote on any resolution to approve the same except as permitted by the Act. Subject to the provisions of Section 120 of the Act, the contract or transaction is not void or voidable if made prior to the board or shareholders approval.

ARTICLE 4
COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The board may appoint from their number one or more committees of the board, however designated, and delegate to such committee any of the powers of the board except those which, under the Act, a committee of the board has no authority to exercise.

4.2 AUDIT COMMITTEE. The board shall constitute an audit committee composed of not fewer than three directors, a majority of whom are not officers or employees of the Corporation or any of its affiliates. The audit committee shall have the powers and duties provided in the Act.

4.3 TRANSACTION OF BUSINESS. The powers of a committee of the board may be exercised by a meeting at which a quorum is present or by resolution in writing signed by all the members of such committee who would have been entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the committee. Meetings of such committee may be held at any place within or outside Canada.

4.4 ADVISORY COMMITTEES. The board may from time to time appoint any such other committees as it may deem advisable.

4.5 PROCEDURE. Unless otherwise determined by the board, each committee shall have the power to fix its quorum at not less than a majority of its members, to elect its chairman and to regulate its procedure. To the extent that the board, the committee or the advisory body does not establish rules to regulate the procedure of the committee, the provisions of this by-law applicable to meetings of the board shall apply mutatis mutandis.

ARTICLE 5
OFFICERS

5.1 APPOINTMENT. The board may designate the offices of the Corporation and from time to time appoint a Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, a Managing Director, a President, one or more Vice Presidents (to which title may be added words indicating seniority or function), a Secretary, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the board may determine, including one or more assistants to any of the officers so appointed. The board may specify the duties of and, in accordance with this by-law and subject to the provisions of the Act, delegate to such officers powers to manage the business and affairs of the Corporation. One person may hold more than one office and, except for the Chairman of the Board, an officer need not be a director.

5.2 POWERS AND DUTIES. All officers shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require their respective signatures and shall respectively have and perform all powers and duties incident to their respective offices and such other powers and duties respectively as may from time to time be assigned to them by the board.

5.3 DUTIES MAY BE DELEGATED. In the case of the absence or inability to act of any officer of the Corporation or for any other reason that the board of directors may deem sufficient, the board of directors may delegate all or any of the powers of such officer to any other officer or to any director for the time being.

5.4 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the board, committees of directors of which he or she is a member and the shareholders. Subject to subsections 3.10 and 7.9, during the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, his or her duties shall be performed and his or her powers exercised by the first mentioned of the following officers then in office: Vice Chairman of the Board, President, or a Vice President. If there are two or more Vice Chairmen or Vice Presidents present, the more senior shall perform and exercise the duties of the Chairman of the Board in the event a Vice Chairman or a Vice President is to do so.

5.5 VICE-CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. If the Chairman of the Board is absent or is unable or refuses to act, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the board of directors, any committee of directors, and the shareholders.

5.6 PRESIDENT. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation unless otherwise determined by resolution of the board of directors. The President shall be vested with and may exercise all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Chairman of the Board and/or Vice-Chairman of the Board if none be appointed or if the Chairman of the Board and the Vice-Chairman of the Board are absent or are unable or refuse to act; provided, however, that unless he is a director he shall not preside as chairman at any meeting of directors or of any committee of directors, if any, or, subject to subsection 7.9 of this by-law, at any meeting of shareholders.

5.7 VICE-PRESIDENT. The Vice President, or if more than one, the Vice Presidents, in order of seniority as designated by the board, shall be vested with all the powers and perform all the duties of the President in his or her absence, inability or refusal to act except that a Vice President shall not preside at any meeting of directors or of any committee of directors, if any, or, subject to subsection 7.9 of this by-law, at any meeting of shareholders.

5.8 SECRETARY. The Secretary shall give or cause to be given notices for all meetings of the board of directors, committees of the directors, if any, and the shareholders when directed to do so and shall have charge of the minute books of the Corporation and, subject to the provisions of subsection 8.3 of this by-law, of the records (other than accounting records) referred to in Section 20 of the Act.

5.9 TREASURER. Subject to the provisions of any resolution of the board of directors, the Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit the same in the name of the Corporation in such bank or banks or with such other depositary or depositaries as the board of directors may direct. He or she shall keep or cause to be kept the accounting records referred to in Section 20 of the Act.

5.10 MANAGING DIRECTOR. The Managing Director shall be a resident Canadian and shall exercise such powers and have such authority as may be delegated to him or her by the board of directors in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

5.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARY/ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Secretary or, if more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in order of seniority, and the Assistant Treasurer or, if more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in order of seniority, shall perform all of the duties of the Secretary and the Treasurer, respectively, in the absence or inability or refusal to act of the Secretary or the Treasurer, as the case may be.

5.12 VARIATION OF POWERS AND DUTIES. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the board may from time to time vary, add to or limit the powers and duties of any officer.

5.13 TERM OF OFFICE. The board, in its discretion, may remove any officer of the Corporation, without prejudice to such officer's rights under any employment contract or pursuant to common law. Otherwise, each officer appointed by the board shall hold office until his or her successor is appointed, except that the term of office of the Chairman of the Board shall expire when the holder thereof ceases to be a director.

5.14 TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT AND REMUNERATION. The terms of employment and remuneration of officers appointed by the board shall be settled by it, or by the Compensation Committee of the board, from time to time.

5.15 AGENTS AND ATTORNEYS. The board shall have power from time to time to appoint agents or attorneys for the Corporation in or out of Canada with such powers of management or otherwise (including the power to sub-delegate) as may be thought fit.

5.16 FIDELITY BONDS. The board may require such officers, employees and agents of the Corporation as the board deems advisable to furnish bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties, in such form and with such surety as the board may from time to time prescribe but no director shall be liable for failure to receive any such bond or for the insufficiency of any such bond or for any loss by reason of the failure of the Corporation to receive any indemnity thereby provided.

5.17 DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS IN CONTRACTS. Every officer of the Corporation shall disclose his or her interests in any material contract or transaction with the Corporation in accordance with subsection 3.13 hereof.

5.18 VACANCIES. If the office of any officer of the Corporation shall be or become vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification or otherwise, the directors by resolution shall, in the case of the President or the Secretary, and may, in the case of any other office, appoint a person to fill such vacancy.

ARTICLE 6
PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

6.1 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. Except as otherwise provided for in the Act, no director or officer shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director, officer, employee, or agent, or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity, or for any loss, damage or expense happening to the Corporation through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired for or on behalf of the Corporation, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of or belonging to the Corporation shall be invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortuous acts of any person firm or corporation with whom or which any of the moneys, securities or effects of the Corporation shall be lodged or deposited, or for any loss, conversion, misapplication or misappropriation of or any damage resulting from any dealings with any moneys, securities or other assets belonging to the Corporation, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his or her respective office or trust or in relation thereto, unless the same happen by or through his or her failure to exercise the powers and to discharge the duties of his or her office honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation and in connection therewith to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. The directors for the time being of the Corporation shall not be under any duty or responsibility in respect of any contract, act or transaction whether or not made, done or entered into in the name or on behalf of the Corporation, except such as shall have been submitted to and authorized or approved by the board of directors. If any director or officer of the Corporation shall be employed by or shall perform services for the Corporation otherwise than as a director or officer or shall be a member of a firm or a shareholder, director or officer of a company which is employed by or performs services for the Corporation, the fact of his or her being a director or officer of the Corporation shall not disentitle such director or officer or such firm or company, as the case may be, from receiving proper remuneration for such services.

6.2 INDEMNITY. Subject to Section 124 of the Act, every director and officer of the Corporation and his or her heirs, executors, administrators and other legal personal representatives shall from time be indemnified and saved harmless by the Corporation from and against,

(a) any liability and all costs, charges and expenses that he or she sustains or incurs in respect of any action, suit or proceeding that is proposed or commenced against him or her for or in respect of anything done or permitted by him or her in respect of the execution of the duties of his or her office; and

(b) all other costs, charges and expenses that he or she sustains or incurs in respect of the affairs of the Corporation.

The Corporation shall also indemnify such person in such other circumstances as the Act permits or requires.

ARTICLE 7
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

7.1 ANNUAL MEETINGS. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at such time in each year and, subject to subsection 7.3, at such place as the board may from time to time determine, for the purpose of considering the financial statements and reports required by the Act to be placed before the annual meeting, electing directors, appointing auditors and fixing, or authorizing the board to fix, their remuneration, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

7.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS. The board, the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board if he is a director, the Managing Director if he is a director , the President if he is a director, a Vice President if he is a director shall have power to call a special meeting of shareholders at any date and time.

7.3 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within Canada or the United States with a population of not less than 500,000.

7.4 ELECTRONIC MEETINGS AND VOTING. If the directors or shareholders call a meeting of shareholders, the directors or shareholders, as the case may be, may determine that the meeting of shareholders shall be held entirely by means of a telephonic, electronic or other communication facility that permits all participants to communicate adequately with each other during the meeting, and any vote at that meeting of shareholders shall be held entirely by means of that communication facility. A meeting of shareholders may also be held at which some, but not all, persons entitled to attend may participate and vote by means of such a communication facility, if the Corporation makes one available. A person participating in a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any vote at a meeting of shareholders may be also held entirely by means of a telephonic, electronic or other communication facility, if the Corporation makes one available, even if none of the persons entitled to attend otherwise participates in the meeting by means of a communication facility. For the purpose of voting, a communication facility that is made available by the Corporation must enable the votes to be gathered in a manner that permits their subsequent verification and permits the tallied votes to be presented to the Corporation without it being possible for the Corporation to identify how each shareholder or group of shareholders voted.

7.5 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice of the time and place of each meeting of shareholders (and of each meeting of shareholders adjourned for an aggregate of 30 days or more) shall be given in the manner provided in subsection 11.1 not less than ten days (or such lesser number of days then required under the Act or any other applicable legislation, regulation or administrative policy), unless the Corporation is a distributing corporation in which case not less than 21 days, nor, in either case, more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, to each director, to the auditor and to each shareholder who at the close of business on the record date for notice, if any, is entered in the securities register as the holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at the meeting. Notice of a meeting of shareholders called for any purpose other than consideration of the financial statements and auditor's report, election of directors and re-appointment of the incumbent auditor shall state the nature of such business in sufficient detail to permit a shareholder to form a reasoned judgement thereon and shall state the text of any special resolution or by-law to be submitted to the meeting. A shareholder and any other person entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders may in any manner and at any time waive notice of or otherwise consent to a meeting of shareholders. Attendance of any such person at a meeting of shareholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting except where he or she attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not properly called.

7.6 LIST OF SHAREHOLDERS ENTITLED TO NOTICE. For every meeting of shareholders, the Corporation shall prepare a list of shareholders entitled to receive notice of the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the number of shares entitled to vote at the meeting held by each shareholder. If a record date for the meeting is fixed pursuant to subsection 7.7, the shareholders listed shall be those registered at the close of business on the record date and such list shall be prepared not later than ten days after such record date. If no record date is fixed, the list shall be prepared at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given, or where no such notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held and shall list all shareholders registered at such time. The list shall be available for examination by any shareholder during usual business hours at the registered office of the Corporation or at the place where the securities register is kept and at the place where the meeting is held.

7.7 RECORD DATE FOR NOTICE. The board may fix in advance a record date, preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders by not more than 60 days and not less than 21 days, for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting; and notice of any such record date shall be given not less than seven days before such record date by newspaper advertisement in the manner provided in the Act and to each stock exchange in Canada on which the shares of the Corporation are listed for trading. If no record date is so fixed, the record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting shall be the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the notice is given or, if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held.

7.8 MEETINGS WITHOUT NOTICE. A meeting of shareholders may be held without notice at any time and place permitted by the Act in accordance with the requirements of the Act and any other applicable legislation, regulation or administrative policy. At such a meeting, any business may be transacted which the Corporation at a meeting of shareholders may transact.

7.9 CHAIRMAN, SECRETARY AND SCRUTINEERS. The chairman of any meeting of shareholders shall be the first mentioned of such of the following officers as have been appointed and who is present at the meeting: the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board who is a director, the Managing Director who is a director, the President who is a director, or a Vice President who is a director. If no such officer is present within 15 minutes from the time fixed for holding the meeting, the persons present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be chairman. If the Secretary of the Corporation is absent, the chairman shall appoint some person, who need not be a shareholder, to act as secretary of the meeting. If desired, one or more scrutineers, who need not be shareholders, may be appointed by a resolution or by the chairman with the consent of the meeting.

7.10 PERSONS ENTITLED TO BE PRESENT. The only persons entitled to be present at a meeting of the shareholders shall be those entitled to vote thereat, the directors and auditor of the Corporation and others who, although not entitled to vote, are entitled or required under any provision of the Act, the articles or the by-laws to be present at the meeting. Any other person may be admitted only on the invitation of the chairman of the meeting or with the consent of the meeting.

7.11 QUORUM. A quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of shareholders shall be all of the shareholders or two shareholders, whichever is lesser, represented either in person or by proxy. No business shall be transacted at any meeting unless the requisite quorum be present at the time of the transaction of such business. If a quorum is not present at the time appointed for a meeting of shareholders or within such reasonable time thereafter as the shareholders may determine, the persons present and entitled to vote may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place but may not transact any other business and the provisions of subsection 7.5 of this by-law with regard to notice shall apply to such adjournment.

7.12 RIGHT TO VOTE. Subject to the provisions of the Act as to authorized representatives of any other body corporate, at any meeting of shareholders every person who is named in the list referred to in subsection 7.6, shall be entitled to vote the shares shown thereon opposite his or her name at the meeting to which such list relates. At any meeting of shareholders for which the Corporation has not prepared the list referred to in subsection 7.6 of this by-law, every person shall be entitled to vote at the meeting who at the time is entered in the securities register as the holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at such meeting.

7.13 PROXIES. Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may appoint a proxyholder, or an attorney authorized in writing who may appoint a proxyholder or one or more alternate proxyholders, who need not be shareholders, to attend and act at the meeting in the manner and to the extent authorized and with the authority conferred by the proxy. A proxy shall be in writing executed by the shareholder or his or her attorney and shall conform with the requirements of the Act.

7.14 TIME FOR DEPOSIT OF PROXIES. The board may fix a time, preceding the time of any meeting or adjourned meeting of shareholders by not more than 48 hours exclusive of Saturdays and holidays (as such term is defined in the Interpretation Act (Canada)), before which time proxies to be used at such meeting must be deposited. Unless such time limit is waived by the Corporation for all proxies, a proxy shall be acted upon only if, prior to the time so specified in the notice calling the meeting or in the information circular relating thereto, it shall have been deposited with the Corporation or an agent thereof specified in such notice or, if no such time is specified in such notice, unless it has been received by the secretary of the Corporation or by the chairman of the meeting or any adjournment thereof prior to the time of voting. The directors may from time to time make regulations regarding the lodging of proxies at some place or places other than the place at which a meeting or adjourned meeting of shareholders is to be held and for particulars of such proxies to be cabled or telegraphed or sent by telex or in writing before the meeting or adjourned meeting to the Corporation or any agent of the Corporation for the purpose of receiving such particulars and providing that proxies so lodged may be voted upon as though the proxies themselves were produced at the meeting or adjourned meeting and votes given in accordance with such regulations shall be valid and shall be counted. The chairman of any meeting of shareholders may, subject to any regulations made as aforesaid, in his discretion accept telegraphic or cable or telex or written communication as to the authority of any person claiming to vote on behalf of and to represent a shareholder notwithstanding that no proxy conferring such authority has been lodged with the Corporation , and any votes given in accordance with such telegraphic or cable or telex or written communication accepted by the chairman of the meeting shall be valid and shall be counted.

7.15 JOINT SHAREHOLDERS. If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any one of them present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of shareholders may, in the absence of the other or others, vote the shares; but if two or more of those persons are present in person or represented by proxy and vote, they shall vote as one the shares jointly held by them.

7.16 VOTES TO GOVERN. At any meeting of shareholders every question shall, unless otherwise required by law, be determined by the majority of the votes cast on the question. In the case of an equality of votes either upon a show of hands or upon a ballot, the chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

7.17 SHOW OF HANDS. Subject to the provisions of the Act, any question at a meeting of shareholders shall be decided by a show of hands unless a ballot thereon is required or demanded as hereinafter provided. Upon a show of hands, every person who is present and entitled to vote shall have one vote. Whenever a vote by show of hands shall have been taken upon a question, unless a ballot thereon is so required or demanded, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting as to the result of the vote upon the question and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be prima facie evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against any resolution or other proceeding in respect of such question, and the result of the vote so taken shall be the decision of the shareholders upon such question.

7.18 BALLOTS. On any question proposed for consideration at a meeting of shareholders, and whether or not a show of hands has been taken thereon, any shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting may demand a ballot. If at any meeting a ballot is demanded on the election of a chairman or on the question of adjournment it shall be taken forthwith without adjournment. A ballot so demanded shall be taken in such manner as the chairman shall direct. A demand for a ballot may be withdrawn at any time prior to the taking of the ballot. The result of the ballot so taken shall be the decision of the shareholders upon the question.

7.19 ADJOURNMENT. The Chairman at a meeting of shareholders may, with the consent of the shareholders or their proxyholders or representatives and subject to such conditions as may be decided by them, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned by one or more adjournments for less than 30 days, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the meeting that is adjourned. Subject to the Act, if a meeting of shareholders is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as for an original meeting. Any business may be brought before or dealt with at any adjourned meeting for which no notice is required which might have been brought before or dealt with at the original meeting in accordance with the notice calling the same.

7.20 RESOLUTION IN WRITING. A resolution in writing signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of shareholders is, subject to the provisions of the Act, as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the shareholders.

7.21 ONLY ONE SHAREHOLDER. Where the Corporation has only one shareholder or only one holder of any class or series of shares, the shareholder present in person or by proxy constitutes a meeting.

ARTICLE 8
SECURITIES

8.1 ALLOTMENT AND ISSUANCE. Subject to the provisions of Section 25 of the Act and any unanimous shareholder agreement, shares in the capital of the Corporation may be allotted and issued by resolution of the board of directors at such time and on such terms and conditions and to such person or class or classes of persons as the board of directors determines provided that no share shall be issued until it is fully paid as provided by the Act.

8.2 REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER. Subject to the provisions of the Act, no transfer of shares shall be registered in a securities register except upon presentation of the certificate representing such shares with a transfer endorsed thereon which complies with the Act or delivered therewith duly executed by an appropriate person as provided by the Act, together with such reasonable assurance that the endorsement is genuine and effective as the board may from time to time prescribe, upon payment of all applicable taxes and any fees prescribed by the board, upon compliance with such restrictions on transfer as are authorized by the articles. Certificates representing shares to be transferred shall be surrendered and cancelled.

8.3 TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS. The directors may from time to time by resolution appoint or remove one or more transfer agents and/or branch transfer agents and/or registrars and/or branch registrars (which may or may not be the same individual or body corporate) for the securities issued by the Corporation in registered form (or for such securities of any class or classes) and may provide for the registration of transfers of such securities (or such securities of any class or classes) in one or more places and such transfer agents and/or branch transfer agents and/or registrars and/or branch registrars shall keep all necessary books and registers of the Corporation for the registering of such securities (or such securities of the class or classes in respect of which any such appointment has been made). In the event of any such appointment in respect of the shares (or the shares of any class or classes) of the Corporation, all share certificates issued by the Corporation in respect of the shares (or the shares of the class or classes in respect of which any such appointment has been made) of the Corporation shall be countersigned by or on behalf of one of the said transfer agents and/or branch transfer agents and by or on behalf of one of the registrars and/or branch registrars, if any. One person may be designated both registrar and transfer agent.

8.4 NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not, except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by statute, be bound to recognize any trust, whether express, implied or constructive, in respect of any share or to recognize any other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any person other than the registered holder thereof.

8.5 SECURITY CERTIFICATES. Every holder of securities of the Corporation shall be entitled, at his or her option, to a security certificate, or to a non-transferable written acknowledgement of his or her right to obtain a security certificate, stating the number and designation, class or series of securities held by him or her as shown on the securities register. Security certificates shall be in such form as the board shall from time to time approve. They shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, or the Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice-President and, where the Corporation has appointed a registrar, transfer agent or branch transfer agent or other authenticating agent for the shares of the Corporation, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary holding office at the time of signing, and need not be under the corporate seal; provided that, unless the board otherwise orders, certificates representing securities in respect of which a transfer agent and/or registrar has been appointed shall not be valid unless countersigned by or on behalf of such transfer agent and/or registrar. The signature of one of the signing officers or, in the case of security certificates which are not valid unless countersigned by or on behalf of a transfer agent and/or registrar, the signatures of both signing officers may be printed or mechanically reproduced in facsimile upon security certificates and every such facsimile signature shall for all purposes be deemed to be the signature of the officer whose signature it reproduces and shall be binding upon the Corporation. A security certificate executed as aforesaid shall be valid notwithstanding that one or both of the officers whose signature appears in printed or mechanically reproduced form thereon no longer holds office at the date of issue or delivery of the certificate.

8.6 REPLACEMENT OF SECURITY CERTIFICATES. The board, any officer or any agent designated by the board may in its or his or her discretion direct the issue of a new security certificate in lieu of and upon cancellation of a security certificate that has been mutilated or in substitution for a share certificate claimed to have been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, on the payment of such fee, not exceeding $3.00, and on such terms as to indemnity, reimbursement of expenses and evidence of loss and of title as the board may from time to time prescribe, whether generally or in any particular case.

8.7 SHAREHOLDER INDEBTED TO THE CORPORATION. The Corporation has a lien on a share registered in the name of a shareholder or his legal representatives for a debt of that shareholder to the Corporation. By way of enforcement of such lien the directors may refuse to permit the registration of a transfer of such share.

8.8 JOINT SHAREHOLDERS. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any security, the Corporation shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate in respect thereof, and delivery of such certificate to one of such persons shall be sufficient delivery to all of them. Any one of such persons may give effectual receipts for the certificate issued in respect thereof or for any dividend, bonus, return of capital or other money payable or warrant issuable in respect of such security.

8.9 DECEASED SECURITY HOLDERS. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 8.10 below, in the event of the death of a holder of any security, the Corporation shall not be required to make any entry in the securities register in respect thereof or to make payment of any dividends thereon except upon production of all such documents as may be required by law and upon compliance with the reasonable requirements of the Corporation and its transfer agents.

8.10 DECEASED JOINTLY-HELD SECURITY HOLDERS. Where a share is registered in the name of two or more persons as joint holders with rights of survivorship, upon satisfactory proof of the death of one joint holder and without the requirement of letters probate or letters of administration, the Corporation shall treat the surviving joint holder(s) as the sole owner(s) of the share effective as of the date of death of such joint holder and the Corporation shall make the appropriate entry in the securities register to reflect such ownership.

8.11 COMMISSIONS. The board may from time to time authorize the Corporation to pay a reasonable commission to any person in consideration of his or her purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Corporation, whether from the Corporation or from any other person, or procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for any such shares.

ARTICLE 9
DIVIDENDS

9.1 DIVIDENDS. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the board may from time to time by resolution declare and the Corporation may pay dividends to the shareholders according to their respective rights and interests in the Corporation. Dividends may be paid in money or property, subject to the restrictions on the declaration and payment thereof under the Act, or by issuing fully-paid shares of the Corporation or options or rights to acquire fully-paid shares of the Corporation.

9.2 DIVIDEND CHEQUES. A dividend payable in cash shall be paid by cheque drawn on the Corporation's bankers or one of them to the order of each registered holder of shares of the class or series in respect of which it has been declared and mailed by prepaid ordinary mail to such registered holder at his or her recorded address, unless such holder otherwise directs. In the case of joint holders the cheque shall, unless such joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of all of such joint holders and mailed to them at their recorded address. The mailing of such cheque as aforesaid, unless the same is not paid on due presentation, shall satisfy and discharge the liability for the dividend to the extent of the sum represented thereby plus the amount of any tax which the Corporation is required to and does withhold.

9.3 NON-RECEIPT OF CHEQUES. In the event of non-receipt of any dividend cheque by the person to whom it is sent as aforesaid, the Corporation shall issue to such person a replacement cheque for a like amount on such terms as to indemnity, reimbursement of expenses and evidence of non-receipt and of title as the board may from time to time prescribe, whether generally or in any particular case.

9.4 RECORD DATE FOR DIVIDENDS AND RIGHTS. The board may fix in advance a date as a record date for the determination of the persons entitled to receive payment of dividends and to subscribe for securities of the Corporation, provided that such record date shall not precede by more than 50 days the particular action to be taken. Notice of any such record date shall be given not less than seven days before such record date in the manner provided in the Act, unless notice of the record date is waived by every holder of a share of the class or series affected whose name is set out in the securities register at the close of business on the day the directors fix the record date. If the shares of the Corporation are listed for trading on one or more stock exchanges in Canada, notice of such record date shall also be sent to such stock exchanges. Where no record date is fixed in advance as aforesaid, the record date for the determination of the persons entitled to receive payment of any dividend or to exercise the right to subscribe for securities of the Corporation shall be at the close of business on the day on which the resolution relating to such dividend or right to subscribe is passed by the board.

9.5 UNCLAIMED DIVIDENDS. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which it has been declared to be payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Corporation.

ARTICLE 10
GENERAL

10.1 EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS.

(a) Contracts, documents and other instruments in writing requiring the signature of the Corporation may be signed on behalf of the Corporation by:,

(i) the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, Managing Director, the President, or a Vice President, together with one of the Secretary or Treasurer, or

(ii) any two of the directors of the Corporation,

and all contracts, documents and instruments in writing so signed shall be binding upon the Corporation without any further authorization or formality. The board of directors shall have power from time to time by resolution to appoint any officer or officers, or any person or persons, on behalf of the Corporation either to sign contracts, documents and instruments in writing generally or to sign specific contracts, documents or instruments in writing.

(b) The corporate seal of the Corporation, if any, may be affixed to contracts, documents and instruments in writing signed as aforesaid by any officer or officers, person or persons, appointed as aforesaid by resolution of the board of directors but any such contract, document or instrument is not invalid merely because the corporate seal, if any, is not affixed thereto.

(c) The term "contracts, documents or instruments in writing" as used in this provision shall include deeds, mortgages, hypothecs, charges, conveyances, transfers and assignments of property, real or personal, immovable or movable, agreements, releases, receipts and discharges for the payment of money or other obligations, conveyances, securities, transfers and assignments of securities, all paper writings, all cheques, drafts or orders for the payment of money and all notes, acceptances and bills of exchange.

(d) In particular without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(i) the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the Managing Director, the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or the Treasurer, or

(ii) any two directors,

shall have authority to sell, assign, transfer, exchange, convert or convey any and all shares, stocks, bonds, debentures, rights, warrants or other securities owned by or registered in the name of the Corporation and to sign and execute (under the seal of the Corporation or otherwise) all assignments, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney and other instruments that may be necessary for the purpose of selling, assigning, transferring, exchanging, converting or conveying any such shares, stocks, bonds, debentures, rights, warrants or other securities. The signature or signatures of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the Managing Director, the President, a Vice President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer or any director of the Corporation and/or of any other officer or officers, person or persons, appointed as aforesaid by resolution of the board of directors may, if specifically authorized by resolution of the directors, be printed, engraved, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced upon any contracts, documents or instruments in writing or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Corporation executed or issued by or on behalf of the Corporation and all contracts, documents or instruments in writing or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Corporation on which the signature or signatures of any of the foregoing officers or persons authorized as aforesaid shall be so reproduced pursuant to special authorization by resolution of the directors shall be deemed to have been manually signed by such officers or persons whose signature or signatures is or are so reproduced and shall be as valid to all intents and purposes as if they had been signed manually and notwithstanding that the officers or persons whose signature or signatures is or are so reproduced may have ceased to hold office at the date of the delivery or issue of such contracts, documents or instruments in writing or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Corporation.

10.2 VOTING RIGHTS IN OTHER ENTITIES. All of the shares or other securities carrying voting rights of any other body corporate held from time to time by the Corporation may be voted at any and all meetings of shareholders, bondholders, debenture holders or holders of other securities (as the case may be) of such other body corporate and in such manner and by such person or persons as the board of directors of the Corporation shall from time to time determine. The proper signing officers of the Corporation may also from time to time execute and deliver for and on behalf of the Corporation, proxies and/or arrange for the issuance of voting certificates and/or other evidence of the right to vote in such names as they may determine without the necessity of a resolution or other action by the board of directors.

10.3 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS. Except as provided by the Act, no shareholder shall be entitled to discovery of any information respecting any details or conduct of the Corporation's business which in the opinion of the directors it would be inexpedient in the interests of the Corporation to communicate to the public. The directors may from time to time, subject to rights conferred by the Act, determine whether and to what extent and at what time and place and under what conditions or regulations the documents, books and registers and accounting records of the Corporation or any of them shall be open to the inspection of shareholders and no shareholder shall have any right to inspect any document or book or register or accounting record of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the board of directors or by a resolution of the shareholders.

10.4 FINANCIAL YEAR. The financial year of the Corporation shall terminate on such date in each year as the directors may from time to time by resolution determine.

ARTICLE 11
NOTICES

11.1 METHOD OF SENDING NOTICE. Any notice (which term includes any communication or document) to be sent pursuant to the Act, the articles, the by-laws or otherwise to a shareholder, director, officer, or to the auditor shall be sufficiently sent if delivered personally to the person to whom it is to be sent or if delivered to his or her recorded address or if mailed to him or her at his or her recorded address by prepaid mail or if sent to him or her at his or her recorded address by any means of prepaid transmitted or recorded communication. A notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been sent when it is delivered personally or to the recorded address as aforesaid; a notice so mailed shall be deemed to have been sent when deposited in a post office or public letter box and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day after so depositing; and a notice so sent by any means of transmitted or recorded communication shall be deemed to have been sent when dispatched by the Corporation if it uses its own facilities and otherwise when delivered to the appropriate communication company or agency or its representative for dispatch. Provided the addressee has consented in writing or electronically in accordance with the Act and the regulations thereunder, the Corporation may satisfy the requirement to send any notice by creating and providing an electronic document in compliance with the Act and the regulations under the Act. An electronic document is deemed to have been received when it enters the information system designated by the addressee or, if the document is posted on or made available through a generally accessible electronic source, when the addressee receives notice in writing of the availability and location of that electronic document, or, if such notice is sent electronically, when it enters the information system designated by the addressee. The Secretary may change or cause to be changed the recorded address of any shareholder, director, officer or auditor in accordance with any information believed by him or her to be reliable. The recorded address of a director shall be his or her latest address as shown in the records of the Corporation or in the most recent notice filed under the Act, whichever is the more current.

11.2 NOTICE TO JOINT SHAREHOLDERS. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any notice shall be addressed to whichever of such persons is named first in the records of the Corporation and any notice sent to one of such persons shall be sufficient notice to all of them.

11.3 COMPUTATION OF TIME. Subject to subsection 3.5 of this by-law, in computing the date when notice must be given under any provision requiring a specified number of days notice of any meeting or other event, both the date of giving the notice and the date of the meeting or other event shall be excluded.

11.4 UNDELIVERED NOTICES. If any notice sent to a shareholder pursuant to subsection 11.1 is returned on three consecutive occasions because the shareholder cannot be found, the Corporation shall not be required to give any further notices to such shareholder until he or she informs the Corporation in writing of his or her new address.

11.5 OMISSIONS AND ERRORS. The accidental omission to send any notice to any shareholder, director, officer, the auditor or member of a committee of the board or the non-receipt of any notice by any such person or any error in any notice not affecting the substance thereof shall not invalidate any action taken at any meeting held pursuant to such notice or otherwise founded thereon.

11.6 PERSONS ENTITLED BY OPERATION OF LAW. Subject to the provisions of the Act, every person who, by operation of law, transfer or by any other means whatsoever, shall become entitled to any share, shall be bound by every notice or other document in respect of such share or shares which shall have been duly sent to the shareholder from whom he or she derives his or her title to such share prior to his or her name and address being entered on the securities register (whether such notice was given before or after the happening of the event upon which he or she became so entitled).

11.7 DECEASED SHAREHOLDERS. Subject to the provisions of the Act, any notice or other document duly sent to any shareholder shall be deemed to have been duly served in respect of the shares held by the shareholder (whether held solely or with other persons), notwithstanding that such shareholder is then deceased and whether or not the Corporation has notice of his or her death, until some other person is entered in his or her stead in the securities register of the Corporation as the holder or as one of the holders thereof and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of notice or document to his or her heirs, executors or administrators and all persons, if any, interested with him or her in such shares.

11.8 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Any shareholder (or his or her duly appointed proxyholder), director, officer or auditor may at any time waive any notice, or waive or abridge the time for any notice, required to be given to him or her under any provisions of the Act, the regulations thereunder, the articles, the by-laws or otherwise and such waiver or abridgement shall cure any default in the giving or in the time of such notice, as the case may be. Any such waiver or abridgement shall be in writing except a waiver of notice of a meeting of shareholders or of the board or of a committee of the board which may be given in any manner.

11.9 EXECUTION OF NOTICES. The signature of any director or officer of the Corporation to any notice may be written, stamped, typewritten or printed or partly written, stamped, typewritten or printed.

11.10 PROOF OF SERVICE. A certificate of the Chairman of the Board (if any), the President, a Vice-President, the Secretary or the Treasurer or of any other officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the making of the certificate or of a transfer officer or any transfer agent or branch transfer agent of shares of any class of the Corporation as to the facts in relation to the mailing or delivery of any notice or other document to any shareholder, director, officer or auditor or publication of any notice or other document shall be conclusive evidence thereof and shall be binding on every shareholder, director, officer or auditor of the Corporation as the case may be.

ARTICLE 12
EFFECTIVE DATE

12.1 REPEAL. Upon this by-law coming into force, all prior by-laws presently in force other than by-laws relating to the borrowing powers of the Corporation are repealed provided that such repeal shall not affect the previous operation or such by-laws so repealed or affect the validity of any act done or right, privilege, obligation or liability acquired or incurred or the validity of any contract or agreement made pursuant to any such by-laws prior to their repeal. All officers and persons acting under such by-laws so repealed shall continue to act as if appointed under the provisions of this by-law and all resolutions of the shareholders or board passed under such repealed by-laws shall continue to be good and valid except to the extent that they are inconsistent with this by-law or until amended or repealed.

12.2 EFFECTIVE DATE. The foregoing resolution making General By-law No. 1 of the Corporation, being a by-law relating generally to the regulation of the business and affairs of the Corporation, was passed by all of the directors on April 22, 2004 and approved by a majority of the shareholders on June 9, 2004.

ENACTED this ___ day of _______, 2004.

_____________________________________    _____________________________________
Miles S. Nadal                           Walter Campbell
Chairman, President and Chief            Chief Financial Officer
  Executive Officer


Exhibit 3.3

[Logo] Industry Canada

Certificate
of Continuance

Canada Business
Corporations Act

MDC Partners Inc.                                       424713-2
--------------------                                    --------------------
Name of corporation                                     Corporation number

I hereby certify that the above-named
corporation was continued under section
187 of the Canada Business Corporations
Act, as set out in the attached articles of continuance.

[Signed]                                                June 28, 2004

Director                                                Date of Continuance


Canada


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Logo]       Industry Canada                   FORM 11
             Canada Business                   ARTICLES OF CONTINUANCE
             Corporation Act                   (SECTION 187)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - Name of the Corporation                               2 - Taxation Year End
                                                                 M         D
MDC Partners Inc.                                               12         31


3 - The province of territory in Canada where the registered office is to be situated

Province of Ontario


4 - The classes and the maximum number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue

Please see Schedule 1 attached


5 - Restrictions, if any, on share transfers

None


6 - Number (or minimum and maximum number) of directors

Minimum: 3, Maximum: 20


7 - Restriction , if any, on business the corporation may carry on

There are no restrictions on the business the Corporation may carry on or the powers of the Corporation may exercise.


8 - (1) If change of name effected, previous name

Not Applicable


(2) Details of incorporation

Amalgamation dated January 1, 2004 under the Business Corporations Act
(Ontario)


9 - Other provisions, if any

Please see Schedule 2 attached


Signature          Printed name            10 - Capacity of        11 - Tel. No.

/s/ W. Campbell    WALTER CAMPBELL         CHIEF FINANCIAL         416-960-9000
                                           OFFICER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Canada

                                                                             2A

MDC PARTNERS INC.

Schedule 1

4.1 The classes and any maximum number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue:

Description                                             Maximum
                                                        Number of Shares

Class A Subordinate Voting shares                       Unlimited

Class B shares                                          Unlimited

Preference shares, issuable in series                   Unlimited

Series 1 preference shares                              5,000.00

Series 2 preference shares                              700,000.00

Series 3 preference shares                              Unlimited


The preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations and prohibitions attaching to the Preference Shares, Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and the Class B Shares be and the same are hereby as follows:

1.00 THE PREFERENCE SHARES

1.01 The Preference Shares may at any time or from time to time be issued in one or more series, each series to consist of such number of shares as may, before the issue thereof, be determined by the board of directors of the Corporation. The directors shall by resolution fix, from time to time, before the issue of any series of Preference Shares, the designation, preferences, rights, restrictions, conditions, limitations, priorities as to payment of dividends and/or distribution on liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or prohibitions attaching thereto including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the provisions of a purchase fund, the right of the Corporation to purchase such shares for cancellation, the rate of preferential dividends, the dates of payment thereof, the date or dates from which any such preferential dividends shall accrue, redemption rights including purchase or redemption price, terms and conditions of redemption, conversion rights and any sinking fund or other provisions, and authorize the issuance thereof.

1.02 The directors before the issue of any Preference Shares of a series shall file with the Director (the "Director") appointed under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) or any successor statute of the Province of Ontario which is from time to time in force (the "Act"), Articles of Amendment designating such series and specifying the number, designation, preferences, rights, restrictions, conditions, limitations, priorities as to payment of dividends and/or distribution on liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and prohibitions attached thereto, and shall obtain a certificate from the Director with respect thereto.

1.03 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board of directors shall be authorized to change the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any unissued or (if otherwise permitted by law) any issued series of Preference Shares. In such case, the directors shall file with the Director, Articles of Amendment giving effect to such change and shall obtain a certificate from the Director with respect thereto.

1.04 The Preference Shares of each series shall be entitled to preference over the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares, the Class B Shares and any other shares ranking junior to the Preference Shares with respect to priority in payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, and may also be given such other preferences over the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares, the Class B Shares and any other shares ranking junior to the Preference Shares as may be determined with respect to the respective series authorized to be issued.

1.05 The holders of the Preference Shares shall not be entitled as such, except as required by law, to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation or to vote at any such meeting, but shall be entitled to receive notice of meetings of shareholders of the Corporation called for the purpose of authorizing the dissolution of the Corporation or the sale of its undertaking or a substantial part thereof.

2.00 SERIES 1 PREFERENCE SHARES

The first series of the Preference Shares of the Corporation shall consist of Five Thousand (5,000) shares, designated as the "Series 1 Preference Shares" (the "Series 1 Shares"), with each such share having a stated value of $1,000. In addition to the rights, conditions, restrictions and prohibitions attaching to the Preference Shares of the Corporation as a class, the Series 1 Shares shall have attached thereto the rights, conditions, restrictions and prohibitions hereinafter set forth:

2.01 Definitions

In this Article 2.01, unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith:

(a) "Applicable Conversion Price" means the applicable conversion price per Class A Subordinate Voting Share for which Class A Subordinate Voting Shares may be issued upon the conversion of Series 1 Shares during each of the following periods:

   Period                                      Applicable
                                         Conversion Price

March 1,1989 to February 28, 1990                $0.5405
March 1, 1990 to February 28, 1991               $0.5405
March 1, 1991 to February 29, 1992               $0.5896
March 1, 1992 to February 28, 1993               $0.7142

or such other dollar amount per Class A Subordinate Voting Share for which Class A Subordinate Voting Shares shall be issued upon the conversion of Series 1 Shares in accordance with Article 2.05 hereof.

(b) "Automatic Conversion Price" means $0.7142 per Class A Subordinate Voting Share which is the price for which Class A Subordinate Voting Shares shall be issued upon the conversion of Series 1 Shares in accordance with Section 2.04(b) hereof, or such other dollar amount per Class A Subordinate Voting Share for which Class A Subordinate Voting Shares shall be issued upon the automatic conversion of Series 1 Shares in accordance with Article 2.05 hereof;

(c) "business day" means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day that is a statutory or civic holiday in the place where the Corporation's registered office is located, and in the event that any day on which any dividend on the Series 1 Shares is payable or by which any other action is required or permitted to be taken pursuant to these provisions is not a business day, then such dividend shall be payable or such other action shall be required or permitted to be taken on the next succeeding day that is a business day;

(d) "Class A Subordinate Voting Shares" means the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares in the capital of the Corporation;

(e) "Current Market Price" of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares at any date means the weighted average of the closing prices per share for board lot sales of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the Dividend Payment Date or Automatic Conversion Date whichever is applicable, on The Toronto Stock Exchange (provided that if on any day in such 30 day period no closing price per share for the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares is reported on by such exchange for such day, the average of the reported closing bid and asking prices on such exchange on such day shall be deemed to be the closing price per share for the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares for such day), or if the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares are not then listed on The Toronto Stock Exchange, then, on such stock exchange on which the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares are listed as may be selected for such purpose by the directors or, if the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares are not listed on any stock exchange, then on such over-the counter market as may be selected for such purpose by the directors;

(f) "Dividend Payment Date" means the date of issue of the Series 1 Shares and each anniversary thereof;

(g) "Dividend Payment Period" means the period beginning on a Dividend Payment Date and ending on the day before the next subsequent Dividend Payment Date;

(h) "Redemption Amount" with respect to any Series 1 Share means the amount provided for in Section 2.06(b).

2.02 Dividends.

(a) The holders of the Series 1 Shares shall have the right to receive, and the Corporation shall pay thereon as and when declared by the directors, either cash dividends or stock dividends, at the option of the Corporation, as follows:

(i) if cash dividends, by the payment of fixed, cumulative, preferential, cash dividends at the rate (subject to
Section 2.02(c) below) of $60 per share per annum payable in annual instalments on each Dividend Payment Date. Cash dividends on the Series 1 Shares shall not accrue. Cheques of the Corporation drawn on a Canadian chartered bank and payable at par at any branch in Canada of such bank shall be issued in respect of such dividends to the holders of the Series 1 Shares entitled thereto. The mailing of such cheques shall satisfy and discharge all liability of the Corporation for such dividends to the extent of the amount represented thereby (plus any tax required to be withheld therefrom) unless such cheques are not paid on due presentation; or

(ii) if stock dividends, by the issuance of fully paid and non-assessable Class A Subordinate Voting Shares of the Corporation valued (subject to Section 2.02(c) below) at $60 per share per annum, payable in annual instalments on each Dividend Payment Date. Stock dividends on the Series 1 Shares shall not accrue. The number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares to be issued to any holder thereof shall be equal to the number obtained by multiplying $60 by the number of Series 1 Shares held by each registered holder of Series 1 Shares and by dividing the product by the greater of:

(a) the Applicable Conversion Price on the business day immediately prior to the Applicable Dividend Payment Date; and

(b) the Current Market Price.

Where a fraction of a Class A Subordinate Voting Share would otherwise be issuable, the Corporation shall in lieu thereof adjust such fractional interest by the payment by cheque (rounded to the nearest cent) of an amount equivalent to the value of such fractional interest computed on the basis of the greater of the Applicable Conversion Price on the business day immediately prior to the applicable Dividend Payment Date or the Current Market Price.

Any monies to be paid in cash pursuant to this
Section 2.02(a) which is represented by a cheque which has not been presented for payment within six years after it was issued or that otherwise remains unclaimed for a period of six years from the date on which it was declared to be payable and set apart for payment shall be forfeited to the Corporation.

(b) The amount of the accrued dividend for any period which is less than a full Dividend Payment Period with respect to any Series 1 Share:

(i) which is redeemed pursuant to Article 2.06 hereof;

(ii) which is converted pursuant to Article 2.04 hereof; or

(iii) where assets of the Corporation are distributed to the holders of the Series 1 Shares pursuant to Article 2.08 hereof;

shall be equal to the amount (rounded to the nearest cent) calculated by multiplying $60 by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such Dividend Payment Period that such Series 1 Share has been outstanding (including the Dividend Payment Date at the beginning of such Dividend Payment Period if such share was outstanding on that date and excluding the Dividend Payment Date at the end of such Dividend Payment Period if such share was outstanding on that date or the date on which such dividend becomes payable, as the case may be) and of which the denominator is 365 (or 366 days in the event of a leap year) and shall be payable on the next Dividend Payment Date.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, on March 1, 1991 only, the cash or stock dividends, if any, paid by the Corporation hereunder shall be satisfied in the case of cash dividends, by the payment of fixed, cumulative, preferential, cash dividends at the rate of $70 per share per annum, or in the case of stock dividends, by the issuance of fully paid and non-assessable Class A Subordinate Voting Shares of the Corporation valued at $70 per share per annum. All of the calculations contained in this Article 2.02 shall be adjusted, mutatis mutandis, to reflect this increased dividend rate.

2.03 Conversion at the Option of the Holder

(a) A holder of Series 1 Shares shall have the right, at his option, to convert all or any lesser number of his Series 1 Shares into fully paid and non-assessable Class A Subordinate Voting Shares on the basis of one Series 1 Share for that number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares obtained by dividing 1,000 by the Applicable Conversion Price.

(b) The conversion right herein provided for may be exercised by notice in writing given to the transfer agent for the Series 1 Shares at any office where a register of transfers for Series 1 Shares is maintained or to the Secretary of the Corporation at the registered office of the Corporation, if there is no registrar and transfer agent for the Series 1 Shares, accompanied by the certificate or certificates representing the Series 1 Shares in respect of which the holder thereof desires to exercise such right of conversion. The notice shall be signed by such holder and shall specify the number of Series 1 Shares which the holder desires to have converted and the name or names in which the shares resulting from such conversion are to be registered. If less than all of the Series 1 Shares represented by any certificate or certificates accompanying any such notice are to be converted, the holder shall be entitled to receive a new certificate without charge representing the Series 1 Shares comprised in the certificate or certificates surrendered as aforesaid which are not to be converted. Upon the conversion of any Series 1 Shares there shall be no payment or adjustment by the Corporation or by any holder of Series 1 Shares on account of any dividends either on the Series 1 Shares so converted or on the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares into which the Series 1 Shares are converted other than as provided for in Section 2.02(b) hereof. On any conversion of Series 1 Shares the share certificates representing shares resulting therefrom shall be issued in the name of the registered holder of the Series 1 Shares converted or, subject to payment by the registered holder of any stock transfer or other applicable taxes, in such name or names as such registered holder may direct in writing (either in the notice above referred to or otherwise).

(c) The right of a registered holder of Series 1 Shares to convert the same into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares shall be deemed to have been exercised, and the registered holder of the Series 1 Shares to be converted (or any person or persons in whose name or names such registered holder of Series 1 Shares shall have directed the shares to be issued) shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of shares of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares for all purposes on the date of surrender of the certificates representing the Series 1 Shares to be converted, together with the notice in writing referred to in Section 2.03(b), notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of the certificates representing the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares into which such Series 1 Shares have been converted.

2.04 Deemed Conversion

(a) For purposes of this Article 2.04:

(i) "person" means any person, firm, corporation, partnership, trust, association or any other business or legal entity whatsoever;

(ii) "Qualified Holder" means: (i) Greyvest Canada Inc. or an Affiliate thereof; and (ii) the Corporation, any Affiliate thereof or any employees, officers or directors of the Corporation or such Affiliate;

(iii) "Affiliate" means an "affiliated body corporate" as defined in the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) as of the date hereof.

(b) (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in Article 2.3 hereof a holder of Series 1 Shares shall have the right to convert all, but not less than all of his Series 1 Shares into fully paid and non-assessable Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and such right shall be and is hereby deemed to have been exercised by such holder, in the event that on March 1, 1991 or at the end of each successive 6 month period thereafter (an "Automatic Conversion Date") the Current Market Price of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares is equal to $0.70 per share or more, on the basis of one Series 1 Share for that number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares obtained by dividing 1,000 by the Automatic Conversion Price.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of Series 1 Shares shall have the right to convert all, but not less than all of his Series 1 Shares into fully paid and non-assessable Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and such right shall be and is hereby deemed to have been exercised by such holder on March 1, 1993, on the basis of one Series 1 Share for that number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares obtained by dividing 1,000 by the Automatic Conversion Price.

(c) (i) In the event that any holder of Series 1 Shares transfers any of his Series 1 Shares to a person who is not a Qualified Holder, such person shall have the right to convert all, but not less than all of the Series 1 Shares so transferred into fully paid and non-assessable Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and such right shall be and is hereby deemed to have been exercised by such person, on the basis of one Series 1 Share for that number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares obtained by dividing 1,000 by the Applicable Conversion Price.

(ii) If, at any time, any holder of Series 1 Shares ceases to be a Qualified Holder, such holder shall have the right to convert all, but not less than all of the Series 1 Shares so transferred into fully paid and non-assessable Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and such right shall be and is hereby deemed to have been exercised by such holder, on the basis of one Series 1 Share for that number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares obtained by dividing 1,000 by the Applicable Conversion Price.

(d) In the event of the conversion of the Series 1 Shares into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Article 2.04, the certificates representing the Series 1 Shares so converted shall forthwith be surrendered by the holders thereof to the registrar and transfer agent for the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares at its principal office in Toronto or to the Secretary of the Corporation at the registered office of the Corporation, if there is no registrar and transfer agent for the Series 1 Shares, in exchange for certificates representing the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares into which such Series 1 Shares were converted. If less than all the Series 1 Shares represented by any certificate are converted, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued at the expense of the Corporation. In the event that the certificates representing the Series 1 Shares are not surrendered for conversion pursuant to this Section 2.04(d), such Series 1 Shares shall, as of the date of such conversion, not be considered to be outstanding and shall be deemed to have been cancelled and no further right shall accrue to the holder of such Series 1 Shares, save and except for the right to receive that number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares properly issuable to such holder in accordance with this Article 2.04.

2.05 Adjustment of the Applicable Conversion Price and the Automatic Conversion Price in Certain Events

(a) In the event that the Corporation shall:

(i) subdivide or change its outstanding Class A Subordinate Voting Shares into a greater number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares, or

(ii) reduce, combine or consolidate its outstanding Class A Subordinate Voting Shares into a smaller number of shares, or

(iii) declare a dividend or make a distribution of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares or securities convertible into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares to all or substantially all the holders of its outstanding Class A Subordinate Voting Shares by way of a stock dividend (other than an issue of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares or securities convertible into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares by way of a stock dividend or dividend reinvestment plan to shareholders pursuant to their exercise of options to receive dividends in the form of shares in lieu of cash dividends declared payable by the Corporation on its Class A Subordinate Voting Shares),

(any of such events being hereinafter referred to as a "Class A Subordinate Voting Share Reorganization"), the Applicable Conversion Price and the Automatic Conversion Price (each of which in this Article 2.05 shall hereinafter be referred to as the "Conversion Price") in effect at the time of the record date for such Class A Subordinate Voting Share Reorganization shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Series 1 Share deposited for conversion after such time shall be entitled to receive the number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares which he would have been entitled to receive had such Series 1 Shares been converted immediately prior to such time.

(b) If the Corporation shall fix a record date for the issuance of options, rights or warrants to all or substantially all the holders of its Class A Subordinate Voting Shares entitling them
(for a period expiring within 45 days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Class A Subordinate Voting Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Subordinate Voting Shares) at a price per Class A Subordinate Voting Share (or having a conversion or exchange price per Class A Subordinate Voting Share) less than 90% of the Current Market Price of a Class A Subordinate Voting Share on such record date, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted immediately thereafter so that it shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect on such record date by a fraction, of which the numerator shall be the total number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares outstanding on such record date plus a number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares equal to the number arrived at by dividing the aggregate price of the total number of additional Class A Subordinate Voting Shares so offered (or the aggregate price of the convertible or exchangeable securities so offered) by such Current Market Price per Class A Subordinate Voting Share and of which the denominator shall be the total number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares outstanding on such record date plus the total number of additional Class A Subordinate Voting Shares offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible or exchangeable securities so offered are convertible or exchangeable, as the case may be) . Class A Subordinate Voting Shares owned by or held for the account of the Corporation shall be deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed. To the extent that such options, rights or warrants are not so issued or such options, rights or warrants are not exercised prior to the expiration thereof, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would then be in effect based upon the number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares (or securities convertible or exchangeable into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares), if any, actually delivered upon the exercise of such options, rights or warrants.

(c) If the Corporation shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all or substantially all the holders of its Class A Subordinate Voting Shares:

(i) of any shares of any class not included in the definition of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares as contained in the constating documents of the Corporation; or

(ii) of evidences of indebtedness; or

(iii) of assets (excluding cash dividends paid in the ordinary course, distributions referred to in paragraph (iii) of
Section 2.05(a) and stock dividends to holders of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares who exercise an option pursuant to a stock dividend plan to receive equivalent dividends in shares or under a dividend reinvestment plan in lieu of receiving cash dividends paid in the ordinary course); or

(iv) of options, rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 2.05(b);

the Conversion Price shall be adjusted immediately after such record date so that it shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect on such record date by a fraction, of which the numerator shall be the total number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares outstanding on such record date multiplied by the Current Market Price of a Class A Subordinate Voting Share on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined by the directors, whose determination shall be conclusive) of said shares or evidences of indebtedness or assets or options, rights or warrants so distributed, and of which the denominator shall be the total number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares outstanding on such record date multiplied by such Current Market Price of a Class A Subordinate Voting Share. Class A Subordinate Voting Shares owned by or held for the account of the Corporation shall be deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed. To the extent that such distribution is not so made, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would then be in effect based upon the said shares or evidences of indebtedness or assets or options, rights or warrants actually distributed.

(d) No adjustments of the Conversion Price shall be made pursuant to paragraph (iii) of Section 2.05(a) or pursuant to Section 2.05(b) or 2.05(c) if the holders of the Series 1 Shares are permitted to participate in such dividend or distribution on the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares or in the issue of such options, rights, warrants or such distribution as the case may be, as though and to the same effect as if they had converted their Series 1 Shares into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares prior to the record date for such dividend or distribution or the issue of such options, rights or warrants or such distribution, as the case may be.

(e) In any case in which this Article 2.05 shall require that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after a record date for an event referred to herein, the Corporation may defer until the occurrence of such event issuing to the holder of any Series 1 Shares converted after such record date and before the occurrence of such event the additional Class A Subordinate Voting Shares issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such event in addition to the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Corporation shall deliver to such holder an appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's rights to receive such additional Class A Subordinate Voting Shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(f) In the case of any reclassification of, or other change in, the outstanding Class A Subordinate Voting Shares not otherwise mentioned herein, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted in such manner as the directors determine to be appropriate on a basis consistent with this Article 2.05.

(g) If any question shall at any time arise with respect to adjustments in the Conversion Price or with respect to the amount of any cash payment made in lieu of issuing a fractional Class A Subordinate Voting Share, such question shall be determined by the Treasurer of the Corporation, whose determination shall be confirmed by the auditors of the Corporation, and thereupon shall become conclusive.

(h) Forthwith after the occurrence of any adjustment in the Conversion Price pursuant to this Article 2.05, the Corporation shall file with the registrar and transfer agent of the Corporation for the Series 1 Shares a certificate certifying as to the amount of such adjustment and, in reasonable detail, the event requiring and the manner of computing such adjustment. The Corporation shall also at such time give written notice to the holders of the Series 1 Shares of the Conversion Price following such adjustment.

(i) No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be required:

(i) in respect of the issue of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares or securities convertible into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares pursuant to any stock option or purchase plan for officers or employees of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; or

(ii) unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent in the Conversion Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this paragraph (ii) of Section 2.05(i) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

2.06 Redemption at the Option of the Corporation

(a) Subject to the provisions of applicable law, the Corporation may, at its option, redeem at any time all or from time to time any lesser number of the Series 1 Shares then outstanding on payment of the Redemption Amount provided in Section 2.06(b) hereof. If less than all of the outstanding Series 1 Shares are to be redeemed, the Series 1 Shares to be redeemed shall be selected by lot, in single shares in such manner as the directors in their sole discretion shall determine.

(b) The price at which any Series 1 Share is redeemable from time to time shall be $1,000 per Series 1 Share. Upon the redemption of any Series 1 Shares there shall be no payment or adjustment by the Corporation on account of any dividends on the Series 1 Shares so redeemed other than as provided for in Section 2.02(b) hereof.

(c) (i) Notice of redemption of Series 1 Shares shall be given by

                     the Corporation not less than 10 days prior to the day
                     fixed for redemption to each registered holder of Series
                     1 Shares to be redeemed. Accidental failure or omission
                     to give such notice to one or more of such holders shall
                     not affect the validity of such redemption. Such notice
                     shall set out the Redemption Amount, the date fixed for
                     redemption, the place or places of redemption and, in the
                     case of partial redemption, the number of the holder's
                     shares to be redeemed.

               (ii)  On and after the date fixed for redemption, the
                     Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid the Redemption
                     Amount to or to the order of the holders of the Series 1
                     Shares redeemed on presentation and surrender at the
                     place or one of the places of redemption of the
                     respective certificates representing such shares, and the
                     holders of the Series 1 Shares called for redemption
                     shall cease to be entitled to dividends or to exercise
                     any of the rights of holders in respect thereof unless
                     payment of the Redemption Amount shall not be made in
                     accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case
                     the rights of the holders shall remain unimpaired.

               (iii) The Corporation shall have the right at any time after
                     giving notice of redemption to deposit the Redemption
                     Amount of the Series 1 Shares thereby called for
                     redemption, or such part thereof as at the time of
                     deposit has not been claimed by the shareholders entitled
                     thereto, in any Canadian chartered bank or trust company
                     in Canada specified in the notice of redemption or in a
                     subsequent notice to the holders of the shares in respect
                     of which the deposit is made, in a special account for
                     the holders of such shares, and upon such deposit being
                     made or upon the date fixed for redemption, whichever is
                     the later, the Series 1 Shares in respect of which such
                     deposit shall have been made shall be deemed to be
                     redeemed and the rights of each holder thereof shall be
                     limited to receiving, without interest, his proportionate
                     part of the Redemption Amount so deposited upon
                     presentation and surrender of the certificates
                     representing his shares so redeemed. Any interest on such
                     deposit shall belong to the Corporation.

               (iv)  If less than all the Series 1 Shares represented by any
                     certificate shall be redeemed, a new certificate for the
                     balance shall be issued without charge to the holder.

2.07     Cancellation of Series 1 Shares,

         Series 1 Shares purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the

Corporation shall be cancelled.

2.08 Dissolution

On the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of the Series 1 Shares shall be entitled to receive in lawful money of Canada an amount equal to the Redemption Amount per share.

2.09 Notices, etc.

(a) Any notice or other communication from the Corporation herein provided for shall be sufficiently given if delivered or if sent by ordinary unregistered mail, postage prepaid, personal delivery or by telecopier, or, in the case of a notice of redemption, by prepaid registered mail, personal delivery or by telecopier, to the holders of the Series 1 Shares at their respective addresses and telecopy numbers appearing on the books of the Corporation or, in the event of the address of any such holders not so appearing, then at the last address or telecopy number of such holder known to the Corporation. Accidental failure to give any such notice or other communication to one or more holders of the Series 1 Shares shall not affect the validity of the notices or other communications properly given or any action taken pursuant to such notice or other communication but, upon such pursuant to such notice or other communication but, upon such failure being discovered, the notice or other communication, as the case may be, shall be sent forthwith to such holder or holders.

(b) If there exists any actual or apprehended disruption of mail services in any province in which there are holders of Series 1 Shares whose addresses appear on the books of the Corporation to be in such province, notice shall be given to the holders in such province by means of personal delivery or telecopier only.

(c) Notice given by mail, personal delivery or telecopier shall be

               deemed to be given on the day upon which it is mailed,
               delivered or telecopied as the case may be.

2.10     Modification

         The rights, conditions, restrictions and prohibitions attaching to

the Series 1 Shares may not be deleted, varied, altered or amended without the prior approval of at least 66 2/3% of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of the Series 1 Shares, in addition to any other approval or authorization required by applicable law.

2.11 Approval by Holders of Series 1 Shares

The approval of the holders of the Series 1 Shares with respect to any and all matters referred to herein or any other matter requiring the consent of such holders may, subject to applicable law, be given in writing by the holders of all of the Series 1 Shares for the time being outstanding or by resolution duly passed and carried by not less than 2/3 of the votes cast on a ballot at a meeting of the holders of the Series 1 Shares duly called and held for the purpose of considering the subject matter of such resolution and at which meeting holders of not less than 20% of the Series 1 Shares then outstanding are present in person or represented by proxy; provided, however, that if at any such meeting, when originally held, the holders of at least 20% of the Series 1 Shares then outstanding are not present in person or represented by proxy within thirty minutes after the time fixed for the meeting, then the meeting shall be adjourned to such date, being not less than 15 days later, and at such time and place as may be fixed by the Chairman of such meeting and at such adjourned meeting the holders of the Series 1 Shares present in person or represented by proxy, whether or not they hold 20% of the Series 1 Shares then outstanding, may transact the business for which the meeting was originally called, and the resolution duly passed and carried by not less than 2/3 of the votes cast on a ballot at such adjourned meeting shall constitute the approval of the holders of the Series 1 Shares hereinbefore mentioned. Notice of any such original meeting of the holders of the Series 1 Shares shall be given not less than 21 days nor more than 50 days prior to the date fixed for such meeting and shall specify in general terms the purpose for which the meeting is called. No notice of any such adjourned meeting need be given unless such meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of 30 days or more from the date of such original meeting, in which later case notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in a manner prescribed for the original meeting as aforesaid. The formalities to be observed with respect to the giving of notice of any such original or adjourned meeting and the conduct thereof shall be those from time to time prescribed in the constating documents of the Corporation with respect to meeting of shareholders.

2.12 Voting Rights

The holders of the Series 1 Shares shall not be entitled as such, except as required by law, to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation or to vote at any such meeting but shall be entitled to receive notice of meetings of shareholders of the Corporation called for the purpose of authorizing the dissolution of the Corporation or the sale of its undertaking or a substantial part thereof.

3.00 SERIES 2 PREFERENCE SHARES

The second series of the Preference Shares of the Corporation shall consist of Seven Hundred Thousand (700,000) shares designated as the "Series 2 Preference Shares" (the "Series 2 Shares"), with each such share having a redemption value of One Dollar ($1.00). In addition to the rights, conditions, restrictions and prohibitions attaching to the Preference Shares of the Corporation as a class, the Series 2 Shares shall have attached thereto the rights, conditions, restrictions and prohibitions hereinafter set forth:

3.01 Definitions

(a) In this Article 3.01, unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith:

(i) "Affiliate" means an "affiliated body corporate" as defined in the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) as of the date hereof.

(ii) "Annual Limit" means an amount equal to:

(a) 300,000 Series 2 Shares on the first Retraction Date; and

(b) 100,000 Series 2 Shares on each subsequent Retraction Date.

(iii) "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Corporation, as such is constituted, from time to time;

(iv) "business day" means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day that is a statutory or civic holiday in the place where the Corporation's registered office is located, and in the event that any day on which any dividend on the Series 2 Shares is payable or by which any other action is required or permitted to be taken pursuant to these provisions is not a business day, then such dividend shall be payable or such other action shall be required or permitted to be taken on the next succeeding day that is a business day;

(v) "Dividend Payment Date" means May 31, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 and 1994;

(vi) "Dividend Payment Period" means the period beginning on a Dividend Payment Date and ending on the day before the next subsequent Dividend Payment Date;

(vii) "Redemption Price" with respect to any Series 2 Share means the price set out in section 3.04(b) at which such share is redeemable at the option of the Corporation pursuant to Article 3.04 hereof ;

(viii) "Retraction Date" means May 31 of 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, and 1994;

(ix) "Retraction Price" with respect to any Series 2 Share means the price set out in Section 3.03(a) at which such share is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof pursuant to Article 3.03 hereof.

3.02 Dividends

(a) (i) The holders of the Series 2 Shares shall have the right to receive, and the Corporation shall pay thereon as and when declared by the directors, fixed, cumulative, preferential, cash dividends at the rate of $0.095 per share per annum payable in annual instalments on each Dividend Payment Date. Dividends on the Series 2 Shares shall accrue from and including the date of issue thereof or from and including the last Dividend Payment Date in respect of which dividends have been paid or made available for payment, whichever is the later. Cheques of the Corporation drawn on a Canadian chartered bank and payable at par at any branch in Canada of such bank shall be issued in respect of such dividends to the holders of the Series 2 Shares entitled thereto. The mailing of such cheques shall satisfy and discharge all liability of the Corporation for such dividends to the extent of the amount represented thereby (plus any tax required to be withheld therefrom) unless such cheques are not paid on due presentation.

(ii) Any monies to be paid in cash pursuant to this Section 3.02 which is represented by a cheque which has not been presented for payment within six years after it was issued or that otherwise remains unclaimed for a period of six years from the date on which it was declared to be payable and set apart for payment shall be forfeited to the Corporation.

(b) The amount of the accrued dividend for any period which is less than a full Dividend Payment Period with respect to any Series 2 Share:

(i) which is redeemed at the option of the holder pursuant to Article 3.03 hereof;

(ii) which is redeemed at the option of the Corporation pursuant to Article 3.04 hereof; or

(iii) where assets of the Corporation are distributed to the holders of the Series 2 Shares pursuant to Article 3.06 hereof;

shall be equal to the amount (rounded to the nearest cent) calculated by multiplying $0.095 by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such Dividend Payment Period that such Series 2 Share has been outstanding (including the Dividend Payment Date at the beginning of such Dividend Payment Period if such share was outstanding on that date and excluded the Dividend Payment Date at the end of such Dividend Payment Period if such share was outstanding on that date or the date on which such dividend becomes payable, as the case may be) and of which the denominator is 365 (or 366 days in the event of a leap year) and shall be payable in the event that such shares are redeemed pursuant to Articles 3.03 or 3.04 hereof, on the date of such redemption, or in the event that the assets of the Corporation are distributed to the holders of the Series 2 Shares pursuant to Article 3.06 hereof, on the date of such distribution.

3.03 Redemption at the Option of the Holder

(a) Subject to the provisions of, Section 3.03(e), Article 3.06 and the provisions of applicable law, a holder of Series 2 Shares may, at his option, require the Corporation to redeem such number of the Series 2 Shares (not to exceed the Annual Limit) owned by that holder on the Retraction Dates at a price per share of One Dollar ($1.00) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon which for such purpose shall be treated as accruing from day to day up to but not including the applicable Retraction Date, the whole constituting the Retraction Price.

(b) A holder who elects to require the Corporation to redeem any Series 2 Shares of that holder shall, prior to the close of business on the business day which is 30 days prior to the applicable Retraction Date, deposit the certificate or certificates representing the Series 2 Shares which that holder requires to have redeemed with the Secretary of the Corporation at the Corporation's registered office and shall, at the time of such deposit, evidence his election by duly completing and depositing concurrently with the deposit of certificates referred to above a notice of election in the form to be provided for that purpose by the Corporation.

(c) To the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the Annual Limit, the Corporation shall redeem on each Retraction Date the number of Series 2 Shares which have been deposited and with respect to which the holders have evidenced their election as aforesaid by paying the Retraction Price to or to the order of the holders of the Series 2 Shares redeemed. Such payment shall be made by cheque of the Corporation drawn on a Canadian chartered bank and payable at par at any branch in Canada of such bank, and the mailing of such cheque shall satisfy and discharge all liability of the Corporation for the Retraction Price to the extent of the amount represented thereby (plus any tax required to be and deducted or withheld therefrom) unless such cheque is not paid on due presentation. The Series 2 Shares in respect of which such payment is made shall be deemed to have been redeemed on the applicable Retraction Date and the holders thereof shall cease to be entitled to dividends or to exercise any of the rights of holders in respect thereof unless payment of the Retraction Price shall not be made in accordance with the foregoing provisions in which case the rights of the holders shall remain unimpaired.

(d) In addition to those rights of redemption conferred upon the holder of Series 2 Shares set out elsewhere in this Article 3.03, in the event that the Corporation:

(i) sells all or substantially all of the common shares owned in the capital of Jeffrey Elliott Communications Inc. to a person other than an Affiliate of the Corporation;

(ii) sells all or substantially all of the assets and undertaking of Jeffrey Elliott Communications Inc. to a person other than an Affiliate of the Corporation,

the holder of Series 2 Shares may, at its option but subject to
Section 3.03(f) hereof, require the Corporation to redeem such number of the Series 2 Shares owned by that holder on the date of such event at a price per share of One Dollar ($1.00) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon which for such purpose shall be treated as accruing from day to day up to, but not including, the date of such event, the whole constituting the Retraction Price.

(e) If the redemption by the Corporation of all Series 2 Preference Shares required to be redeemed on a Retraction Date pursuant to this Article 3.03 would, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, be contrary to applicable law, the Corporation shall redeem only the maximum number of Series 2 Shares (rounded to the next lower multiple of 1,000 shares) which the Board of Directors determine the Corporation is then permitted to redeem. Such redemptions will be made pro rata (disregarding fractions or shares) according to the number of Series 2 Shares deposited for redemption by each such holder and the Corporation shall issue new share certificates representing the Series 2 Shares not redeemed by the Corporation. If the directors have acted in good faith in making any such determination, neither the Corporation nor the Board of Directors thereof shall have any liability in respect thereof in the event that any such determination is inaccurate.

(f) If, pursuant to Section 3.03(e), the Corporation fails to redeem on a Retraction Date all Series 2 Shares otherwise required to be redeemed by it on such date the holders of any Series 2 Shares which the Corporation has so failed to redeem may elect to leave the certificates representing such shares on deposit with the Secretary of the Corporation at the Corporation's registered office and the Corporation shall redeem in accordance with Article 3.04 but at the Retraction Price on each Dividend Payment Date thereafter the number of such Series 2 Shares so left on deposit (rounded, except for the final redemption of any number of shares less than 1,000, to the next lower multiple of 1,000 shares) which the Board of Directors determine, in their sole discretion, that the Corporation is then permitted to redeem (subject to the Annual Limit) until all such Series 2 Shares so left on deposit have been redeemed.

(g) The inability of the Corporation to effect a redemption in accordance with the provisions hereof on a Retraction Date or subsequent Dividend Payment Date shall not affect or limit the obligation of the Corporation to pay any dividends accrued or accruing on the Series 2 Shares from time to time not redeemed and remaining outstanding.

(h) If less than all the Series 2 Shares represented by any certificate shall be redeemed, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued without charge to the holder.

(i) The election of any holder to require the Corporation to redeem any Series 2 Shares shall be irrevocable upon receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation of the certificates for the shares to be redeemed, unless payment of the Retraction Price shall not be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.03(c), in which case the rights of the holders shall remain unimpaired.

3.04 Redemption at the Option of the Corporation

(a) Subject to the provisions of applicable law, the Corporation may, at its option, redeem at any time all or from time to time any lesser number of the Series 2 Shares then outstanding on payment of the Redemption Price provided in Section 3.04(b) hereof. If less than all of the outstanding Series 2 Shares are to be redeemed, the Series 2 Shares to be redeemed shall be selected by lot, in single shares in such manner as the Board of Directors, in their sole discretion, shall determine.

(b) The price at which any Series 2 Share is redeemable from time to time shall be One Dollar ($1.00) per Series 2 Share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon which, for such purpose, shall be treated as accruing from day to day up to but not including the applicable date of redemption. Upon the redemption of any Series 2 Shares there shall be no payment or adjustment by the Corporation on account of any dividends on the Series 2 Shares so redeemed other than as provided for in
Section 3.02(b) hereof.

(c) (i) Notice of redemption of Series 2 Shares shall be given by

                     the Corporation not less than 10 days prior to the day
                     fixed for redemption to each registered holder of Series
                     2 Shares to be redeemed. Accidental failure or omission
                     to give such notice to one or more of such holders shall
                     not affect the validity of such redemption. Such notice
                     shall set out the Redemption Price, the date fixed for
                     redemption, the place or places of redemption and, in the
                     case of partial redemption, the number of the holder's
                     shares to be redeemed.

               (ii)  On and after the date fixed for redemption, the
                     Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid the Redemption
                     Price to or to the order of the holders of the Series 2
                     Shares redeemed on presentation and surrender at the
                     place or one of the places of redemption of the
                     respective certificates representing such shares, and the
                     holders of the Series 2 Shares called for redemption
                     shall cease to be entitled to dividends or to exercise
                     any of the rights of holders in respect thereof unless
                     payment of the Redemption Price shall not be made in
                     accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case
                     the rights of the holders shall remain unimpaired.

               (iii) The Corporation shall have the right at any time after
                     giving notice of redemption to deposit the Redemption
                     Price of the Series 2 Shares thereby called for
                     redemption, or such part thereof as at the time of
                     deposit has not been claimed by the shareholders entitled
                     thereto, in any Canadian chartered bank or trust company
                     in Canada specified in the notice of redemption or in a
                     subsequent notice to the holders of the shares in respect
                     of which the deposit is made, in a special account for
                     the holders of such shares, and upon such deposit being
                     made or upon the date fixed for redemption, whichever is
                     the later, the Series 2 Shares in respect of which such
                     deposit shall have been made shall be deemed to be
                     redeemed and the rights of each holder thereof shall be
                     limited to receiving, without interest, his proportionate
                     part of the Redemption Price so deposited upon
                     presentation and surrender of the certificates
                     representing his shares so redeemed. Any interest on such
                     deposit shall belong to the Corporation.

               (iv)  If less than all the Series 2 Shares represented by any
                     certificate shall be redeemed, a new certificate for the
                     balance shall be issued without charge to the holder.

3.05     Cancellation of Series 2 Shares

         Series 2 Shares purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the

Corporation shall be cancelled.

3.06 Dissolution

On the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of the Series 2 Shares shall be entitled to receive in lawful money of Canada an amount equal to the Redemption Price per share.

3.07 Notices, etc.

(a) Any notice or other communication from the Corporation herein provided for shall be sufficiently given if delivered or if sent by ordinary mail, postage prepaid, personal delivery or by telecopier, or, in the case of a notice of redemption or exchange, by prepaid registered mail, personal delivery or by telecopier, to the holders of the Series 2 Shares at their respective addresses and telecopy numbers appearing on the books of the Corporation or, in the event of the address of any such holders not so appearing, then at the last address or telecopy number of such holder known to the Corporation. Accidental failure to give any such notice or other communication to one or more holders of the Series 2 Shares shall not affect the validity of the notices or other communications properly given or any action taken pursuant to such notice or other communication but, upon such failure being discovered, the notice or other communication, as the case may be, shall be sent forthwith to such holder or holders.

(b) If there exists any actual or apprehended disruption of mail services in any province in which there are holders of Series 2 Shares whose addresses appear on the books of the Corporation to be in such province, notice shall be given to the holders in such province by means of personal delivery or telecopier only.

(c) Notice given by mail, personal delivery or telecopier shall be

               deemed to have been received when delivered or telecopied or,
               if mailed, seventy-two (72) hours after 12:01 a.m. on the day
               following the day of mailing thereof.

3.08     Modification

         The rights, conditions, restrictions and prohibitions attaching to

the Series 2 Shares may not be deleted, varied, altered or amended without the prior approval of at least 66 2/3% of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of the Series 2 Shares, in addition to any other approval or authorization required by applicable law.

3.09 Approval by Holders of Series 2 Shares

The approval of the holders of the Series 2 Shares with respect to any and all matters referred to herein or any other matter requiring the consent of such holders may, subject to applicable law, be given in writing by the holders of all of the Series 2 Shares for the time being outstanding or by resolution duly passed and carried by not less than 2/3 of the votes cast on a ballot at a meeting of the holders of the Series 2 Shares duly called and held for the purpose of considering the subject matter of such resolution and at which meeting holders of not less than 20% of the Series 2 Shares then outstanding are .present in person or represented by proxy; provided, however, that if at any such meeting, when originally held, the holders of at least 20% of the Series 2 Shares then outstanding are not present in person or represented by proxy within thirty minutes after the time fixed for the meeting, then the meeting shall be adjourned to such date, being not less than 15 days later, and at such time and place as may be fixed by the Chairman of such meeting and at such adjourned meeting the holders of the Series 2 Shares present in person or represented by proxy, whether or not they hold 20% of the Series 2 Shares then outstanding, may transact the business for which the meeting was originally called, and the resolution duly passed and carried by not less than 2/3 of the votes cast on a ballot at such adjourned meeting shall constitute the approval of the holders of the Series 2 Shares hereinbefore mentioned. Notice of any such original meeting of the holders of the Series 2 Shares shall be given not less than 21 days nor more than 50 days prior to the date fixed for such meeting and shall specify in general terms the purpose for which the meeting is called. No notice of any such adjourned meeting need be given unless such meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of 30 days or more from the date of such original meeting, in which later case notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in a manner prescribed for the original meeting as aforesaid. The formalities to be observed with respect to the giving of notice of any such original or adjourned meeting and the conduct thereof shall be those from time to time prescribed in the constating documents of the Corporation with respect to meetings of shareholders.

3.10 Voting Rights.

The holders of the Series 2 Shares shall not be entitled as such, except as required by law, to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation or to vote at any such meeting but shall be entitled to receive notice of meetings of shareholders of the Corporation called for the purpose of authorizing the dissolution of the Corporation or the sale of its undertaking or a substantial part thereof.

4.00 CLASS A SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES

4.01 The holders of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, to attend and speak at and to vote at, any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, other than a meeting of the holders of another class as such or the holders of series of shares of another class as such, and at such meeting shall have one (1) vote for each Class A Subordinate Voting Share held.

4.02 Subject to any provisions of the Act and to applicable securities laws and the by-laws, regulations or policies of any stock exchange upon which the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares may then be listed, all or any part of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares which are then outstanding shall be purchaseable for cancellation by the Corporation at any time, in the open market, by private contract or otherwise, at the lowest price at which, in the opinion of the directors, such shares are obtainable.

4.03 The Class A Subordinate Voting Shares shall not be redeemable by the Corporation.

4.04 If the Act would in effect require in the absence of this clause 4.04 that an amendment to the Articles of the Corporation to delete or vary any preference, right, condition, restriction, limitation or prohibition attaching to any of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares, or to create special shares ranking in priority to or on a parity with the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares, be confirmed in writing by the holders of 100% or any lesser percentage of the then outstanding Class A Subordinate Voting Shares, then in lieu of such confirmation in writing such confirmation may be given by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares duly called for that purpose, and at such meeting each holder of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares shall be entitled to one vote for each Class A Subordinate Voting Share held.

4.05 The holders of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares shall not have any right to vote separately upon any proposal to amend the Articles of the Corporation to:

(a) increase any maximum number of authorized shares of and class or series having rights or privileges equal or superior to the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares; or

(b) create a new class of shares equal or superior to the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares;

except to such extent as may from time to time be required by the Act.

4.06 (a) For the purposes of this clause 4.06:

(i) "affiliate" has the meaning assigned by the Securities Act (Ontario) as amended from time to time;

(ii) "associate" has the meaning assigned by the Securities Act (Ontario) as amended from time to time;

(iii) "Conversion Period" means the period of time commencing on the eighth day after the Offer Date and terminating on the Expiry Date;

(iv) "Converted Shares" means Class B Shares resulting from the conversion of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares into Class B Shares pursuant to paragraph (2) of this clause 4.06;

(v) "Exclusionary Offer" means an offer to purchase Class B Shares that:

(a) must, by reason of applicable securities legislation or the requirements of a stock exchange on which the Class B Shares are listed, be made to all or substantially all holders of Class B Shares who are in a province of Canada to which the requirement applies; and

(b) is not made concurrently with an offer to purchase Class A Subordinate Voting Shares that is identical to the offer to purchase Class B Shares in terms of price per share and percentage of outstanding shares to be taken up exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the offer by the Offeror, and in all other material respects, and that has no condition attached other than the right not to take up and pay for shares tendered if no shares are tendered pursuant to the offer for Class B Shares,

and for the purposes of this definition, if an offer to purchase Class B Shares is not an Exclusionary Offer as defined above but would be an Exclusionary Offer if it were not for sub-clause (b), the varying of any term of such offer shall be deemed to constitute the making of a new offer unless an identical variation concurrently is made to the corresponding offer to purchase Class A Subordinate Voting Shares;

(vi) "Expiry Date" means the last date upon which holders of Class B Shares may accept an Exclusionary Offer;

(vii) "Offer Date" means the date on which an Exclusionary Offer is made;

(viii) "Offeror" means a person or company that makes an offer to purchase Class B Shares (the "bidder"), and includes any associate or affiliate of the bidder or any person or company that is disclosed in the offering document to be acting jointly or in concert with the bidder; and

(ix) "transfer agent" means the transfer agent for the time being of the Class B Shares.

(b) Subject to subparagraph (e) of this clause 4.06, if an Exclusionary Offer is made, each outstanding Class A Subordinate Voting Share shall be convertible into one Class B Share at the option of the holder during the Conversion Period. The conversion right may be exercised by notice in writing given to the transfer agent accompanied by the share certificate or certificates representing the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares which the holder desires to convert, and such notice shall be executed by such holder, or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, and shall specify the number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares which the holder desires to have converted. The holder shall pay any governmental or other tax imposed on or in respect of such conversion. Upon receipt by the transfer agent of such notice and share certificate or certificates, the Corporation shall issue a share certificate representing fully paid Class B Shares as above prescribed and in accordance with paragraph of this clause 4.06. If less than all of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares represented by any share certificate are to be converted, the holder shall be entitled to receive a new share certificate representing in the aggregate the number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares represented by the original share certificate which are not to be converted.

(c) An election by a holder of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares to exercise the conversion right provided for in paragraph (b) of this clause 4.06 shall be deemed to also constitute an irrevocable election by such holder to deposit the Converted Shares pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer (subject to such holder's right to subsequently withdraw the shares from the offer) and to exercise the right to convert into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares all Converted Shares in respect of which such holder exercises his right of withdrawal from the Exclusionary Offer or which are not otherwise ultimately taken up under the Exclusionary Offer. Any conversion into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares, pursuant to such deemed election, of Converted Shares in respect of which the holder exercises his right of withdrawal from the Exclusionary Offer shall become effective at the time such right of withdrawal is exercised. If the right of withdrawal is not exercised, any conversion into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares pursuant to such deemed election shall become effective,

(i) in respect of an Exclusionary Offer which is completed, immediately following the time by which the Offeror is required by applicable securities legislation to take up and pay for all shares to be acquired by the Offeror under the Exclusionary Offer; and

(ii) in respect of an Exclusionary Offer which is abandoned or withdrawn, at the time at which the Exclusionary Offer is abandoned or withdrawn.

(d) No share certificates representing Converted Shares shall be delivered to the holders of the shares before such shares are deposited pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer; the transfer agent, on behalf of the holders of the Converted Shares, shall deposit pursuant to the Exclusionary Offer a certificate or certificates representing the Converted Shares. Upon completion of the offer, the transfer agent shall deliver to the holders entitled thereto all consideration paid by the Offeror pursuant to the offer. If Converted Shares are converted into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares pursuant to paragraph (c) of this clause 4.6, the transfer agent shall deliver to the holders entitled thereto share certificates representing the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares resulting from the conversion. The Corporation shall make all arrangements with the transfer agent necessary or desirable to give effect to this subparagraph.

(e) Subject to paragraph (f) of this clause 4.06, the conversion right provided for in sub-paragraph (b) of this clause 4.06 shall not come into effect if:

(i) prior to the time at which the Exclusionary Offer is made there is delivered to the transfer agent and to the Secretary of the Corporation a certificate or certificates signed by or on behalf of one or more shareholders of the Corporation owning in the aggregate, as at the time the Exclusionary Offer is made, more than 50% of the then outstanding Class B Shares, exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror, which certificate or certificates shall confirm, in the case of each such shareholder, that such shareholder shall not:

(a) accept any Exclusionary Offer without giving the transfer agent and the Secretary of the Corporation written notice of such acceptance or intended acceptance at least seven days prior to the Expiry Date;

(b) make any Exclusionary Offer;

(c) act jointly or in concert with any person or company that makes any Exclusionary Offer; or

(d) transfer any Class B Shares, directly or indirectly, during the time at which any Exclusionary Offer is outstanding without giving the transfer agent and the Secretary of the Corporation written notice of such transfer or intended transfer at least seven days prior to the Expiry Date, which notice shall state, if known to the transferor, the names of the transferees and the number of Class B Shares transferred or to be transferred to each transferee; or

(ii) within seven days after the Offer Date there is delivered to the transfer agent and to the Secretary of the Corporation a certificate or certificates signed by or on behalf of one or more shareholders of the Corporation owning in the aggregate more than 50% of the then outstanding Class B Shares, exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the Exclusionary Offer by the Offeror, which certificate or certificates shall confirm, in the case of each such shareholder:

(a) the number of Class B Shares owned by the shareholder;

(b) that such shareholder is not making the offer and is not an associate or affiliate of, or acting jointly or in concert with, the person or company making the offer;

(c) that such shareholder shall not accept the offer, including any varied form of the offer, without giving the transfer agent and the Secretary of the Corporation written notice of such acceptance or intended acceptance at least seven days prior to the Expiry Date; and

(d) that such shareholder shall not transfer any Class B Shares, directly or indirectly, prior to the Expiry Date without giving the transfer agent and the Secretary of the Corporation written notice of such transfer or intended transfer at least seven days prior to the Expiry Date, which notice shall state, if known to the transferor, the names of the transferees and the number of Class B Shares transferred or to be transferred to each transferee if this information is known to the transferor.

(f) If a notice referred to in sub-clause e (i)(a), e (i)(d),
(e)(ii)(c) or e (ii)(d) of this clause 4.06 is given and the conversion right provided for in paragraph (b) of this clause 4.06 has not come into effect, the transfer agent shall either forthwith upon receipt of the notice or forthwith after the seventh day following the Offer Date, whichever is later, make a determination as to whether there are subsisting certifications that comply with either sub-clause e (i) or e
(ii) of this clause 4.06 from shareholders of the Corporation who own in the aggregate more than 50% of the then outstanding Class B Shares, exclusive of shares owned immediately prior to the offer by the Offeror. For the purposes of this determination the transaction that is the subject of such notice shall be deemed to have taken place at the time of the determination, and the shares that are the subject of such notice shall be deemed to have been transferred to a person or company from whom the transfer agent had not received such a certification unless the transfer agent is otherwise advised either by such notice or by the transferee in writing. If the transfer agent determines that there are not such subsisting certifications, paragraph (e) of this clause 4.06 shall cease to apply and the conversion right provided for in paragraph (b) of this clause 4.06 shall be in effect for the remainder of the Conversion Period.

(g) As soon as reasonably possible after the seventh, day after the Offer Date, the Corporation shall send to each holder of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares a notice advising the holders as to whether they are entitled to convert their Class A Subordinate Voting Shares into Class B Shares and the reasons therefor. If such notice disclosed that they are not so entitled but if subsequently determined that they are so entitled by virtue of paragraph (f) of this clause 4.06 or otherwise, the Corporation shall forthwith send another notice to them advising them of that fact and the reasons therefor.

(h) If a notice referred to in paragraph (g) of this clause 4.06 discloses that the conversion right has come into effect, the notice shall:

(i) include a description of the procedure to be followed to effect the conversion and to have the Converted Shares tendered under the offer;

(ii) include the information set out in paragraph (c) of this clause 4.06; and

(iii) be accompanied by a copy of the offer and all other material sent to holders of Class B Shares in respect of the offer, and as soon as reasonably possible after any additional material, including a notice of variation, is sent to the holders of Class B Shares in respect of the offer, the Corporation shall send a copy of such additional material to each holder of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares.

(i) Prior to or forthwith after sending any notice referred to in

               paragraph (g) of this clause 4.06, the Corporation shall cause
               a press release to be issued to a Canadian national news ticker
               service, describing the contents of the notice.

5.00     CLASS B SHARES

5.01     The holders of the Class B Shares shall be entitled to receive

notice of, and to attend and speak at and vote at, any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, other than a meeting of the holders of shares of another class as such or of the holders of a series of shares of another class as such, and at such meeting shall have twenty (20) votes for each Class B Share held.

5.02 Subject to any provisions of the Act and to applicable securities laws and the by-laws, regulations or policies of the stock exchange upon which the Class B Shares may then be listed, all or any part of the Class B Shares which are then outstanding shall be purchaseable for cancellation by the Corporation at any time, in the open market, by private contract or otherwise, at the lowest price at which, in the opinion of the directors, such shares are obtainable.

5.03 The Class B Shares shall not be redeemable by the Corporation.

5.04 If the Act would in effect require in the absence of this clause 5.04 that an amendment to the Articles of the Corporation to delete or vary any preference, right, condition, restriction, limitation or prohibition attaching to any of the Class B Shares, or to create special shares ranking in priority to or on a parity with the Class B Shares, be confirmed in writing by the holders of 100% or any lesser percentage of the then outstanding Class B Shares, then in lieu of such confirmation in writing such confirmation may be given by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of the Class B Shares duly called for that purpose, and at such meeting each holder of Class B Shares shall be entitled to one vote for each Class B Share held.

5.05 The holders of the Class B Shares shall not have any right to vote separately upon any proposal to amend the Articles of the Corporation to:

(a) increase any maximum number of authorized shares of a class or series having rights or privileges equal or superior to the Class B Shares; or

(b) create a new class of shares equal or superior to the Class B Shares;

except to such extent as may from time to time be required by the Act.

5.06 Each Class B Share shall be convertible at any time, at the option of the holder thereof, into a Class A Subordinate Voting Share, on the basis of one Class A Subordinate Voting Share for each Class B Share so converted. The holder of Class B Shares desiring to convert such Class B Shares into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares on the basis aforesaid shall deliver to the transfer agent for the time being of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares the share certificate or share certificates representing the Class B Shares which the holder desires to so convert accompanied by a written notice duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, which notice shall state that such holder elects to convert the Class B Shares represented by such share certificate or share certificates into Class A Subordinate Voting Shares in accordance with the provisions hereof and which notice shall further state the name or names (with addresses) in which the share certificate or certificates for Class A Subordinate Voting Shares issuable on such conversion shall be issued, and if any of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares into which such Class B Shares are to be converted are to be issued to a person or persons other than the holder of such Class B Shares, there shall be paid to such transfer agent, for the account of the Corporation, any transfer taxes which may properly be payable. If any share certificate or share certificates representing any of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares issuable on conversion are directed to be issued to any person other than the holder of such Class B Shares, the signature of such holder shall be guaranteed by a Canadian chartered bank or such other financial institution as such transfer agent may require. Such holder shall, in addition, comply with such other reasonable requirements as such transfer agent may prescribe. As promptly as practicable after the receipt of such notice of election to convert, the payment of such transfer tax (if any), the delivery of such share certificate or share certificates and compliance with all reasonable requirements of the transfer agent as aforesaid, the Corporation shall cause the transfer agent for the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares to issue and deliver in accordance with such notice of election to convert a share certificate or share certificates representing the number of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares into which such Class B Shares have been converted in accordance with the provisions of this clause 5.06. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which all conditions precedent to the conversion of such Class B Shares have been fulfilled and the person or persons in whose name or names any share certificate or share certificates for Class A Subordinate Voting Shares shall be issuable shall be deemed to have become on the said date the holder or holders of record of the Class B Shares represented thereby; provided, however, that if the transfer books of the Corporation for Class B Shares shall be closed on the said date, the Corporation shall not be required to issue Class A Subordinate Voting Shares upon such conversion until the date on which such transfer books shall be re-opened and such person or persons shall not be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of such Class A Subordinate Voting Shares until the said date on which such transfer books shall be re-opened. There shall be no payment or adjustment on account of any unpaid dividends on the Class B Shares converted or on account of any dividends on the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares resulting from such conversion. In the event that part only of the Class B Shares represented by any share certificate shall be converted, a share certificate for the remainder of the Class B Shares represented by the said share certificate shall be delivered to the holder converting without charge.

6.00     DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS OF THE CLASS A SUBORDINATE VOTING
         SHARES AND CLASS B SHARES

6.01     (a)   All dividends which are declared in any year in the discretion
               of the directors on all of the Class A Subordinate Voting
               Shares shall be declared and paid at the same time in an equal
               or, in the discretion of the directors, a greater amount per
               share than those dividends declared in respect of all of the
               Class B Shares at the time outstanding. All dividends which are
               declared in any year, in the discretion of the directors, on
               all of the Class B Shares shall be declared and paid at the
               same time in an equal or, in the discretion of the directors, a
               lesser amount per share than those declared in respect of all
               of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares outstanding.

         (b)   If any stock dividend is declared on Class A Subordinate Voting
               Shares, such dividend may be paid in Class A Subordinate Voting
               Shares or in Class B Shares, or partly in one class and partly
               in the other, if stock dividends in equal or, in the discretion
               of the directors, lesser amounts per share are declared at the
               same time on the Class B Shares and are payable in either Class
               A Subordinate Voting Shares or in Class B Shares, or partly in
               one class and partly in the other, regardless of which class
               the stock dividend was paid on Class A Subordinate Voting
               Shares. If any stock dividend is declared on Class B Shares,
               such dividend may be paid in Class A Subordinate Voting Shares
               or in Class B Shares, or partly in one class and partly in the
               other, if stock dividends in equal or, in the discretion of the
               directors, greater amounts per share are paid at the same time
               on the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and are payable in
               either Class A Subordinate Voting Shares or in Class B Shares,
               or partly in one class and partly in the other, regardless of
               which class the stock dividend was paid on Class B Shares.

         (c)   All distributions other than dividends (including, without
               limiting the generality of the foregoing, any distribution of
               rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of the
               Corporation), and all such distributions which may at any time
               or from time to time be authorized or made:

               (i)   in respect of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares,
                     shall be authorized and made at the same time in equal,
                     or in the discretion of the directors, greater quantities
                     or amounts per share than on all Class B Shares then
                     outstanding without preference or distinction; and

               (ii)  in respect of the Class B Shares, shall be authorized and
                     made at the same time in equal or in the discretion of
                     the directors, lesser quantities or amounts per share
                     than on all Class A Subordinate Voting Shares then
                     outstanding without preference or distinction.

7.00     SUBDIVISIONS, CONSOLIDATIONS, RECLASSIFICATIONS WINDING UP AND
         LIQUIDATION, ETC.

7.01     No subdivision, consolidation, reclassification or other change

of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares or the Class B Shares shall be made unless at the time an equivalent or comparable subdivision, consolidation, reclassification or change is made with respect to all of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and Class B Shares which are then outstanding.

7.02 In any case where a fraction of a Class A Subordinate Voting Share or a Class B Share would otherwise be issuable on a subdivision, consolidation, reclassification or change of one or more Class A Subordinate Voting Shares or Class B Shares, the Corporation shall in lieu thereof adjust such fractional interest by the payment by cheque (to the nearest cent) of an amount related or equivalent to the then current market value of such fractional interest computed on the basis of the last board lot sale price (or the last bid price, if there has been no board lot sale) for the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares on The Toronto Stock Exchange (or if the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares are not listed on The Toronto Stock Exchange, on such stock exchange in Canada on which the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares are listed or traded as may be selected for such purpose by the directors of the Corporation) on the business day on which such stock exchange was open next preceding the date of such subdivision, consolidation, reclassification or change.

7.03 In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or other distribution of the assets of the Corporation amongst its shareholders for the purposes of winding up its affairs, all of the property and assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the shareholders of the Corporation shall, after providing for preferential payment of the amounts required to be paid under and in respect of any Preference Shares or series thereof ranking in priority, shall be paid or distributed in equal amounts per share on all Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and Class B Shares at the time outstanding without preference or distinction and the holders thereof shall as such participate on a share for share basis equally therein.

8.00     PROVISIONS RELATING TO CLASS A SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES AND CLASS B
         SHARES

8.01     The articles of the Corporation hereby provide that, for the

purposes of the take-over bid and issuer bid provisions of the Securities Act (Ontario) and the regulations thereunder), both as amended from time to time,
(a) the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and Class B Shares shall be treated as and are hereby deemed to constitute, one class of voting securities, and
(b) the published market for such one class of voting securities shall be deemed to be the published market of the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares. For greater certainty, the provisions of this Section 8.01 shall have no application in the event of a purchase of Class B Shares at a price per share not in excess of the aggregate of (i) the "market price" per share (at the time of such purchase) determined in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act (Ontario) (and the regulations thereunder) (both as amended or replaced from time to time) plus (ii) reasonable brokerage fees or other commissions calculated on a per share basis. For greater certainty, "market price" as at the date of these articles is defined in Section 163(3) of the Regulation to the Securities Act (Ontario).

8.02 In any case where a fraction of a Class A Subordinate voting Share or a Class B Share would otherwise be issuable on consolidation, subdivision and change of one or more common shares, the Corporation shall in lieu thereof adjust such fractional interest by the payment by cheque (to the nearest cent) of any amount equivalent to the value of such fractional interest computed on the basis of $0.025 per common share.


PROVISIONS ATTACHING TO THE
SERIES 3 PREFERENCE SHARES

CYBERSIGHT- MDC EXCHANGEABLE PREFERENCE SHARES

The third series of Preference Shares of the Corporation shall consist of an unlimited number of Series 3 Preference Shares designated as the "Cybersight-MDC Exchangeable Preference Shares" (the "Exchangeable Shares"). The Exchangeable Shares shall have the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

1.00     INTERPRETATION

1.01     For the purposes of these share provisions:

         "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or

indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlled by" and "under common control with") as applied to any Person, means the possession by another Person, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that first mentioned Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

"Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Corporation.

"Business Day" means any day on which commercial banks are open for business in New York, New York and Toronto, Ontario other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day observed as a holiday in Toronto, Ontario under the laws of the Province of Ontario or the federal laws of Canada or in New York, New York under the laws of the State of New York or the federal laws of the United States of America.

"CAC" means CyberSight Acquisition Co., Inc., a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor corporation thereto.

"CAC Dividend Declaration Date" means the date on which the board of directors of CAC declares any dividend on the CAC Shares.

"CAC Shares" mean the shares of common stock, par value U.S. $0.01 per share, in the capital of CAC, and any other securities into which such shares may be changed, including shares into which CAC Shares may be changed consequent upon an amalgamation, merger, reorganization or other transaction affecting the CAC Shares and "CAC Share" means any of the CAC Shares.

"Canadian Dollar Equivalent " means in respect of an amount expressed in a foreign currency (the "Foreign Currency Amount") at any date the product obtained by multiplying:

(a) the Foreign Currency Amount by,

(b) the noon spot exchange rate on such date for such foreign currency expressed in Canadian dollars as reported by the Bank of Canada or, in the event such spot exchange rate is not available, such spot exchange rate on such date to such foreign currency expressed in Canadian dollars as may be deemed by the Board of Directors to be appropriate for such purpose.

"Common Shares" means, collectively, the Class A Subordinate Voting Shares and the Class B Multiple Voting Shares in the capital of the Corporation.

"Corporation" means MDC Corporation Inc., a corporation governed by the Business Corporations Act (Ontario).

"Current Market Price" means, in respect of a CAC Share on any date, the Canadian Dollar Equivalent of the average of the closing bid and ask prices of CAC Shares during a period of 20 consecutive trading days ending not more than three trading days before such date on the principal stock exchange or automated quotation system in Canada or the United States on which the CAC Shares are then listed, or, if the CAC Shares are not then listed on any stock exchange or automated quotation system, then the Current Market Price of a CAC Share shall be determined by a qualified third party independent valuator as selected by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion provided that any such selection, opinion or determination by the Board of Directors shall be conclusive and binding.

"Exchange Date" means the date on which a holder of Exchangeable Shares exchanges his or her Exchangeable Shares for CAC Shares in accordance with the requirements of Article 6 of these share provisions.

"Exchange Notice" has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 6.1 of these share provisions.

"Exchange Right" has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 6.1 of these share provisions.

"Exchangeable Shares" mean the Series 3 non-voting exchangeable preference shares in the capital of the Corporation designated as the "CyberSight-MDC Exchangeable Preference Shares" having the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions set forth herein.

"Liquidation Amount" has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 5.1 of these share provisions.

"Liquidation Date" has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 5.1 of these share provisions.

"Person" includes any individual, firm, partnership, joint venture, venture capital fund, association, trust, trustee, executor, administrator, legal personal representative, estate, group, body corporate, corporation, unincorporated association or organization, government body, syndicate or other entity, whether or not having legal status.

"Preference Shares" means the issued and outstanding preference shares in the capital of the Corporation.

"Support Agreement" means that certain Exchangeable Share support and voting trust agreement between the Corporation, CAC and Griffiths McBurney & Partners to be entered into in connection with a private placement of the Exchangeable Shares in Canada.

"Transfer Agent" means CIBC Mellon Trust Company or such other Person as may from time to time be appointed by the Corporation as the registrar and transfer agent for the Exchangeable Shares.

2.00 RANKING OF EXCHANGEABLE SHARES

2.01 Other than the rights specifically provided for in Article 3 and Article 5 of these share provisions and as required under applicable law, the Exchangeable Shares shall have no rights to receive any payment of dividends which may be declared payable by the Corporation from time to time or to participate in the distribution of assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of Corporation, among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

3.00 DIVIDENDS

3.01 Subject to section 3.2 below, a holder of an Exchangeable Share shall be entitled to receive and the Board of Directors shall, subject to applicable law, on each CAC Dividend Declaration Date, declare a dividend on each Exchangeable Share:

(a) in the case of a cash dividend declared on the CAC Shares, in an amount in cash for each Exchangeable Share in U.S. dollars, or the Canadian Dollar Equivalent thereof on the CAC Dividend Declaration Date, in each case, equal to the cash dividend declared on each CAC Share;

(b) in the case of a stock dividend declared on the CAC Shares to be paid in CAC Shares, in such number of Exchangeable Shares for each Exchangeable Share as is equal to the number of CAC Shares to be issued as a dividend on each CAC Share: or

(c) in the case of a dividend declared on the CAC Shares in property other than cash or CAC Shares, in such type and amount of property for each Exchangeable Share as is the same as or economically equivalent to (to be determined by the Board of Directors as contemplated by section 3.5 hereof) the type and amount of property declared as a dividend on each CAC Share.

Such dividends shall be paid out of money, assets or property of the Corporation properly applicable to the payment of dividends, or out of authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation, as applicable.

3.02 In the case of a stock dividend declared on the CAC Shares to be paid in CAC Shares, in lieu of declaring the stock dividend contemplated by section 3.1(b) on the Exchangeable Shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and subject to applicable law, subdivide, redivide or change (the "subdivision") each issued and unissued Exchangeable Share on the basis that each Exchangeable Share before the subdivision becomes a number of Exchangeable Shares as is equal to the sum of (i) one (1) CAC Share and (ii) the number of CAC Shares to be paid as a stock dividend on each CAC Share. In such instance, and notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such subdivision shall become effective on the effective date specified in section 3.4 hereof without any further act or formality on the part of the Board of Directors or of the holders of Exchangeable Shares. For greater certainty, no approval of the holders of Exchangeable Shares to an amendment to the articles of the Corporation shall be required to give effect to such subdivision.

3.03 Cheques of the Corporation payable at par at any branch of the bankers of the Corporation shall be issued in respect of any cash dividends contemplated by section 3.1 (a) hereof and the sending of such a cheque to each holder of an Exchangeable Share shall satisfy the cash dividend represented thereby unless the cheque is not paid on presentation. Subject to applicable law, certificates registered in the name of the registered holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be issued or transferred in respect of any stock dividends contemplated by section 3.1(b) hereof or any subdivision of shares contemplated by section 3.2 hereof and the sending of such a certificate to each holder of an Exchangeable Share shall satisfy the stock dividend or share subdivision represented thereby. Such other type and amount of property in respect of any dividends contemplated by section 3.1(c) hereof shall be issued, distributed or transferred by the Corporation in such manner as it shall determine and the issuance, distribution or transfer thereof by the Corporation to each holder of an Exchangeable Share shall satisfy the dividend represented thereby. No holder of an Exchangeable Share shall be entitled to recover by action or other legal process against the Corporation any dividend that is represented by a cheque that has not been duly presented to the Corporation's bankers for payment or that otherwise remains unclaimed for a period of six years from the date on which such dividend was payable.

3.04 The record date for the determination of the holders of Exchangeable Shares entitled to receive payment of, and the payment date for, any dividend declared on the Exchangeable Shares under section 3.1 hereof shall be the same dates as the record date and payment date, respectively, for the corresponding dividend declared on the CAC Shares. The record date for the determination of the holders of Exchangeable Shares entitled to receive Exchangeable Shares in connection with any subdivision of Exchangeable Shares under section 3.2 hereof and the effective date of such subdivision shall be the same dates as the record date and payment date, respectively, for the corresponding stock dividend declared on CAC Shares.

3.05 The Board of Directors shall determine, in good faith, the economic equivalent for the purposes of the share provisions, and each such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Corporation and its shareholders. In making each such determination, the following factors shall, without excluding other factors determined by the Board of Directors to be relevant, be considered by the Board of Directors:

(a) in the case of any stock dividend or other distribution payable in CAC Shares, the number of such shares issued in proportion to the number of CAC Shares previously outstanding;

(b) in the case of the issuance or distribution of any rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase CAC Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire CAC Shares), the relationship between the exercise price of each such right, option or warrant and the Current Market Price of a CAC Share;

(c) in the case of the issuance or distribution of any other form of property (including without limitation any shares or securities of CAC of any class other than CAC Shares, any rights, options or warrants other than those referred to in section 3.5(b) above, any evidences of indebtedness of CAC or any assets of CAC), the relationship between the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of such property to be issued or distributed with respect to each outstanding CAC Share and the Current Market Price of a CAC Share; and

(d) in all such cases, the general taxation consequences of the

               relevant event to holders of Exchangeable Shares to the extent
               that such consequences may differ from the taxation
               consequences to holders of CAC Shares as a result of
               differences between taxation laws of Canada and the United
               States (except for any differing consequences arising as a
               result of differing marginal taxation rates and without regard
               to the individual circumstances of holders of Exchangeable
               Shares).

4.00     CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS

4.01     Subject to Section 4.2 below, so long as any of the Exchangeable

Shares are outstanding, the Corporation shall not at any time without the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given as specified in section 10.2 of these share provisions:

(a) pay any dividends on the Common Shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares, other than stock dividends payable in Common Shares or any such other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares, as the case may be;

(b) redeem or purchase or make any capital distribution in respect of the Common Shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares;

(c) issue any Exchangeable Shares other than (i) pursuant to any shareholder rights plan adopted by the Corporation, (ii) by way of stock dividend to the holders of such Exchangeable Shares contemplated by section 3 hereof, or (iii) by way of any subdivision of Exchangeable Shares; or

(d) issue any shares of the Corporation ranking superior to the Exchangeable Shares other than by way of stock dividends to the holders of such Exchangeable Shares.

4.02 The restrictions in subparagraphs 4.1(a) to 4.1(c) above shall not apply if all declared dividends on the outstanding Exchangeable Shares have been paid.

5.00 DISTRIBUTION ON LIQUIDATION

5.01 In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, each Exchangeable Share, subject to applicable law, shall be automatically exchanged with CAC on the effective date (the "Liquidation Date") of such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, but before any distribution of any part of the assets of the Corporation among the holders of the Common Shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares, for one CAC Share, together with any declared and unpaid dividends on each such Exchangeable Share held by such holder on any dividend record date which occurred prior to the Liquidation Date (the "Liquidation Amount").

5.02 On or promptly after the Liquidation Date, the Corporation shall cause CAC to deliver to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares the Liquidation Amount for each such Exchangeable Share upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such Exchangeable Shares, together with such other documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer and cancellation of Exchangeable Shares under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) and the by-laws of the Corporation and such additional documents and instruments as the Transfer Agent, CAC or the Corporation may reasonably require, at the registered office of the Corporation or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Corporation by notice to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares.

5.03 Payment of the total Liquidation Amount for such Exchangeable Shares shall be made by delivery to each holder, at the address of the holder recorded in the securities register of the Corporation for the Exchangeable Shares or by holding for pick-up by the holder at the registered office of the Corporation or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Corporation by notice to the holders of Exchangeable Shares, on behalf of the Corporation of certificates representing CAC Shares (which shares shall be duly issued as fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance) and a cheque of the Corporation payable at par at any branch of the bankers of the Corporation in respect of the remaining portion, if any, of the total Liquidation Amount (in each case less any amounts withheld on account of tax required to be deducted and withheld therefrom) (without interest).

5.04 On and after the Liquidation Date, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall cease to be holders of such Exchangeable Shares and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of holders in respect thereof, other than the right to receive their proportionate part of the total Liquidation Amount, unless payment of the total Liquidation Amount for such Exchangeable Shares shall not be made upon presentation and surrender of share certificates in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders shall remain unaffected until the total Liquidation Amount has been paid in the manner hereinbefore provided.

5.05 The Corporation shall have the right at any time after the Liquidation Date to deposit or cause to be deposited the total Liquidation Amount in respect of the Exchangeable Shares represented by certificates that have not at the Liquidation Date been surrendered by the holders thereof in a custodial account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada. Upon such deposit being made, the rights of the holders of Exchangeable Shares after such deposit shall be limited to receiving their proportionate part of the total Liquidation Amount (in each case less any amounts withheld on account of tax required to be deducted and withheld therefrom) (without interest) for such Exchangeable Shares so deposited, against presentation and surrender of the said certificates held by them, respectively, in accordance with the foregoing provisions. Upon such payment or deposit of the total Liquidation Amount, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be holders of the CAC Shares delivered to them or the custodian on their behalf.

5.06 After the Corporation has satisfied its obligations to pay or cause to be paid to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares the Liquidation Amount per Exchangeable Share pursuant to section 5.1 of these share provisions, such holders shall not be entitled to share in any further distribution of the assets of the Corporation.

6.00 EXCHANGE RIGHTS

6.01 A holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled at any time and otherwise upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 6 (the "Exchange Right"), to exchange all or any portion of the Exchangeable Shares registered in the name of such holder for: (i) one CAC Share for each Exchangeable Share presented and surrendered by the holder; together with (ii) the full amount of all declared and unpaid dividends on any such Exchangeable Share in respect of any dividend record date which occurred prior to the Exchange Date, which dividends shall be paid by the Corporation. To exercise its Exchange Right, a holder of Exchangeable Shares shall present and surrender at the registered office of the Corporation or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Corporation by notice to the holders of Exchangeable Shares the certificate or certificates representing the Exchangeable Shares which the holder desires to exchange for CAC Shares, together with such other documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer of Exchangeable Shares under the respective by-laws of the Corporation and CAC and the provisions of applicable laws and such additional documents and instruments as the Transfer Agent, CAC or the Corporation may reasonably require, together with a duly executed statement (the "Exchange Notice") in the form of Schedule "A" hereto or in such other form as may be acceptable to the Corporation:

(a) specifying that the holder desires to exchange all or any number of the Exchangeable Shares specified therein represented by such certificate or certificates (the "Exchanged Shares"); and

(b) stating the date on which the holder desires that the Exchange Date occur, provided that such date shall be not less than 14 Business Days nor more than 15 Business Days after the date on which the Exchange Notice is received by the Corporation and further provided that, in the event that no such Business Day is specified by the holder in the Exchange Notice, the Exchange Date shall be deemed to be the 15th Business Day after the date on which the Exchange Notice is received by the Corporation.

6.02 Upon receipt by the Corporation or the Transfer Agent in the manner specified in section 6.1 hereof of a certificate or certificates representing the number of Exchangeable Shares which the holder desires to exchange, together with an Exchange Notice and provided that the Exchange Notice is not revoked by the holder in the manner specified in section 6.6, the Corporation shall cause CAC to issue and deliver to the holder the CAC Shares issuable in exchange for the Exchanged Shares effective at the close of business on the Exchange Date, provided that all declared and unpaid dividends for which the record date has occurred prior to the Exchange Date shall be paid by the Corporation to the holder on the scheduled payment date for such dividends. If only a part of the Exchangeable Shares represented by any certificate is exchanged by a holder thereof, a new certificate for the balance of such Exchangeable Shares shall be issued to the holder at the expense of the Corporation.

6.03 The Corporation shall cause CAC to deliver or shall cause the Transfer Agent to deliver to the relevant holder, at the address of the holder recorded in the securities register of the Corporation for the Exchangeable Shares or at the address specified in the holder's Exchange Notice or by holding for pick-up by the holder at the registered office of the Corporation or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Corporation by notice to the holders of Exchangeable Shares, certificates representing the CAC Shares (which shares shall be duly issued as fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance) registered in the name of the holder or in such other name as the holder may request and, if applicable, on or before the payment date therefor, the Corporation shall deliver to the holder a cheque payable at par at any branch of the bankers of the Corporation representing the aggregate of any declared and unpaid dividend in respect of the Exchanged Shares, less any amounts withheld on account of tax required to be deducted and withheld therefrom (without interest), and such delivery of such certificate and cheque by or on behalf of the Corporation, by CAC or by the Transfer Agent (as applicable), shall be deemed to be payment of and shall satisfy and discharge all liability in respect of the exercise of the Exchange Right, to the extent that the same is represented by such share certificates and cheque (plus any tax deducted and withheld therefrom and remitted to the proper tax authority).

6.04 On and after the close of business on the Exchange Date, the holder of the Exchanged Shares shall cease to be a holder of such Exchanged Shares and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a holder in respect thereof, unless upon presentation and surrender of certificates in accordance with the foregoing provisions, registration and delivery of the CAC Share certificate and the Corporation's cheque (if any) shall not be made as provided in section 6.3, in which case the rights of such holder shall remain unaffected until such registrations and deliveries have been made in the manner hereinbefore provided. On and after the close of business on the Exchange Date, provided that presentation and surrender of certificates and delivery of the CAC Share certificates and the Corporation's cheque (if any) has been made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the holder of the Exchanged Shares shall thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be a holder of the CAC Shares delivered to it.

6.05 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 6, the Corporation shall not be obligated to cause CAC to issue and deliver a CAC Share in exchange for any Exchanged Shares specified by a holder in an Exchange Notice to the extent that the issuance and delivery by CAC of such CAC Shares in exchange for Exchanged Shares would be contrary to solvency requirements or other provisions of applicable laws. In any such event, the Corporation shall cause CAC to issue CAC Shares in exchange for the maximum number of Exchanged Shares which the Board of Directors (or the board of directors of CAC, as applicable) determine that CAC is, on the Exchange Date, permitted under applicable laws to issue, which shall be selected as nearly as may be pro rata (disregarding fractions) in proportion to the total number of Exchanged Shares tendered for exchange by each holder thereof and the Corporation shall issue to each holder of Exchanged Shares a new certificate, at the expense of the Corporation, representing the Exchanged Shares which are not exchanged pursuant to section 6.2 hereof. The Corporation shall notify the holder at least two Business Days prior to the Exchange Date as to the number of Exchanged Shares which will not be exchanged.

6.06 A holder of Exchanged Shares may, by notice in writing given to the Corporation before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Exchange Date, withdraw its Exchange Notice, in which event such Exchange Notice shall be null and void.

7.00 AUTOMATIC REDEMPTION BY CORPORATION FOLLOWING EXCHANGE

7.01 Immediately upon completion of any exchange of the Exchangeable Shares pursuant to the provisions of Article 6 of these share provisions, the Exchanged Shares so acquired by CAC shall be automatically redeemed by the Corporation for an amount of cash equal to the paid-up capital thereon.

8.00 PURCHASE FOR CANCELLATION

8.01 Subject to applicable law and the articles of the Corporation, the Corporation may at any time and from time to time purchase for cancellation all or any part of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares at a price not exceeding the amount paid-up thereon by tender to all the holders of record of Exchangeable Shares then outstanding or through the facilities of any stock exchange on which the Exchangeable Shares are listed or quoted at a price per share not exceeding the amount paid up thereon, together with an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon for which the record date has occurred prior to the date of purchase. If in response to an invitation for tenders under the provisions of this section 8.1, more Exchangeable Shares are tendered at a price or prices acceptable to the Corporation than the Corporation is prepared to purchase, the Exchangeable Shares to be purchased by the Corporation shall be purchased as nearly as may be pro rata according to the number of shares tendered by each holder who submits a tender to the Corporation, provided that when shares are tendered at different prices, the pro rating shall be effected (disregarding fractions) only with respect to the shares tendered at the price at which more shares were tendered than the Corporation is prepared to purchase after the Corporation has purchased all the shares tendered at lower prices. If part only of the Exchangeable Shares represented by any certificate shall be purchased, a new certificate for the balance of such shares shall be issued at the expense of the Corporation.

9.00 VOTING RIGHTS

9.01 Except as required by applicable law and by Article 10, section 11.1 and section 11.2 hereof, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall not be entitled as such to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation or to vote at any such meeting.

10.00 AMENDMENT AND APPROVAL

10.01 The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares may be added to, changed or removed but only with the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given as hereinafter specified.

10.02 Any approval given by the holders of the Exchangeable Shares to add to, change or remove any right, privilege, restriction or condition attaching to the Exchangeable Shares or any other matter requiring the approval or consent of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if it shall have been given in accordance with applicable law subject to a minimum requirement that such approval be evidenced by resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of the votes cast on such resolution at a meeting of holders of Exchangeable Shares (disregarding the votes attaching to any Exchangeable Shares held or beneficially owned by the Corporation and its Affiliates) duly called and held at which the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares at that time are present or represented by proxy; provided that if at any such meeting the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares at that time are not present or represented by proxy within one-half hour after the time appointed for such meeting, then the meeting shall be adjourned to such date not less than five (5) days thereafter and to such time and place as may be designated by the Chairman of such meeting. At such adjourned meeting the holders of Exchangeable Shares present or represented by proxy thereat whether or not representing at least 25% of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares at that time may transact the business for which the meeting was originally called and a resolution passed thereat by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast on such resolution (disregarding the votes attaching to any Exchangeable Shares held or beneficially owned by the Corporation and its Affiliates) at such meeting shall constitute the approval or consent of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares.

11.00 RECIPROCAL CHANGES, ETC. IN RESPECT OF CAC Shares.

11.01 Each holder of an Exchangeable Share acknowledges that the Support Agreement provides, in part, that CAC will not without the prior approval of the Corporation and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with section 10.2 of these share provisions:

(a) issue or distribute CAC Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire CAC Shares) to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding CAC Shares by way of stock dividend or other distribution, other than an issue of CAC Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire CAC Shares) to holders of CAC Shares who exercise an option to receive dividends in CAC Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire CAC Shares) in lieu of receiving cash dividends;

(b) issue or distribute rights, options or warrants to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding CAC Shares entitling them to subscribe for or to purchase CAC Shares (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire CAC Shares); or

(c) issue or distribute to the holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding CAC Shares:

(i) shares or securities of CAC of any class other than CAC Shares (other than shares convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying rights to acquire CAC Shares);

(ii) rights, options or warrants other than those referred to in subsection 11.1(b) above;

(iii) evidences of indebtedness of CAC: or

(iv) assets of CAC, unless the economic equivalent on a per share basis of such rights, options, warrants, securities, shares, evidences of indebtedness or other assets is issued or distributed by the Corporation simultaneously to holders of the Exchangeable Shares.

11.02 Each holder of an Exchangeable Share acknowledges that the Support Agreement further provides, in part, that CAC will not without the prior approval of the Corporation and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with section 10.2 of these share provisions:

(a) subdivide, redivide or change the then outstanding CAC Shares into a greater number of CAC Shares:

(b) reduce, combine, consolidate or change the then outstanding CAC Shares into a lesser number of CAC Shares: or

(c) reclassify or otherwise change the CAC Shares or effect an amalgamation, merger, reorganization or other transaction affecting the CAC Shares,

unless the same or an economically equivalent change shall simultaneously be made to, or in the rights of the holders of, the Exchangeable Shares. The Support Agreement further provides, in part, that the aforesaid provisions of the Support Agreement shall not be changed without the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with section 10.2 of these share provisions.

12.00 ACTIONS BY THE CORPORATION UNDER SUPPORT AGREEMENT

12.01 The Corporation will take all such actions and do all such things as shall be necessary or advisable to perform and comply with and to ensure performance and compliance by CAC and the Corporation with all provisions of the Support Agreement applicable to CAC and the Corporation, respectively, in accordance with the terms thereof including, without limitation, taking all such actions and doing all such things as shall be necessary or advisable to enforce to the fullest extent possible for the direct benefit of the Corporation all rights and benefits in favour of the Corporation under or pursuant to such agreement.

12.02 The Corporation shall not propose, agree to or otherwise give effect to any amendment to, or waiver or forgiveness of its rights or obligations under, the Support Agreement without the approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with section 10.2 of these share provisions other than such amendments, waivers and/or forgiveness as may be necessary or advisable for the purposes of:

(a) adding to the covenants of the other parties to such agreement for the protection of the Corporation or the holders of the Exchangeable Shares thereunder;

(b) making such provisions or modifications not inconsistent with such agreement as may be necessary or desirable with respect to matters or questions arising thereunder which, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, it may be expedient to make, provided that the Board of Directors shall be of the good faith opinion, after consultation with counsel, that such provisions and modifications will not be prejudicial to the interests of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares; or

(c) making such changes in or corrections to such agreement which,

               on the advice of counsel to the Corporation, are required for
               the purpose of curing or correcting any ambiguity or defect or
               inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or
               manifest error contained therein, provided that the Board of
               Directors shall be of the good faith opinion, after
               consultation with counsel, that such changes or corrections
               will not be prejudicial to the interests of the holders of the
               Exchangeable Shares.

13.00    LEGEND; CALL RIGHTS

13.01    The certificates evidencing the Exchangeable Shares shall

contain or have affixed thereto a legend in form and on terms approved by the Board of Directors, with respect to the Support Agreement (including the provisions with respect to the voting rights, exchange right and automatic redemption thereunder).

14.00 NOTICES

14.01 Any notice, request or other communication to be given to the Corporation by a holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be in writing and shall be valid and effective if given by mail (postage prepaid) or by telecopy or by delivery to the registered office of the Corporation and addressed to the attention of the Executive Vice President, Corporate Development. Any such notice, request or other communication, if given by mail, telecopy or delivery, shall only be deemed to have been given and received upon actual receipt thereof by the Corporation.

14.02 Any presentation and surrender by a holder of Exchangeable Shares to the Corporation or the Transfer Agent of certificates representing Exchangeable Shares in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation or the exchange of Exchangeable Shares shall be made by ordinary mail (postage prepaid) or by delivery to the registered office of the Corporation or to such office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the Corporation, in each case, addressed to the attention of the Executive Vice President, Corporate Development of the Corporation. Any such presentation and surrender of certificates shall only be deemed to have been made and to be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the Corporation or the Transfer Agent, as the case may be. Any such presentation and surrender of certificates made by ordinary mail shall be at the sole risk of the holder mailing the same.

14.03 Any notice, request or other communication to be given to a holder of Exchangeable Shares by or on behalf of the Corporation shall be in writing and shall be valid and effective if given by mail (postage prepaid) or by delivery to the address of the holder recorded in the securities register of the Corporation or, in the event of the address of any such holder not being so recorded, then at the last known address of such holder. Any such notice, request or other communication, if given by mail, shall be deemed to have been given and received on the third Business Day following the date of mailing and, if given by delivery, shall be deemed to have been given and received on the date of delivery. Accidental failure or omission to give any notice, request or other communication to one or more holders of Exchangeable Shares shall not invalidate or otherwise alter or affect any action or proceeding to be taken by the Corporation pursuant thereto.

14.04 If the Corporation determines that mail service is or is threatened to be interrupted at the time when the Corporation is required or elects to give any notice to the holders of Exchangeable Shares hereunder, the Corporation shall, notwithstanding the provisions hereof, give such notice by means of publication in The Globe and Mail, national edition, or any other English language daily newspaper or newspapers of general circulation in Canada and in a French language daily newspaper of general circulation in the Province of Quebec, once in each of two successive weeks, and notice so published shall be deemed to have been given on the latest date on which the first publication has taken place.

If, by reason of any actual or threatened interruption of mail service due to strike, lock-out or otherwise, any notice to be given to the Corporation would be unlikely to reach its destination in a timely manner, such notice shall be valid and effective only if delivered personally to the Corporation in accordance with section 14.1 or 14.2, as the case may be.


SCHEDULE "A"
EXCHANGE NOTICE

To: MDC Corporation Inc. (the "Corporation")

This notice is given pursuant to Article 6 of the provisions (the "Share Provisions") attaching to the Exchangeable Shares of the Corporation represented by this certificate and all capitalized words and expressions used in this notice that are defined in the Share Provisions have the meanings ascribed to such words and expressions in such Share Provisions.

The undersigned hereby notifies the Corporation that the undersigned desires to exchange, in accordance with Article 6 of the Share Provisions:

[ ] all share(s) represented by this certificate; or

[ ] ____________________share(s) only.


(Insert Number of Exchanged Shares)

The undersigned hereby notifies the Corporation that the Exchange Date shall be ____________________, 20__.

NOTE: The Exchange Date must be a Business Day and must not be less than 10 Business Days nor more than 15 Business Days after the date upon which this notice is received by the Corporation. If no such Business Day is specified above, the Exchange Date shall be deemed to be the 15th Business Day after the date on which this notice is received by the Corporation.

This exchange notice may be revoked and withdrawn by the undersigned only by notice in writing given to the Corporation at any time before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Exchange Date.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Corporation that the undersigned:

[ ] is

(select one)

[ ] is not

a non-resident of Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada). The undersigned acknowledges that in the absence of an indication that the undersigned is not a non-resident of Canada, withholding on account of Canadian tax may be made from amounts payable to the undersigned on the exchange of the Exchanged Shares. The undersigned also agrees to complete IRS Form W-8BEN in respect of the exchange in the form provided by the Corporation prior to the Exchange Date

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Corporation that the undersigned has good title to, and owns, the share(s) represented by this certificate to be acquired by the Corporation, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances.


(Date) (Signature of Shareholder) (Guarantee of Shareholder)

[ ] Please check box if the securities and any cheque(s) resulting from the exchange of the Exchanged Shares are to be held for pick-up by the shareholder from the Transfer Agent, failing which the securities and any cheque(s) will be mailed to the last address of the shareholder as it appears on the share register.

NOTE: This panel must be completed and this certificate, together with such additional documents as the Transfer Agent may require, must be deposited with the Transfer Agent. The securities and any cheque(s) resulting from the exchange of the Exchanged Shares will be issued and registered in, and made payable to, respectively, the name of the shareholder as it appears on the register of the Corporation and the securities and any cheque(s) resulting from such exchange will be delivered to such shareholder as indicated above, unless the form appearing immediately below is duly completed.

Date: _______________________

Name of Person in Whose Name Securities or Cheque(s) Are to be Registered, Issued or Delivered (please print):

Street Address or P.O. Box: __________________________________________________

Signature of Shareholder: ____________________________________________________

City, Province and Postal Code: ______________________________________________

Signature Guaranteed by: _____________________________________________________

NOTE: If this exchange notice is for less than all of the shares represented by this certificate, a certificate representing the remaining Exchangeable Share(s) of the Corporation represented by this certificate will be issued and registered in the name of the shareholder as it appears on the shareholders register of the Corporation, unless the Share Transfer Power on the share certificate is duly completed in respect of such share(s).


SCHEDULE "A"

STATEMENT OF DIRECTOR OR OFFICER OF

MDC CORPORATION INC.
(the "Corporation")

PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 178(2) OF THE BUSINESS
CORPORATIONS ACT (ONTARIO) (the "Act")

WHEREAS the Corporation and MDC Partners Inc. wish to amalgamate and continue as one corporation (the "Amalgamated Corporation") pursuant to
Section 177(1) of the Act;

AND WHEREAS the undersigned is required to make the following statements in connection with the said amalgamation;

1. The undersigned is the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation.

2. There are reasonable grounds for believing that:

(a) the Corporation is and the Amalgamated Corporation will be able to pay its liabilities as they become due;

(b) the realizable value of the assets of the Amalgamated Corporation will not be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and stated capital of all classes; and

(c) no creditor of the Corporation will be prejudiced by the amalgamation.

DATED as of the 22nd day of December, 2003.

/s/  Walter Campbell
--------------------------------
     Walter Campbell


STATEMENT OF DIRECTOR OR OFFICER OF

MDC PARTNERS INC.
(the "Corporation")

PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 178(2) OF THE BUSINESS
CORPORATIONS ACT (ONTARIO) (the "Act")

WHEREAS the Corporation and MDC Partners Inc. wish to amalgamate and continue as one corporation (the "Amalgamated Corporation") pursuant to
Section 177(1) of the Act;

AND WHEREAS the undersigned is required to make the following statements in connection with the said amalgamation;

1. The undersigned is the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation.

2. There are reasonable grounds for believing that:

(a) the Corporation is and the Amalgamated Corporation will be able to pay its liabilities as they become due;

(b) the realizable value of the assets of the Amalgamated Corporation will not be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and stated capital of all classes; and

(c) no creditor of the Corporation will be prejudiced by the amalgamation.

DATED as of the 22nd day of December, 2003.

/s/  Walter Campbell
-------------------------------
     Walter Campbell


SCHEDULE "B"
RESOLUTION OF THE DIRECTORS OF
MDC CORPORATION INC.
(the "Corporation")

"WHEREAS the Corporation holds directly all the issued and outstanding shares of MDC Partners Inc. and has agreed to amalgamate with MDC Partners Inc. pursuant to subsection (1) of section 177 of the Business Corporations Act (Ontario);

RESOLVED that:

1. The amalgamation of the Corporation with MDC Partners Inc. under the Business Corporations Act, pursuant to subsection (1) of section 177 thereof, be and the same is hereby authorized and approved;

2. The name of the amalgamated corporation shall be "MDC Partners Inc.";

3. Effective upon issuance of a Certificate of Amalgamation pursuant to section 178 of the Business Corporations Act (Ontario), and without affecting the validity of the incorporation and existence of the Corporation under its articles of incorporation and of any act done thereunder, all shares of the authorized capital of MDC Partners Inc. including all such shares which have been issued and are outstanding at the date hereof, shall be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof;

4. Except as may be prescribed, the articles of amalgamation of the amalgamated corporation shall be the same as the articles of MDC Corporation Inc.;

5. No securities shall be issued and no assets shall be distributed by the amalgamated corporation in connection with the amalgamation;

6. The by-laws of the amalgamated corporation shall be the same as the by-laws of the Corporation, the amalgamating holding corporation; and

7. The proper officers of the Corporation be and they are hereby authorized to do all things and execute all instruments and documents necessary or desirable to carry out and give effect to the foregoing."


Certified to be a true and correct copy of a resolution duly passed by the directors of MDC Corporation Inc. (hereinafter called the "Corporation") as of the 1g day of December, 2003 and that the said resolution is now in full force and effect.

WITNESS my hand and the seal of the Corporation this 22nd day of December, 2003.

/s/ Walter Campbell
---------------------------------------
    Walter Campbell, Corporate Secretary


RESOLUTION OF THE DIRECTORS OF
MDC PARTNERS INC.
(the "Corporation")

"WHEREAS the Corporation is a wholly-owned subsidiary of MDC Corporation Inc. and has agreed to amalgamate with MDC Corporation Inc. pursuant to subsection (1) of section 177 of the Business Corporations Act (Ontario);

RESOLVED that:

1. The amalgamation of the Corporation with MDC Partners Inc. under the Business Corporations Act, pursuant to subsection (1) of section 177 thereof, be and the same is hereby authorized and approved;

2. The name of the amalgamated corporation shall be "MDC Partners Inc.";

3. Effective upon issuance of a Certificate of Amalgamation pursuant to section 178 of the Business Corporations Act (Ontario), and without affecting the validity of the incorporation and existence of the Corporation under its articles of incorporation and of any act done thereunder, all shares of the authorized capital of MDC Partners Inc. including all such shares which have been issued and are outstanding at the date hereof, shall be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof;

4. Except as may be prescribed, the articles of amalgamation of the amalgamated corporation shall be the same as the articles of MDC Corporation Inc.;

5. No securities shall be issued and no assets shall be distributed by the amalgamated corporation in connection with the amalgamation;

6. The by-laws of the amalgamated corporation shall be the same as the by-laws of MDC Corporation, Inc., the amalgamating holding corporation; and

7. The proper officers of the Corporation be and they are hereby authorized to do all things and execute all instruments and documents necessary or desirable to carry out and give effect to the foregoing."


Certified to be a true and correct copy of a resolution duly passed by the directors of MDC Partners Inc. (hereinafter called the "Corporation") as of the 1st day of December, 2003 and that the said resolution is now in full force and effect.

WITNESS my hand and the seal of the Corporation this 22nd day of December, 2003.

/s/ Walter Campbell
    ------------------------------------
    Walter Campbell, Corporate Secretary


Exhibit 10.11

May 20, 2004

Mr. Peter M. Lewis
563 Briar Hill Avenue
Toronto, Ontario
M4N 1N1

Dear Peter:

The purpose of this letter is to confirm the services (the "Services") to be provided by you or on your behalf to MDC Partners Inc. (the "Company") and its affiliates following your departure from Canada on or about July 31, 2004 (the "Departure Date"). Prior to the Departure Date, your current employment agreement with the Company dated July 19, 1999 (the "Employment Agreement") will remain in full force and effect. Effective as of the Departure Date, you shall make your services available to the Company for a minimum of 15 days per month. Services are to include, but are not limited to, management and merger and acquisition advisory services. You will report to Miles S. Nadal, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and will work with senior management of the Company that require your services.

Fees for the services provided, whether billed directly by you or through a holding company, will consist of an annual retainer fee of Cdn$435,000. Retainer fee payments will be paid on the last day of each month commencing in the first full calendar month following the Departure Date. Additional annual retainer fees, to a maximum of Cdn$400,000, may potentially be earned based on criteria established on a mutually agreeable basis, which shall include:

o Performance of the Company;

o Corporate cost of the acquisitions in which you have had a significant role;

o Capital amount of financings in which you have had a significant role;

o Other criteria to be established on a mutually agreeable basis.

All stock options and stock appreciation rights held by you as at the Departure Date will continue, in the normal course, throughout the term of this agreement, except such rights that expire pursuant to their terms prior to the termination of this agreement.

You will be reimbursed for all travel, mobile phone and entertainment expenses incurred in the performance of the Services hereunder.

The term of this agreement shall be for a period of two years from the Departure Date.

In the course of providing the Services hereunder, you will have access to confidential information and records, data, specifications and other trade secrets of the Company and its affiliates (collectively, "Confidential Information"). Both during and after the term of this agreement, you shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose Confidential Information to any person or use any Confidential Information except as required in the course of providing the Services. You hereby acknowledge that all Confidential Information shall be and remains the Company's sole property. Upon termination of this agreement, you shall return any and all Confidential Information.

In consideration of the entering into of this agreement by the Company, you covenant and agree to and in favour of the Company that you will not, so long as you are retained by the Company hereunder, (a) directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, including, without limitation, either individually or in partnership or jointly, or in conjunction with any other person, as principal, agent, shareholder or in any other manner whatsoever, carry on or be engaged in or be concerned with or interested in or lend money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of or permit her name or any part thereof to be used or employed by any person engaged or concerned with or interested in a business which is substantially similar to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (b) directly or indirectly, employ, solicit, service, interfere with or endeavour to entice away from the Company any person, who, at any time during your retainer hereunder, was an officer, director, shareholder, employee, client or active prospect of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries. It is understood and acknowledged by the parties hereto that the covenants set out in this paragraph are essential elements to this agreement. Without intending to limit the remedies available to the Company, you acknowledge that damages at law will be an insufficient remedy in view of the irrevocable harm which will be suffered if you violate the terms of this paragraph and you agree that the Company may apply for and have injunctive relief or specific performance in any court of competent jurisdiction specifically to enforce any such covenants upon the breach or threatened breach of any such provisions or otherwise specifically to enforce any such covenants and hereby waives any defences thereto.

This agreement may be amended only by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties. This agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by and against the Company and its successors and assigns and you and your heirs, beneficiaries and legal representatives. It is agreed that your rights and obligations hereunder may not be delegated or assigned without the consent of the Company.

This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, and the parties hereto hereby irrevocably attorn to such jurisdiction.

This agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the provision of Services following the Departure Date and supersedes any prior agreements between the parties, whether written or oral. Upon acceptance of this agreement by you evidenced by your signature below, it is agreed that the Employment Agreement will be automatically terminated effective as of the Departure Date, with neither party thereunder having any rights or obligations outstanding thereunder.

Sincerely yours,

MDC PARTNERS INC.

/s/ Miles S. Nadal
___________________________
Miles S. Nadal
Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer

Accepted and Agreed:

/s/ Peter M. Lewis
___________________________
Peter M. Lewis

Reviewed and approved by the MDC Compensation Committee Members:

/s/ Richard R. Hylland
____________________________
Richard R. Hylland


/s/ Thomas N. Davidson
____________________________
Thomas N. Davidson


/s/ Guy P. French
____________________________
Guy P. French


Exhibit 10.12

EXECUTION COPY

MDC PARTNERS INC.
as Borrower

and

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

and

THE INSTITUTIONS NAMED HEREIN AS LENDERS
as Lenders

and

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
as Administration Agent


CAD25,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT

June 10, 2004

[FASKEN MARTINEAU LOGO]


                                             Table of Contents

                                                                                                       Page


ARTICLE 1             INTERPRETATION.....................................................................1
           1.1        General Definitions................................................................1
           1.2        Extended Meanings.................................................................35
           1.3        References to Agreements..........................................................37
           1.4        References to Statutes............................................................37
           1.5        References to Time................................................................37
           1.6        Headings, etc.....................................................................37
           1.7        Number and Gender.................................................................37
           1.8        Accounting Principles.............................................................37
           1.9        Rounding..........................................................................38

ARTICLE 2             THE REVOLVING FACILITY............................................................38
           2.1        Establishment of Revolving Facility...............................................38
           2.2        Facility Limit....................................................................38
           2.3        Availability......................................................................38
           2.4        Drawdown Requests.................................................................39
           2.5        Proceeds of Drawdown..............................................................39

ARTICLE 3             THE SWING LINE....................................................................39
           3.1        Establishment of Swing Line.......................................................39
           3.2        Swing Line Amount.................................................................39
           3.3        Overdraft Basis...................................................................39
           3.4        Standby Instruments...............................................................40

ARTICLE 4             STANDBY INSTRUMENTS...............................................................40
           4.1        Issuance of Standby Instruments...................................................40
           4.2        Reimbursement by the Borrower.....................................................41
           4.3        Issuing Bank Not Liable...........................................................42
           4.4        Reimbursement Advance.............................................................43
           4.5        Standby Instrument Fees...........................................................43
           4.6        Reimbursement by Lenders..........................................................44

ARTICLE 5             BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES UNDER THE REVOLVING FACILITY.................................45
           5.1        Notice and Term...................................................................45
           5.2        Face Amount of Drafts.............................................................45
           5.3        Power of Attorney.................................................................46
           5.4        Restrictions......................................................................46
           5.5        Discount and Sale of Acceptances..................................................46
           5.6        Stamping Fee......................................................................47
           5.7        Payment of Acceptances............................................................47
           5.8        Waivers...........................................................................47
           5.9        Notice of Maturing Acceptances....................................................47
           5.10       BA Equivalent Advances............................................................47
           5.11       Discount Notes....................................................................48

ARTICLE 6             CONVERSIONS AND ROLLOVERS.........................................................48
           6.1        Conversions.......................................................................48
           6.2        Rollovers.........................................................................49
           6.3        Conversions to and Rollovers of Acceptances.......................................49
           6.4        Not a Repayment...................................................................50

ARTICLE 7             INTEREST AND FEE CALCULATIONS AND CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES........................50
           7.1        Interest..........................................................................50
           7.2        Fees in Respect of Acceptances....................................................51
           7.3        Commitment Fee....................................................................51
           7.4        Interest and Fee Calculations and Payments........................................51
           7.5        Increased Costs...................................................................52
           7.6        Market Disruption.................................................................54
           7.7        Illegality........................................................................55
           7.8        Withholding Taxes Generally.......................................................55

ARTICLE 8             REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT..........................................................57
           8.1        Repayment of each Credit Facility.................................................57
           8.2        Voluntary Reductions of each Credit Facility......................................57
           8.3        Mandatory Reductions of each Credit Facility......................................57
           8.4        Mandatory Repayments of Credit Facilities.........................................58
           8.5        Facility Excesses by Reason of Foreign Currency Fluctuations......................59
           8.6        Prepayment of Affected Lenders....................................................59
           8.7        Voluntary Repayments before the Maturity Date.....................................60
           8.8        Repayment Notice..................................................................60
           8.9        Netting of Payments...............................................................60
           8.10       Place of Payment of Principal, Interest and Fees..................................60

ARTICLE 9             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BORROWING.................................................61
           9.1        Conditions Precedent to First Drawdown............................................61
           9.2        Conditions to all Drawdowns.......................................................62
           9.3        Conditions to Conversions and Rollovers...........................................63
           9.4        Waiver............................................................................63

ARTICLE 10            SECURITY..........................................................................63
           10.1       Initial Security..................................................................63
           10.2       Additional Security from Restricted Group Members.................................64
           10.3       Registration......................................................................65
           10.4       Further Assurances................................................................65

ARTICLE 11            LENDER HEDGING AFFILIATES.........................................................65
           11.1       Designation of Lender Hedging Affiliates..........................................65
           11.2       Adhesion..........................................................................65
           11.3       Authorization of Lenders..........................................................65

ARTICLE 12            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES....................................................66
           12.1       Representations and Warranties....................................................66
           12.2       Repetition of Representations and Warranties......................................74
           12.3       Nature of Representations and Warranties..........................................74

ARTICLE 13            COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.........................................................74
           13.1       Affirmative Covenants.............................................................74
           13.2       Negative Covenants................................................................80
           13.3       Financial Covenants...............................................................86

ARTICLE 14            EVENTS OF DEFAULT.................................................................86
           14.1       Events of Default.................................................................86
           14.2       Termination and Acceleration......................................................89
           14.3       Waiver............................................................................90

ARTICLE 15            THE AGENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE CREDIT FACILITIES.............................90
           15.1       Appointment and Authorization.....................................................90
           15.2       Declaration of Agency.............................................................90
           15.3       Protection of Agent...............................................................90
           15.4       Interest Holders..................................................................91
           15.5       Consultation with Professionals...................................................91
           15.6       Documents.........................................................................91
           15.7       The Agent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.....................................91
           15.8       Responsibility of the Agent.......................................................91
           15.9       Action by the Agent...............................................................92
           15.10      Notice of Events of Default.......................................................93
           15.11      Responsibility Disclaimed.........................................................93
           15.12      Indemnification...................................................................93
           15.13      Protection of Representatives.....................................................94
           15.14      Credit Decision...................................................................94
           15.15      Replacement of Agent, Reference Lender and Swing Line Lender......................94
           15.16      Delegation........................................................................95
           15.17      Required Lender Decisions.........................................................95
           15.18      Changes, Judgments and Discretions................................................95
           15.19      Determination by Agent............................................................97
           15.20      Interlender Procedure for Making Advances.........................................97
           15.21      Remittance of Payments............................................................99
           15.22      Redistribution of Payments........................................................99
           15.23      Prompt Notice to Lenders.........................................................100
           15.24      Several Debts of the Lenders.....................................................101
           15.25      Enforcement of Security..........................................................101
           15.26      Adjustments on Termination of the Swing Line.....................................101
           15.27      No Reliance on Agent's Customer Identification Program...........................103
           15.28      USA Patriot Act..................................................................103

ARTICLE 16            GENERAL..........................................................................103
           16.1       Costs and Expenses...............................................................103
           16.2       Indemnification by the Borrower..................................................104
           16.3       Application of Payments..........................................................105
           16.4       Set-Off, Combination of Accounts and Crossclaims.................................105
           16.5       Rights in Addition...............................................................106
           16.6       Certificate Evidence.............................................................106
           16.7       Evidence of Indebtedness.........................................................106
           16.8       Notices..........................................................................107
           16.9       Judgment Currency................................................................107
           16.10      Successors and Assigns...........................................................107
           16.11      Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner................................................110
           16.12      Survival.........................................................................110
           16.13      Time of the Essence..............................................................110
           16.14      Governing Law....................................................................110
           16.15      JURISDICTION.....................................................................111
           16.16      Service of Process...............................................................112
           16.17      Invalidity.......................................................................113
           16.18      Amendment........................................................................113
           16.19      Entire Agreement.................................................................113
           16.20      This Agreement to Govern.........................................................113
           16.21      Execution........................................................................113

SCHEDULE 1.1           "Borrowing Request".............................................................115


SCHEDULE 1.1           "Commitments"...................................................................117


SCHEDULE 8.2           FORM OF CANCELLATION NOTICE.....................................................118


SCHEDULE 8.8           FORM OF REPAYMENT NOTICE........................................................119


SCHEDULE 10.1          LIST OF INITIAL SECURITY........................................................120


SCHEDULE 11.2          FORM OF ADHESION CONTRACT.......................................................123


SCHEDULE 12.1.20       ORGANIZATION CHART..............................................................125


SCHEDULE 12.1.22       DEFERRED ACQUISITION consideration AND PUT/CALL OBLIGATIONS.....................127


SCHEDULE 13.1.6        FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE..................................................128


SCHEDULE 13.2.3(f)     NON-CORE ASSETS.................................................................131


SCHEDULE 13.3.4        LIENS...........................................................................132


SCHEDULE 16.7.2        FORM OF NOTE....................................................................133


SCHEDULE 16.8          ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES...........................................................135


SCHEDULE 16.10.4       FORM OF LOAN TRANSFER AGREEMENT.................................................136


EXHIBIT 1              LITIGATION DISCLOSURE...........................................................140


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of June 10, 2004

AMONG:

MDC PARTNERS INC.
as Borrower

- and -

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

- and -

THE INSTITUTIONS NAMED HEREIN AS LENDERS
as Lenders

- and -

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK

a bank subsisting under the laws of Canada, acting in its capacity as administration agent for and on behalf of itself and the other Finance Parties with respect to the Credit Facilities and certain Finance Documents, as Administration Agent

WHEREAS the Borrower has requested that the Lenders make available to it a 364-day revolving operating credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of CAD25,000,000 and the Lenders have agreed to do so for the purposes and on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual obligations contained herein and for other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

1.1 General Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires, in this Agreement:

"Acceptable LLC Agreement" means (i) in relation to a limited liability company, a limited liability company agreement governing, inter alia, the relations amongst members of a limited liability company in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders acting reasonably and (ii) in relation to any other Person (other than an individual), an agreement governing, inter alia, the relations amongst Persons holding Capital Stock in that Person, in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders acting reasonably. The Lenders hereby confirm that (A) the limited liability company agreement of KBP Holdings LLC dated January 28, 2004 among MDC/KBP Acquisition Inc., KBP Management Partners Inc., the Borrower and KBP Holdings LLC in effect as at the date hereof (without regard to any change thereto) is in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders as is any other limited liability company agreement to substantially the same effect in all matters regarded as material by the Required Lenders and (B) the limited liability company agreements governing, inter alia, the relations amongst members of Maxxcom Group Members as in effect as at the date hereof (without regard to any change thereto) are in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

"Acceptance" means a Draft issued by the Borrower and accepted by a Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

"Acceptance Proceeds" means the cash proceeds realized on the sale of an Acceptance pursuant to this Agreement before deduction of the Stamping Fee.

"Adhesion Contract" means an agreement in the form of Schedule 11.2 (or in such other form to substantially similar effect as the Agent may accept) duly executed and completed by the Borrower and a Lender Hedging Affiliate and delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 11.2.

"Adjusted EBITDA" for any Test Period means EBITDA of the Restricted Group for that Test Period calculated on a Modified Consolidated Basis, adjusted as follows:

(i) the corporate overhead expenses of the Borrower in respect of that Test Period shall be added back to EBITDA; and

(ii) C$1,600,000 (or C$400,000 per Fiscal Quarter) shall be deducted from EBITDA.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Adjusted EBITDA for the first three (3) Test Periods ending after the Closing Date shall be determined as follows:

(A) Adjusted EBITDA for the Test Period ending March 31, 2004 shall be determined as the product obtained by multiplying
(x) EBITDA of the Restricted Group for the Fiscal Quarter ending on that date calculated on a Modified Consolidated Basis, adjusted by (1) adding back the corporate overhead expenses of the Borrower and (2) subtracting CAD400,000 by
(y) four (4);

(B) Adjusted EBITDA for the Test Period ending June 30, 2004 shall be determined as the product obtained by multiplying
(x) EBITDA of the Restricted Group for the period of two (2) Fiscal Quarters ending on that date calculated on a Modified Consolidated Basis, adjusted by (1) adding back the corporate overhead expenses of the Borrower in respect of the two (2) Fiscal Quarters ending on that date, and (2) subtracting CAD800,000 by (y) two (2); and

(C) Adjusted EBITDA for the Test Period ending September 30, 2004 shall be determined as the product obtained by multiplying (x) EBITDA of the Restricted Group for the period of three (3) Fiscal Quarters ending on that date calculated on a Modified Consolidated Basis, adjusted by (1) adding back the corporate overhead expenses of the Borrower in respect of the period of three (3) Fiscal Quarters ending on that date, and (2) subtracting CAD1,200,000 by (y) the fraction of four-thirds (4/3).

"Advance" means any amount of money or credit advanced, deemed advanced or to be advanced (as the context requires) by a Lender or the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, whether by way of loan (including overdraft) or acceptance of Drafts, or any relevant portion thereof, or issue of a Standby Instrument (as the context requires).

"Affected Finance Party" has the defined meaning assigned to it in Section 7.5 or Subsection 7.8.1, as applicable.

"Affected Lender" has the defined meaning assigned to it in Section 7.6 or 7.7, as applicable and also (where the context so admits) includes an Affected Finance Party.

"Affiliate" in relation to any Person (the "relevant party") means any other Person (i) that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with, the relevant party, (ii) that beneficially owns or Controls ten percent (10%) or more of the Voting Capital Stock or Participating Capital Stock, on an undiluted or a fully diluted basis, of the relevant party, (iii) of which ten percent (10%) or more of the Voting Capital Stock or Participating Capital Stock, on an undiluted or a fully diluted basis, is beneficially owned or Controlled by the relevant party or (iv) that is a Senior Officer or director of any Person referred to in any of clauses
(i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition, or that is a Person that does not deal at arm's length with any such Senior Officer or director.

"Agency Fee Agreement" means the agency fee agreement of even date herewith between the Borrower and the Agent providing for the payment of certain agency fees to the Agent.

"Agent" means The Toronto-Dominion Bank acting in its capacity as administration agent under this Agreement and the Security for and on behalf of itself and the other Finance Parties, and not in its individual capacity as a Lender, or (as the context requires) any replacement for such administration agent that is appointed pursuant to Subsection 15.15.1.

"Agent's Accounts" means the accounts of the Agent which the Agent notifies to each of the Lenders and the Borrower from time to time as being the accounts for payments to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

"Agreement" means this credit agreement.

"Annual Budget" for any Fiscal Year means a detailed consolidated business plan for the Restricted Group for such Fiscal Year (broken out by Fiscal Quarter) which includes an income statement, balance sheet, cash flow projections, a capital expenditures budget, statement of material assumptions, narrative descriptive, explanation and a comparison to the results of the prior Fiscal Year.

"Anti-Money Laundering Laws" is defined in Section 12.1.30(b).

"Anti-Money Laundering Measures" is defined in Section 12.1.30(b).

"Anti-Terrorism Laws" means the OFAC Laws and Regulations, the Executive Orders and the USA Patriot Act.

"Anti-Terrorism Policies" is defined in Section 13.1.21.

"Applicable Law" means any international treaty, any treaty with first nations peoples, any domestic or foreign constitution or any multinational, federal, provincial, territorial, state, municipal, county or local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation or Order (including any consent decree or administrative Order), applicable to, or any guideline, policy or Authorization of any Governmental Body, arbitrator or other decision-making authority having jurisdiction with respect to any specified Person, property, transaction or event or any of such Person's Business Assets, whether or not having the force of law and any Award in any Litigation to which the Person in question is a party or by which such Person or any of its Business Assets is bound.

"Applicable Margin" in relation to any form of Advance as of any date means the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with the table set forth below by reference to the Total Debt/EBITDA Ratio most recently certified by the Borrower in a Compliance Certificate delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 9.1(h) or Subsection 13.1.6:

   Total Debt/         Floating Rate             Standby Instruments,
  EBITDA Ratio            Loans              Libor Loans and Acceptances
  ------------            -----              ---------------------------

     < 1.5:1              0.75%                         1.75%

> 1.5:1 < 2.00:1          1.25%                         2.25%

     > 2.0:1              1.75%                         2.75%

Changes in the Applicable Margin shall take effect as of the third Business Day following the date the Borrower delivers a Compliance Certificate to the Agent pursuant to Subsection 13.1.6 which, when delivered, discloses a Total Debt/EBITDA Ratio giving rise to such changes. The Applicable Margin applicable to all Types of Advances, other than Acceptances and Documentary Credits, outstanding on the date any such change takes effect will be adjusted immediately, but without retroactive effect. There will be no adjustments made with respect to outstanding Acceptances or Documentary Credits.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this definition: (i) if the Borrower fails to deliver a Compliance Certificate to the Agent by the date required to do so under Subsection 13.1.6, the Total Debt/EBITDA Ratio shall be deemed as from such date to be greater than 2.00:1 until such failure is cured, at which time the Applicable Margin shall be determined in accordance with the table set forth above, but without any adjustments having retroactive effect, and (ii) if an Event of Default has occurred which has not been waived by the Required Lenders, (A) any reduction in the Applicable Margin which would, but for this provision, take place shall be deferred until the first Business Day of the calendar month following the month in which the Required Lenders waive such Event of Default and (B) the Applicable Margin applicable to all Types of Advances shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be increased by two percent (2%) per annum.

"Approved Fund" means any Person (other than an individual) that is or will be engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

"Auditors" means the firm of BDO Dunwoody LLP, KPMG LLP or such other nationally recognized firm of chartered accountants not unacceptable to the Agent as the Borrower may designate from time to time as its auditors.

"Authorization" means any authorization, approval, consent, exemption, licence, permit, franchise or no-action letter from any Governmental Body having jurisdiction with respect to any specified Person, property, transaction or event, or with respect to any of such Person's Business Affairs or from any Person in connection with any easements or contractual rights.

"Availability Period" means the period from and including the date hereof to, but excluding, the Maturity Date.

"Award" means any judgment, decree, injunction, rule, award or Order of any Governmental Body, arbitrator or other decision-making authority of competent jurisdiction.

"BA Equivalent Advance" has the defined meaning assigned to it in Section 5.10.

"BA Reference Rate" means (i) for each Canadian Lender that is a Schedule I Canadian chartered bank, CDOR and (ii) for each Canadian Lender that is not a Schedule I Canadian chartered bank, CDOR plus one-tenth percent (0.10%) per annum.

"Bankruptcy Event" means, with respect to any Person, that such Person does not pay or perform its obligations generally as they become due or admits its inability to pay or perform its debts generally, that such Person commits an act of bankruptcy within the meaning of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), any Bankruptcy Proceeding is instituted by or against that Person (excluding any Bankruptcy Proceeding being contested by that Person in good faith by appropriate proceedings so long as enforcement remains stayed, none of the relief sought is granted (either on an interim or permanent basis) and such Bankruptcy Proceeding is dismissed within 30 days of its commencement), or that Person takes corporate, partnership or other internal management action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this definition.

"Bankruptcy Proceeding" means, with respect to any Person, any proceeding contemplated by any application, petition, assignment, filing of notice or other means, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the US Bankruptcy Code, the Companies' Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), or any other like, equivalent or analogous legislation of any jurisdiction seeking any moratorium, reorganization, adjustment, composition, proposal, compromise, arrangement, administration or other like or similar relief in respect of any or all of the obligations of such Person, seeking the winding up, liquidation or dissolution of such Person or all or any part of its property, seeking any Award declaring, finding or adjudging such Person insolvent or bankrupt, seeking the appointment (provisional, interim or permanent) of any receiver or resulting, by operation of law, in the bankruptcy of such Person.

"Benefit Plan" means a defined benefit plan as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan or Non-U.S. Employee Benefit Plan) in respect of which any Restricted Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate is, or within the immediately preceding six (6) years was, an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

"Borrower" means MDC Partners Inc., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Province of Ontario as at the date hereof.

"Borrower's Accounts" means the accounts of the Borrower maintained at the Person that is the Agent which the Borrower notifies to the Agent from time to time as being the account which the proceeds of Advances (other than Standby Instruments) are to be advanced.

"Borrower's Counsel" means (i) in the Province of Ontario, Fogler Rubinoff LLP, (ii) in the State of New York, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP or Davis & Gilbert LLP, as applicable, (iii) in each other relevant jurisdiction, such legal counsel of recognized local standing not unacceptable to the Agent as the Borrower may designate as its legal counsel in each such jurisdiction, and (iv) each additional or replacement legal counsel of recognized local standing not unacceptable to the Agent as the Borrower may designate from time to time as its legal counsel.

"Borrowing" means a Conversion, Drawdown or Rollover, as the context requires.

"Borrowing Date" means a Conversion Date, Drawdown Date or Rollover Date, as the context requires.

"Borrowing Request" means a duly completed notice requesting a Borrowing in the form of Schedule 1.1 "Borrowing Request" (or in such other form to substantially similar effect as the Agent may accept) signed by the Borrower.

"BSA" is defined in Section 12.1.30(b).

"Business Acquisition" means an acquisition of all or any part of the business of another Person, including any line of business or division and the Business Assets comprised therein, in a single transaction or in a series of transactions, related or not, whether by acquisition of assets or of Capital Stock of that Person or by way of amalgamation, arrangement or merger.

"Business Affairs" means the Business Assets, affairs, liabilities, financial condition, prospects and results of operations of a specified Person.

"Business Assets" means the business, operations, undertaking, property and assets of a specified Person.

"Business Day" means a day which is not a Saturday or a Sunday on which banks are generally open for commercial lending and foreign exchange business in Toronto, Canada, and (i) in respect of any Loan denominated in US Dollars in respect of which a payment or Borrowing is due to be made, a New York Banking Day and (ii) in respect of any determination of LIBOR, a London Banking Day.

"Canadian Dollars" and the symbol "CAD" each means the lawful currency of Canada.

"Canadian Prime Rate" on any day means the variable nominal interest rate equal on such day to the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent (rounded up to two (2) decimal places) to be the greater of (i) the rate of interest which the Reference Lender establishes at that time as the reference rate of interest for determination of the interest rates it will charge for loans made in Canadian Dollars in Canada and which it refers to as its prime rate (or its equivalent or analogous such rate) or (ii) the sum of (A) the yearly rate of interest to which the one month CDOR is equivalent plus (B) three-quarters percent (0.75%).

"Canadian Prime Rate Loan" means an Advance made under the Credit Facilities by way of loan in Canadian Dollars upon which the interest rate shall be calculated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement with reference to the Canadian Prime Rate.

"Cancellation Notice" means a duly completed notice in the form of or to substantially similar effect as Schedule 8.2 (or such other form to substantially similar effect as the Agent may accept) signed by the Borrower and given to the Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.2.

"Capital Stock" means (i) common shares, preferred shares or other equivalent equity interests (howsoever designated) of capital stock of a body corporate,
(ii) equity preferred or common interests in a limited liability company,
(iii) member or shareholder interests in an unlimited company or unlimited liability company, (iv) limited or general partnership interests in a limited or general partnership, (v) trust units or other beneficial interests in a business trust, (vi) any other interest that confers the right to receive a share of the profits and/or losses of, or the distribution of assets of, any Person and (vii) any other interest equivalent to any of the interests referred to in any of clauses (i) to (vi) inclusive of this definition.

"Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States Dollars, (ii) Canadian Dollars,
(iii) debt securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof with maturities of one (1) year or less from the date of acquisition, (iv) certificates of deposit, time deposits with maturities of one (1) year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding one (1) year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank incorporated in the United States of America or Canada having capital and surplus in excess of CAD $5,000,000,000, (v) commercial paper rated A-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's or S&P and in each case maturing within one (1) year after the date of acquisition, and (vi) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or province of Canada or any political subdivision thereof having one (1) of the two (2) highest rating categories obtainable from Moody's, S&P or DBRS with maturities of one (1) year or less from the date of acquisition.

"CDOR" in relation to any specified maturity of bankers' acceptances on any day means the yearly rate of interest equivalent to the average of the yields applicable to banker's acceptances denominated in Canadian Dollars for that specified maturity quoted on the Reuters Money Market CDOR page under "Canadian Interbank Bid BA Rates" as of 10:00 a.m. on that day (or on the preceding Business Day, if such day is not a Business Day) or, if such page or service shall cease to be displayed or published, on such other page or service that displays or publishes Canadian interbank bid rates for bankers' acceptances denominated in Canadian Dollars as the Agent may select. If no such average is displayed or published on any such page or service, CDOR will be determined by the Agent with reference to the Canadian interbank bid rate (rounded up to two (2) decimal places) quoted by each Lender as being the rate at which that Lender was receiving bids (which it was prepared to accept) to sell bankers' acceptances of the specified maturity issued by that Lender in the relevant Canadian money markets as of 10:00 a.m. on such day.

"Certificate" from any Person means a written certificate of the Person signed by a Senior Officer of that Person.

"Change in Control" means and shall be deemed to have occurred if any Person or group of Persons "acting in concert" (as contemplated by the Securities Act (Ontario) and as interpreted by Applicable Law) shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of Voting Capital Stock of the Borrower having attributed to it a sufficient number of the outstanding votes attached to all of the issued and outstanding Voting Capital Stock of the Borrower to "affect materially the control" (as contemplated by clause (c) of the definition of "distribution" contained in the Securities Act (Ontario)) of the Borrower.

"Change in Law" means the introduction of, any change in, or the coming into effect of, any Applicable Law, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof by any Governmental Body, or compliance by any Finance Party (or any Holding Body Corporate of any Finance Party) with any Applicable Law.

"CIP Regulations" is defined in Section 15.27.

"Clean-Up" means the remediation, containment, removal, treatment, neutralization or inactivation of any Contaminant.

"Collateral" means all property, assets and undertaking (including both real and personal property) in or to which any Restricted Group Member, now or hereafter has rights and which is subject to (or intended by the express or implied terms of any Loan Document to be subject to) the Security, or any item or part thereof.

"Commitment" means Revolving Commitment or Swing Line Commitment, as the context requires.

"Commitment Fee" means commitment fee payable under Section 7.3.

"Commitment Fee Rate" in relation to a Credit Facility for any day means three-quarters of one percent (0.75%) per annum.

"Compliance Certificate" in respect of a Test Period means a duly completed Certificate of the Borrower substantially in the form attached as Schedule
13.1.6 (or in such other form as the Agent may accept) setting out, among other things, a statement for that Test Period of the calculations of the financial tests set out in Section 13.3.

"Constitutional Documents" means (i) in relation to any body corporate, the articles of incorporation, amendment, amalgamation, continuance or association and the memorandum of association and any unanimous shareholder agreement, as appropriate, or equivalent documents of that body corporate governing the incorporation, capacity, powers and Business Affairs of that body corporate,
(ii) in relation to any limited or general partnership or other Person, the partnership agreement or equivalent document governing the formation, capacity, powers and Business Affairs of that partnership or other Person and, if a partner (other than a limited partner) of that limited or general partnership is a Person referred to in clause (i) and/or (ii) and/or (iii) of this definition, the documents referred to in clause (i) and/or (ii) and/or
(iii) of this definition in relation to that partner and (iii) in relation to any business trust, the declaration of trust, trust agreement or equivalent document governing the formation, capacity, powers and Business Affairs of that business trust and, if a trustee of that business trust is a Person referred to in clause (i) and/or (ii) and/or (iii) of this definition, the documents referred to in clause (i) and/or (ii) of this definition in relation to that trustee; together, in each case, with the by-laws or other equivalent documents regulating the organization, Control or internal management of the relevant Person.

"Contaminant" means any solid, liquid, gas, odour, heat, sound, vibration, radiation or combination of any of them that may (i) impair the quality of the Environment for any use that can be made of it, (ii) injure or damage property or plant or animal life, (iii) harm or materially discomfort any Person, (iv) adversely affect the health of any individual, (v) impair the safety of any individual, (vi) render any property or plant or animal life unfit for use by man, (vii) cause loss of enjoyment of normal use of property, or (viii) interfere with the normal course of business, and includes any "contaminant" within the meaning assigned to such term in any Environmental Law.

"Control", "Controls" and "Controlled" when used with respect to any Person, other than an individual, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of Voting Capital Stock, by contract or otherwise.

"Conversion" means a conversion of a Loan or an Acceptance pursuant to Section 6.1.

"Conversion Date" means any day on which a Conversion takes place.

"Core Business" means (i) for the Restricted Group, other than the Secure Products International Group, advertising and media, direct marketing and database management, customer relationship management, sales promotion, corporate communications, research and consulting, branding and corporate identity, design and interactive marketing, and (ii) for the Secure Products International Group, electronic transaction products such as credit, debit, telephone and smart cards, secured ticketing products such as airline, transit and event tickets and stamps both postal and excise.

"Courts of Primary Jurisdiction" or "COURTS OF PRIMARY JURISDICTION" means any of the courts referred to in Subsection 16.15.1(a).

"Credit Facilities" means the Revolving Facility and the Swing Line.

"DBRS" means Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited.

"Debt" in relation to any Person at any time means liabilities which, in accordance with US GAAP, would be classified upon the consolidated balance sheet of that Person prepared as at such time as indebtedness for borrowed money, including bank indebtedness, long-term debt, capital lease obligations and indebtedness to Affiliates or other financial indebtedness.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Debt" shall include convertible debentures and other like instruments which, in accordance with US GAAP, would be included in shareholders equity in the consolidated balance sheet of that Person.

"Default" means any Event of Default or any default, breach, failure, event, state or condition which, unless remedied or waived, with the lapse of time or giving of notice, making of a determination, or any combination thereof, would constitute or result in the occurrence of an Event of Default.

"Default Rate" means the rate of interest payable pursuant to Subsection 7.1.4.

"Deferred Acquisition Consideration" means any amount, actual or contingent, matured or unmatured, which is owing by a Restricted Group Member to a Minority Stockholder, any Affiliate of a Minority Stockholder or any assignee of any thereof which (i) is, in substance, an amount owing on account of an unpaid portion of the purchase price payable for (A) Capital Stock of a Restricted Group Member or (B) Business Assets of a Restricted Group Member which, in either case, was or were acquired from such Person, its Affiliate or predecessor in title as part of a Business Acquisition or (ii) is an "earn out" amount payable under the Constitutional Documents of any Restricted Group Member, provided that the amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of this definition are payable in accordance with an Acceptable LLC Agreement.

"Derivative" means any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into (i) which is a rate swap transaction, swap option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction, securities lending transaction, or forward purchase or sale of a security or other financial instrument (including any option with respect to any of these transactions),
(ii) which is a transaction similar to any transaction referred to in clause
(i) of this definition that is currently, or in the future becomes, regularly entered into in the financial markets (including terms and conditions incorporated by reference in such agreement) and that is a forward, swap, future, or option on one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity securities or other equity instruments, debt securities or other debt instruments, or economic indices or measures of economic risk or value, or
(iii) any combination of the transactions referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of this definition.

"Derivative Exposure" in relation to any Person (the "relevant party") and any counterparty of the relevant party at any time means the amount which would be payable by the relevant party to that counterparty, or by that counterparty to the relevant party, as the case may be, pursuant to the agreement governing the Derivatives entered into between them and in effect at that time if those Derivatives were to be terminated as the result of the default of the relevant party. If the Derivative Exposure is payable by the relevant party to any counterparty of the relevant party, it is referred to herein as "Positive Derivative Exposure". If Derivative Exposure is payable by any counterparty of the relevant party to that relevant party, it is referred to herein as "Negative Derivative Exposure".

"Designated Person" is defined in Section 12.1.30(a).

"Discount Note" means a non-interest-bearing promissory note (within the meaning of the Bills of Exchange Act (Canada)) or depository note (within the meaning of the Depository Bills and Notes Act (Canada)) denominated in Canadian Dollars issued by the Borrower to a Non-Acceptance Lender to evidence a BA Equivalent Advance.

"Documentary Credit" means a documentary or trade letter of credit, including any replacements, renewals and amendments, issued or deemed to be issued by a Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

"DOL" means the United States Department of Labour and any Person succeeding to the functions thereof.

"Draft" means a blank non-interest bearing bill of exchange (within the meaning of the Bills of Exchange Act (Canada)) or a blank depository bill (within the meaning of the Depository Bills and Notes Act (Canada)), as applicable, drawn by the Borrower, made payable to the Borrower, bearer or a clearing house bearing such distinguishing letters and numbers and being in such form as each Lender may require.

"Drawdown" means a new Advance which is not derived from a Conversion or Rollover.

"Drawdown Date" means any day on which a Drawdown takes place.

"EBITDA" of any Person for any Test Period means the amount of the consolidated net income of that Person for that Test Period determined in accordance with US GAAP ("Net Income") adjusted (without duplication) as follows:

(i) the following amounts (without duplication) shall be added to Net Income to the extent they were deducted in computing Net Income, namely: (A) interest expense, (B) income taxes,
(C) depreciation and amortization expense, (D) non-cash expenses resulting from employee or management compensation, including the grant of stock options or Capital Stock to employees, (E) extraordinary charges, (F) losses realized upon the disposition of capital property, (G) expenses representing the implied interest component under any "synthetic lease" obligations, (H) foreign exchange translation losses, (I) losses on the purchase or redemption of securities and (J) goodwill write-downs;

(ii) the following amounts (without duplication) shall be deducted from Net Income to the extent they were added in computing Net Income, namely: (A) extraordinary income or gains, (B) gains realized upon the disposition of capital property, (C) foreign exchange translation gains, (D) gains on the purchase or redemption of securities and (E) dividends received on Capital Stock of Persons that are not Subsidiaries;

(iii) the EBITDA during such period attributable to any Subsidiaries acquired by that Person during that Test Period shall be included on a pro forma basis for that Test Period (assuming such acquisition and the incurrence or assumption of any Indebtedness in connection therewith occurred on the first day of that Test Period); and

(iv) the EBITDA during such Test Period attributable to any Subsidiary disposed of by that Person during that Test Period shall be excluded on a pro forma basis for that Test Period (assuming such disposition and the repayment of any applicable Indebtedness in connection therewith occurred on the first day of that Test Period).

"Enforcement Event" means any of (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default referred to in Subsection 14.1.10, (ii) the declaration by the Agent that the Loan Obligations owing to the Senior Lenders are or have become due and payable before their stated maturity or before the regularly scheduled dates of payment of such Loan Obligations by reason of any Event of Default, (iii) the exercise of any set-off rights by any Senior Lender by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default or (iv) the commencement of any enforcement proceedings under or pursuant to any Loan Document by any Senior Lender.

"Environment" means the ambient air, all layers of the atmosphere, surface, water, underground water, all land, all living organisms and the interacting natural systems that include components of air, land, water, organic and inorganic matter and living organisms, and includes indoor spaces.

"Environmental Law" means any Applicable Law relating to the Environment, Hazardous Materials or occupational health or safety which applies to the Business Affairs of any particular Person.

"Equivalent Amount" on any date means the amount in a specified currency which would result from the conversion of a specified amount in another currency at the Spot Rate.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 of the United States of America, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

"ERISA Affiliate" means (a) any corporation which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) as the Borrower; (b) a partnership or other trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) with the Borrower,
(c) a member of the same affiliated service group (within the meaning of
Section 414(m) of the Internal Revenue Code) as the Borrower, in each case which are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code, any corporation described in clause (a) above or any partnership or trade or business described in clause (b) above; and (d) any other Person which is required to be aggregated with the Borrower pursuant to regulations promulgated under Section 414(o) of the Internal Revenue Code.

"Event of Default" means any default, breach, failure, event, state or condition described in Section 14.1; an Event of Default which occurs or exists at any time shall be deemed to be continuing at all times thereafter unless it is expressly waived in writing by the Required Lenders, whether or not the default, breach, failure, event, state or condition that gave rise to such Event of Default is remedied at any time.

"Executive Order" is defined in Section 12.1.30(a).

"Federal Funds Rate" on any day means the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent to be equal to the weighted average (rounded up to two (2) decimal places) of the interest rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the United States Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or for the preceding New York Banking Day, if such day is not a New York Banking Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or if such rate is not so published for any day which is a New York Banking Day, the average (rounded up to two (2) decimal places) of the quotations at approximately 10:00 a.m. on such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent.

"Fees" means Stamping Fees, Commitment Fees and fees payable under Section 4.5 in respect of Standby Instruments.

"Final Judgment" means a final Award from which no appeal may be made or the applicable appeal periods have lapsed without any appeal therefrom having been perfected.

"Finance Documents" at any time means the Loan Documents and the Qualified Hedge Agreements in effect at that time.

"Finance Obligations" means Loan Obligations and Qualified Hedge Obligations, and any item or part of any thereof.

"Finance Parties" means the Agent, the Lenders and the Qualified Hedge Counterparties, or (as the context so admits) each and any of them.

"Finance Party's Own Taxes" means Taxes imposed on a Finance Party by a Governmental Body of a jurisdiction in which the Finance Party is subject to taxation by reason of the fact that the Finance Party: (i) is incorporated or formed under the laws of that jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof, (ii) has a permanent establishment or a fixed place of business in that jurisdiction or (iii) is resident or carrying on a trade or business in that jurisdiction, but excluding, for greater certainty, Taxes levied only by reason of the fact that the Finance Party has executed, delivered or performed its obligations under, has received or is entitled to receive payments under, or has enforced, any Finance Document.

"Finance Related Agreements" and "FINANCE RELATED AGREEMENTS" has the defined meaning assigned to "FINANCE RELATED AGREEMENTS" in Subsection 16.15.1.

"Financial Hedge Agreements" means Derivatives entered into by a Restricted Group Member in order to protect or hedge such Restricted Group Member against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates and not for speculative purposes.

"Fiscal Quarter" means one of the four (4) three-month accounting periods of the Borrower comprising a Fiscal Year.

"Fiscal Year" means the 12 month accounting period of the Borrower which, as at the date hereof, ends on December 31st of each calendar year.

"Floating Rate" means the Canadian Prime Rate or US Base Rate, as the context requires;

"Floating Rate Loan" means a Canadian Prime Rate Loan or US Base Rate Loan, as the context requires.

"Governmental Body" means any international tribunal, agency, body, commission or other authority (including that of any union of nations), any government, executive, parliament, legislature or local authority, or any governmental body, ministry, department or agency or regulatory authority, court, tribunal, commission or board of or within Canada, the United States of America or any other foreign jurisdiction, or any political subdivision of any thereof or any authority having jurisdiction therein.

"Guarantee" means a guarantee of, inter alia, the Finance Obligations of the Borrower duly completed and executed by a Guarantor in favour of the Finance Parties substantially in the form agreed between the Borrower and the Required Lenders on the date hereof (or in such other form to substantially similar effect as the Agent may accept).

"Guarantors" means (i) Computer Composition of Canada Inc., Ashton-Potter Canada Ltd., Ashton-Potter [USA] Ltd., Pro-Image Corporation, Metaca Corporation, MDC/KBP Acquisition Inc., Placard Pty. Ltd. and MDC USA Holdings Inc. and (ii) each additional Restricted Group Member that hereafter provides a Guarantee pursuant to this Agreement.

"Hazardous Materials" means any pollutant or Contaminant, including any hazardous, dangerous, registrable or toxic chemical, material or other substance within the meaning of any Environmental Law, including urea formaldehyde foam type of insulation, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's) or PCB contaminated fluids.

"Holding Body Corporate" of any Person means another Person that Controls that Person.

"Hostile Take-Over Bid" means a Take-Over Bid by any Restricted Group Member or in which any Restricted Group Member is involved, in respect of which the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the target entity has recommended against acceptance of such Take-Over Bid to the target entity's Capital Stock holders or which is similarly opposed or contested.

"Immaterial" means does not, and could not reasonably be expected to, have a Material Adverse Effect.

"Immaterial Amendment" means any change which, in the opinion of the Required Lenders acting reasonably, could not reasonably be expected to (i) have a material adverse effect on any of the rights or obligations of any Restricted Group Member, (ii) change the business, assets, operations, liabilities or financial condition of any Restricted Group Member or any Person in which a Restricted Group Member has made an Investment, or the manner in which any Investment in or any distribution or return of capital on any Investment in any such Restricted Group Member or Person is to take place, as contemplated by the Constitutional Documents and agreements (including Acceptable LLC Agreements) governing such matters (including matters governing Deferred Acquisition Consideration and Put/Call Obligations) prior to such change, in a manner that is material to the credit assessment of the Restricted Group made by any Lender, (iii) change the nature, scope or extent to which any transaction is permitted or restricted under this Agreement, any Acceptable LLC Agreement or any similar such agreement or (iv) have a Material Adverse Effect.

"Impermissible Qualification" means, relative to the opinion or report of any independent certified public accountant or any independent chartered accountant as to any financial statement of any Restricted Group Member or other Person, any qualification or exception to such opinion or report:

(a) which is of a "going concern" or similar nature;

(b) which relates to any limited scope of examination of matters relevant to that financial statement; or

(c) which relates to the treatment or classification of any item in that financial statement and which, as a condition to its removal, would require an adjustment to such item the effect of which would be to cause the Borrower to be in default of any of its obligations under Section 13.3.

"Income Taxes" means taxes based on or measured by income or profit of any nature or kind, including Canadian federal and provincial income taxes and similar such taxes imposed by any foreign jurisdiction (including any union of nations).

"Indebtedness" of any Person at any time means obligations of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (without duplication) to pay (in whole or in part) any of the following amounts at such time:

(a) Debt;

(b) amounts, actual or contingent, matured or unmatured, payable under, by reason of, or otherwise in respect of, any bankers' acceptance, standby credit or bank guarantee;

(c) amounts, actual or contingent, matured or unmatured, payable under, by reason of, or otherwise in respect of any sale of promissory notes, sale of accounts, factoring, securitization or discounting arrangement to the extent recourse to that Person or any Subsidiary of it exists to recover such amounts;

(d) the principal amount of, and any premiums and capitalized interest payable in respect of, the deferred purchase price of property or services;

(e) the principal amount of, and any premiums and capitalized interest payable in respect of, amounts payable under, by reason of, or otherwise in respect of any Lien upon any property acquired (whether or not assumed);

(f) Positive Derivative Exposure;

(g) amounts, actual or contingent, matured or unmatured, payable under, by reason of, or otherwise in respect of, any (i) standby credit, bank guarantee or performance bond, (ii) Sale/Lease-Back Transaction or (iii) so-called "synthetic lease" transaction;

(h) the redemption or retraction price of any Preferred Shares;

(i) the capital portion of any other obligation that is not Debt having the commercial effect of borrowing;

(j) Deferred Acquisition Consideration;

(k) the current portion of Put/Call Obligations that is no longer contingent and in respect of which any Restricted Group Member has received notice from a Minority Stockholder requiring payment; or

(l) any amount payable under any direct or indirect guarantee of any amount of the nature described in any of paragraphs (a) to (k) above (including any guarantee by any Restricted Group Member referred to in Subsection 13.2.2(c) in relation to amounts that are no longer contingent and in respect of which any Maxxcom Group Member or such guarantor has received notice from a Person referred to in clause (i) thereof requiring payment).

For certainty, reserves for deferred taxes or general contingencies, current trade payables which are payable on customary or usual trade terms, current expenses (other than interest expense) accrued in the ordinary course of conducting business and current payments under operating leases, for any current fiscal period, and customer advance payments and deposits received in the ordinary course of conducting the Restricted Group's Business, are not Indebtedness. Wherever in this Agreement the amount of any Indebtedness is required to be determined or measured, the amount of any Indebtedness referred to in any of clauses (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (g) above shall be equal to the amount obtained by aggregating the present values of each amount payable under or otherwise in respect thereof at the discount rate which would be applied under US GAAP if such Indebtedness were a capital lease. In addition, "Indebtedness" of any Person includes Indebtedness described in (a) to (k) above that would not appear as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person if (1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or a joint venture that is not a Subsidiary of such Person (a "Joint Venture"),
(2) such Person or a Subsidiary of it is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a "General Partner") and (3) there is recourse, by agreement or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to the property or assets of such Person or a Subsidiary of it; and such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount equal to (x) the greater of (A) the net assets of the General Partner and (B) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by agreement of operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Subsidiary of it (other than the General Partner) or (y) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (x) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or any Subsidiary of it, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount.

"Intellectual Property Rights" means all trade secrets, confidential information and know-how, Software, patents, trade marks, patent or trade mark rights, registrations and applications, designs, logos, indicia, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, trade styles, business identifiers, fictitious business names or characters, copyrights, copyright applications, integrated circuit topography rights, registrations and applications, semi-conductor chip rights, design rights, registrations and applications, design patents and other industrial designs, goodwill, letters patent and other industrial or intellectual property of whatever kind in which any Restricted Group Member now or hereafter has rights, and any item or part thereof, and each and every such right.

"Interest Coverage Ratio" for any Test Period means the ratio for that Test Period of (i) Adjusted EBITDA of the Restricted Group divided by (ii) Interest Expense.

"Interest Expense" for any Test Period means the total combined interest expense of the Restricted Group for that Test Period determined on a Modified Consolidated Basis, including capitalized interest, dividends on Preferred Shares and all but the principal component of rentals in respect of capital leases, adjusted (to the extent applicable) in accordance with the net payments made by each Restricted Group Member pursuant to Financial Hedge Agreements and including interest expense actually paid in cash (as opposed to Capital Stock) attributable to convertible debentures and other like instruments which, in accordance with US GAAP, would be included in shareholders equity in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower, but excluding amortization of deferred financing costs, and any other amounts of non-cash payments of interest.

"Interest Payment Date" means:

(a) with respect to each Floating Rate Loan or any amount on which interest is payable under Subsection 7.1.4 and any period of time elapsed in any calendar month, the third Business Day of the immediately following calendar month; and

(b) with respect to each Libor Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to it and, with respect to each Libor Loan with an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, each day that falls every three (3) months after the commencement of that Interest Period (or the next following Business Day if any such day is not a Business Day) during that Interest Period.

"Interest Period" means for any Libor Loan, the period of one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months, as selected by the Borrower in a Borrowing Request commencing on each Borrowing Date of such Libor Loan, provided that any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended or shortened in accordance with the Modified Following Business Day Convention.

"Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States of America, as amended, and any regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

"Investment" means any loan, advance (other than commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), extension of credit (other than accounts receivable on customary or usual terms arising in the ordinary course of business) or contribution of capital to any other Person or any acquisition of Capital Stock, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, mutual funds, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of any other Person or any structured notes or Derivatives. Whenever in this Agreement the amount of any Investment is required to be determined or measured such amount shall be the original principal or capital amount thereof, less all returns of principal or equity thereof, but not interest, dividends or other distributions of income paid thereon, and shall, if made by the transfer or exchange of property other than cash, be deemed to have been made in an original principal or capital amount equal to the fair market value of such property at the time of such Investment, as determined in good faith by the Borrower and confirmed by the Auditors.

"IP License" means a license of a right to use Intellectual Property Rights.

"IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States of America and any Person succeeding to the functions thereof.

"Issuing Bank" in relation to a Standby Instrument means the Lender that issued, is deemed to have issued or is to issue (as the context requires) that Standby Instrument pursuant to this Agreement.

"KBP Group" at any time means MDC/KBP Acquisition Inc., KBP Holdings LLP, Kirshenbaum Bond & Partners LLP, Dotglu LLC, Kirshenbaum Bond & Partners West and their respective Subsidiaries, and "KBP Group Member" means any member of the KBP Group.

"Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner" means The Toronto-Dominion Bank.

"Lender" means (i) each Person listed as a Lender in the signature pages of this Agreement, (ii) each Transferee of each Person referred to in clause (i) of this definition relative to its rights and obligations under the Credit Facilities and (iii) any immediate or subsequent Transferee of such Transferee relative to such rights and obligations.

"Lender Hedging Affiliate" means a financial institution which (i) is an Affiliate of a Lender at the time it has entered into a Financial Hedge Agreement with a Restricted Group Member and (ii) has executed and delivered to the Agent an Adhesion Contract.

"Lenders' Counsel" means (i) in the Province of Ontario, the firm of Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP, (ii) in the United States of America, Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP, (iii) in each other relevant jurisdiction, such local legal counsel as the Agent may designate as the Lenders' legal counsel in that jurisdiction, and (iv) in each case, such replacement or additional firm as the Agent may designate from time to time as the Lenders' legal counsel.

"Lending Office" of a Lender means the office of that Lender which that Lender notifies to the Agent from time to time as being the office to and from which notices and payments to and by it are to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

"Letter of Guarantee" means a bank guarantee, including any replacements, renewals and amendments, issued or deemed issued pursuant to this Agreement.

"LIBOR" for each Interest Period of each Libor Loan means the percentage rate per annum equal to the offered quotation which appears on the page of the Telerate Screen which displays or publishes the British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rate for the currency of such Libor Loan (being currently "3750") for such Interest Period as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for such Interest Period and for a period similar to such Interest Period or, if such page or service shall cease to be displayed or published, such other page or such other service for the purpose of displaying or publishing the British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rate for US Dollar deposits as the Agent shall select. If no quotation for US Dollar deposits for any Interest Period is displayed or published to permit the Agent to determine LIBOR in accordance with the foregoing, LIBOR will be determined by the Agent with reference to the rate (rounded up to two decimal places) quoted by each Lender as the rate at which that Lender was offering US Dollar deposits in a representative amount to prime banks in the London interbank market for such Interest Period as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for such Interest Period.

"Libor Loan" means an Advance made under the Revolving Facility by way of loan in United States Dollars upon which interest shall be calculated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement with reference to LIBOR.

"Lien" means (i) any right of set-off intended to secure the payment or performance of an obligation, (ii) any interest in property created by way of mortgage, pledge, charge, lien, assignment by way of security, hypothecation, security interest, hire purchase agreement, conditional sale agreement, Sale/Lease-Back Transaction, deposit arrangement, title retention, capital lease or discount, factoring or securitization arrangement on recourse terms,
(iii) statutory deemed trust or lien, (iv) any preference, priority, adverse claim, levy, execution, seizure, attachment, garnishment or other encumbrance which binds property, and (v) any agreement to grant any of the foregoing rights or interests described in clauses (i) to (iii) of this definition.

"Lists" is defined in Section 12.1.30(a).

"Litigation" means any grievance, investigation, litigation, legal action, lawsuit, mediation, alternative dispute resolution proceeding or other proceeding (whether civil, administrative, quasi-criminal or criminal) by or before any Governmental Body, arbitrator or other decision-making authority.

"Loan" means a Libor Loan or Floating Rate Loan, as the context requires.

"Loan Documents" means, collectively, this Agreement, each Guarantee, the Security Documents, the Agency Fee Agreement, the Post-Closing Undertaking and each other agreement, document or instrument delivered to or for the benefit of the Senior Lenders pursuant to or otherwise in connection with any of this Agreement, each Guarantee, the Security Documents, the Agency Fee Agreement and the Post-Closing Undertaking.

"Loan Obligations" means the Indebtedness and other obligations of each Restricted Group Member owing to the Senior Lenders incurred under or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and any item or part of any thereof, but excluding Indebtedness arising under any Guarantee to the extent it solely relates to any Financial Hedge Agreement. For certainty, "Loan Obligations" shall include interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of, or which would have accrued but for the commencement of, any Bankruptcy Proceeding in accordance with and at the rate (including the Default Rate to the extent lawful) specified herein or in another applicable Loan Document, whether or not such interest is an allowable claim in such Bankruptcy Proceeding.

"Loan Transfer Agreement" has the defined meaning assigned in Subsection 16.10.4.

"London Banking Day" means a day on which dealings in US Dollar deposits by and between banks may be transacted in the London interbank market.

"Majority Lenders" at any time means Lenders whose Commitments collectively amount to at least 66-2/3% of the Total Commitments, unless an Enforcement Event has occurred which has not been waived by the Required Lenders, in which event "Majority Lenders" at any time thereafter means Lenders whose shares in outstanding Advances under the Credit Facilities collectively amount to at least 66-2/3% of the total Outstanding Amount of such Advances.

"Material Adverse Change" means any change, effect, event, occurrence or change in condition or fact, that has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

"Material Adverse Effect" means an effect which:

(a) impairs, in a material adverse way, any Specified Restricted Group Member's ability to perform its Finance Obligations;

(b) prejudices, restricts or renders unenforceable or ineffective, in a material adverse way, any Guarantee or other Security or any of the rights intended or purported to be granted under or pursuant to any Finance Document by any Specified Restricted Group Member to or for the benefit of the Finance Parties;

(c) results in a material adverse change in any of the Business Affairs of any Specified Restricted Group Member; or

(d) results in a loss, diminution or destruction of any substantial part of the Business Assets (either physically or in value) of any Restricted Group Member by an amount of at least the Threshold Amount which is not substantially compensated for by insurance or expropriation proceeds.

For the purposes of this definition, "Specified Restricted Group Member" means
(i) the Borrower, (ii) any Secure Products International Group Member and
(iii) any other Restricted Group Member (A) whose Business Affairs contributed at least the Threshold Amount to the computation of Adjusted EBITDA of the Restricted Group for the Test Period most recently completed and reported upon in a Compliance Certificate delivered to the Lenders pursuant hereto (the "Latest Test Period"), (B) that has combined shareholders equity and retained earnings in excess of the Threshold Amount as at the end of the Latest Test Period, (C) that is party to any Material Contract or Material IP License or (D) that owns or has a permanent right to use any Material Intellectual Property Rights. The final determination as to whether or not any particular effect is a Material Adverse Effect will be made by the Required Lenders acting in good faith.

"Material Contract" means any agreement between any Restricted Group Member and a customer of any Restricted Group Member that gives rise to payments to the Restricted Group of more than the Threshold Amount per annum.

"Material IP License" means any IP License that requires payments by or to any Restricted Group Member of more than the Threshold Amount per annum or is otherwise designated as a "Material IP License" by the Required Lenders.

"Material Intellectual Property Rights" means any item of Intellectual Property Rights that generates revenues to the Restricted Group of more than the Threshold Amount per annum or is otherwise designated as "Material Intellectual Property Rights" by the Required Lenders.

"Maturity Date" in relation to the Revolving Facility or the Swing Line means May 31, 2005 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day.

"Maxxcom" means Maxxcom Inc., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Province of Ontario as at the date hereof.

"Maxxcom Group" at any time means Maxxcom and each of its Subsidiaries which at no time was a Restricted Group Member or a Subsidiary of the Borrower that was at any time a Restricted Group Member.

"Minority Stockholder" means (i) any Person that is not a Restricted Group Member, deals at arm's length with the Restricted Group and holds Capital Stock in a Restricted Group Member acquired before that Restricted Group Member first became a Restricted Group Member and (ii) any transferee in accordance with the provisions of an Acceptable LLC Agreement of a Person referred to in clause (i) of this definition that is not a Restricted Group Member relative to any Capital Stock in a Restricted Group Member referred to in clause (i) of this definition and that deals at arm's length with the Restricted Group.

"Modified Consolidated Basis" means quarterly or annual, as the context requires, consolidated financial statements reflecting the results of the Restricted Group based upon the unconsolidated financial statements of the Borrower and the consolidated financial statements of all Subsidiaries that are Secured Group Members from time to time, and (i) excluding, for greater certainty, the financial statements of all Subsidiaries that are not Secured Group Members, and (ii) accounting for Maxxcom and 1208075 Ontario Limited as a portfolio investment on a cost basis and not as a Subsidiary.

"Modified Following Business Day Convention" means such convention as referred to and defined in the 2000 ISDA Definitions and for such purpose "Business Day" as referred to therein shall mean a Business Day as defined in this Agreement.

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

"Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is, or within the immediately preceding six (6) years was, contributed to by any Restricted Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate.

"Net Acceptance Proceeds" means the cash proceeds realized on the issuance and sale of an Acceptance pursuant to this Agreement after deduction of the Stamping Fee.

"Net Asset Disposal Proceeds" means the gross proceeds in cash or Cash Equivalents realized by any Restricted Group Member on disposal of any of its Business Assets (other than inventory and equipment disposals in the ordinary course of conducting day-to-day operations), less all (i) costs of disposal, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees and brokerage and sales commissions paid to Unrelated Parties, (ii) any relocation expense incurred as a result thereof, (iii) all Taxes (to the extent such Taxes will actually be paid (after applying any available tax credits, loss carryforwards or deductions and any tax sharing agreements) during or in respect of the Fiscal Year in which such disposal took place) paid or estimated to be paid in respect of such disposal and (iv) the amount of any Indebtedness (excluding Secured Obligations) secured by a Permitted Lien on such Business Assets owing to any Unrelated Party which is paid or required to be paid under the agreement governing the repayment of such Indebtedness by reason of such disposal.

"New York Banking Day" means a day on which banks generally are open for the conduct of commercial lending and foreign exchange business in New York City.

"Non-Acceptance Lender" has the defined meaning assigned to it in Section 5.10.

"Non-US Employee Benefit Plan" means any employee benefit plan as defined in
Section 3(3) of ERISA which is maintained or contributed to for the benefit of the employees or former employees of any Restricted Group Member or any employee benefit plan in relation to which any Restricted Group Member has a liability or potential liability, but which is not covered by ERISA pursuant to Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA.

"Non-US Pension Plan" means any Non-US Employee Benefit Plan which is a pension plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA but which is not covered by ERISA pursuant to Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA and which under applicable local law is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained by a Governmental Body and includes a "pension plan" or "plan" which is subject to the funding requirements of the Pension Benefits Act (Ontario) or applicable pension benefits legislation in any other Canadian jurisdiction and is applicable to employees resident in Canada of any Restricted Group Member.

"Note" means any promissory note issued at the request of a Lender pursuant to Subsection 16.7.2 substantially in the form of Schedule 16.7.2.

"OFAC" is defined in Section 12.1.30(a).

"OFAC Laws and Regulations" is defined in Section 12.1.30(a).

"Order" means any order, directive, direction or request of any Governmental Body, arbitrator or other decision-making authority of competent jurisdiction.

"Outstanding Amount" when used in relation to any outstanding Advance at any time means:

(a) its aggregate face amount if it is an issue of Acceptances;

(b) its outstanding principal balance if it is a Canadian Prime Rate Loan;

(c) its Standby Instrument Exposure if it is a Standby Instrument denominated in Canadian Dollars;

(d) the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of its outstanding principal balance if it is a Libor Loan denominated in US Dollars or a US Base Rate Loan; and

(e) the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of its Standby Instrument Exposure if it is a Standby Instrument denominated in foreign currency,

and when used in relation to a Lender's share in any outstanding Advance at any time it means such Lender's Rateable Share of the Outstanding Amount of such Advance.

"Participant" has the defined meaning assigned in Subsection 16.10.3.

"Participating Capital Stock" means Capital Stock of a Person which carries rights to distribution of profits or gains realized by that Person and to the assets of such Person on dissolution or winding-up.

"Payment in Full" in relation to any Finance Obligations owing to any Finance Party means permanent, indefeasible and irrevocable payment in cash (or other freely available funds transfer as may be expressly provided for in the Finance Documents to which that Finance Party is party) to that Finance Party in full of such Finance Obligations owing to that Finance Party in accordance with the express provisions of the Finance Documents to which that Finance Party is party, without regard to any compromise, reduction or disallowance of all or any item or part thereof by virtue of the application of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar such laws, any law affecting creditors' rights generally or general principles of equity, and the cancellation or expiry of all Commitments (if any) of that Finance Party; and "paid in full" shall (to the extent the context so admits) be construed in like manner.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any Person succeeding to the functions thereof.

"Period End Date" means the last day of an Interest Period of a Libor Loan or of the Term of an issue of Acceptances, as the context requires.

"Permitted Investments" means Investments of any Restricted Group Member permitted by Subsection 13.2.7.

"Permitted Liens" means:

(a) liens in respect of Statutory Prior Claims, but only if the obligations secured by such liens are paid when due;

(b) liens for assessments or governmental charges or levies which are paid when due or, if overdue, the validity or amount of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which adequate steps have been taken (which may include cash being paid to or pledged with the relevant Governmental Body) to prevent penalties from being imposed, interest from accruing and the commencement or continuation of enforcement proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with US GAAP have been recorded on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower;

(c) construction, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen's, storage, repairers and materialmen's liens but only if the obligations secured by such liens are paid when due and no Lien has been registered against any Business Assets of any Restricted Group Member or if a Lien has been registered, same is being vigorously defended in good faith by appropriate proceedings and appropriate steps have been taken to prevent any disposal of such Business Assets;

(d) easements, encroachments, rights of way, servitudes, restrictive covenants or other similar rights in land granted to or reserved by other Persons, rights of way for sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties, which easements, encroachments, rights of way, servitudes, restrictive covenants, other similar rights and restrictions do not, in the aggregate, impair the conduct of the business of any Restricted Group Member or impair the validity, priority or realizable value of the Security;

(e) the right (so long as it is not exercised) reserved to or vested in any Governmental Body by the terms of any Authorization acquired by any Restricted Group Member or by any statutory provision, to terminate any such Authorization, or to require annual or other periodic payments as a condition of the continuance thereof or to distrain or obtain a charge on any Business Asset of any Restricted Group Member in the event of a failure to make such annual or periodic payments or to comply with the terms thereof;

(f) any rights of expropriation, access or user or other similar such rights conferred or vested on public authorities by or under statutes of Canada or any foreign jurisdiction or any political subdivision of any thereof, provided they are not exercised;

(g) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed in any original grants from the Crown;

(h) defects or irregularities in title which are of a minor nature and which do not, and are not reasonably likely to, in the aggregate materially impair the value or the use of any Business Assets affected thereby for the purposes for which it is held by any Restricted Group Member;

(i) all applicable governmental orders, laws, bylaws and regulations which have been complied with in all respects or any contraventions of which do not, and could not be reasonably expected to, adversely affect the use or intended use of any Business Assets of any Restricted Group Member;

(j) liens arising from court or arbitral proceedings, provided that the claims secured thereby are being contested in good faith by the relevant Restricted Group Member, execution thereon has been stayed and continues to be stayed and such liens do not, in the aggregate, detract from the value of any material Business Asset of any Restricted Group Member or impair the use thereof in the conduct of business of any Restricted Group Member;

(k) deposits of cash securities in connection with any appeal, review or contestation of any security or lien, or any matter giving rise to any security or lien, described in paragraph (j) above;

(l) any agreement or arrangement pursuant to which a Restricted Group Member pledges cash to any insurer, guarantor, third party contractor, public utility or Governmental Body made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts of Indebtedness), leases, customs duties and other similar obligations;

(m) liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker's liens, rights of combination of accounts or similar rights in the ordinary course of conducting day-to-day banking business in relation to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution (collectively, "Banker's Liens") provided that such Banker's Liens (A) do not relate to any deposit account that is a dedicated cash collateral account which is subject to restrictions against access by the depositor or account holder, (B) do not relate to any deposit account intended by the depositor or account holder to provide collateral to the depository institution, and (C) are not intended directly or indirectly to secure the payment or performance of Indebtedness or any other obligation;

(n) the reversionary interests of landlords under operating leases of real property (that are not capital leases and do not create Indebtedness) with a Restricted Group Member as tenant;

(o) the tenancy rights of tenants under operating leases of real property (that are not capital leases and do not create Indebtedness) with a Restricted Group Member as landlord;

(p) the interests (including Liens in the property leased and any insurance related thereto) of lessors under operating leases of property (that are not capital leases and do not create Indebtedness);

(q) Liens over specific items of property (as opposed to Liens over all or any substantial part of the undertaking, property and assets of a Restricted Group Member), excluding the Capital Stock of any Restricted Group Member, in favour of Unrelated Parties securing Indebtedness outstanding at any time for the entire Restricted Group in an aggregate amount not exceeding USD7,500,000;

(r) the Liens listed in Schedule 13.3.4;

(s) the Liens created by the Security; and

(t) such other Liens securing such obligations as may be approved by the Required Lenders from time to time.

"Person" means an individual, corporation, company (limited, unlimited, unlimited liability or other), limited liability corporation, other body corporate, estate, limited or general partnership, trust, trustee, joint venture, other legal entity, unincorporated association or Governmental Body.

"Plan" means an employee benefit plan defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA in respect of which any Restricted Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate is, or within the immediately preceding six (6) years was, an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

"Post-Closing Undertaking" means the post-closing undertaking of even date herewith between the Borrower and the Agent regarding the unsatisfied conditions precedent on the date hereof.

"Preferred Shares" means Capital Stock of a specified Person that may be redeemed by that Person or that are retractable at the option of the holder.

"Put/Call Obligations" means any amount, actual or contingent, matured or unmatured, which is owing by any Restricted Group Member to a Person that is not a Restricted Group Member on account of the purchase, repurchase, redemption, retraction or other acquisition of, or other distribution in respect of, Capital Stock of a Restricted Group Member; provided that the amounts referred to in this definition are payable in accordance with an Acceptable LLC Agreement.

"Qualified Hedge Agreement" means (i) a Financial Hedge Agreement which is entered into by a Restricted Group Member to protect that Restricted Group Member against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates relating to Debt of that Restricted Group Member and (ii) a spot or forward foreign exchange contract entered into to pay or hedge the actual or anticipated operating or capital expenditures, operating revenues or capital receipts of a Restricted Group Member denominated in foreign currency.

"Qualified Hedge Counterparty" at any time means a Lender or Lender Hedging Affiliate that is party to a Qualified Hedge Agreement at that time.

"Qualified Hedging Obligations" means the Indebtedness and other obligations of each Restricted Group Member owing to the Finance Parties incurred under, pursuant to or otherwise in respect of Qualified Hedge Agreements, including any Guarantee thereof, and any item or part of any thereof. For certainty, "Qualified Hedge Obligations" shall include interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of, or which would have accrued but for the commencement of, any Bankruptcy Proceeding, in accordance with and at the rate (including any applicable default rate to the extent lawful) specified herein or in another applicable Finance Document, whether or not such interest is an allowable claim in such Bankruptcy Proceeding.

"Quotation Date" means, (i) in relation to any Interest Period, the day on which quotations would ordinarily be given by prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in US Dollars for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period and (ii) in relation to any Term, the day on which quotations would ordinarily be given by banks listed in Schedule I, II and III of the Bank Act (Canada) for bid rates for bankers' acceptances issued by them; provided that, if, for any such Interest Period or Term, quotations would ordinarily be given on more than one date, the Quotation Date for that Interest Period or Term shall be the last of those dates. As of the date hereof (A) the Quotation Date for an Interest Period relating to a Libor Loan is two London Banking Days' prior to the first day of that Interest Period and (B) the Quotation Date for the Term of an issue of Acceptances is the first day of that Term.

"Rateable Share" of any Lender means:

(a) in relation to any outstanding Advance, the proportion borne by such Lender's share of the Advance to the full amount of such Advance;

(b) in relation to the Revolving Facility, the proportion borne by such Lender's Revolving Commitment to the Total Revolving Commitment; and

(c) in relation to the Credit Facilities or any other matter, the proportion borne by such Lender's Commitment to the Total Commitments.

"Reference Lender" means The Toronto-Dominion Bank acting in its capacity as reference lender in relation to the Credit Facilities, or (as the context requires) any replacement for such reference lender appointed pursuant to Subsection 15.15.2.

"Registration" means any notice to or filing, recording or registration with any Governmental Body having jurisdiction with respect to any specified Person, transaction or event, or any of such Person's Business Affairs; and "register" shall (to the extent the context so admits) be construed in like manner.

"Regulation U" means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the US Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect.

"Regulation X" means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the US Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect.

"Repayment Notice" means a duly completed notice in the form of or to substantially similar effect as Schedule 8.8 signed by the Borrower and delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 8.8.

"Reportable Event" means the occurrence of any of the events described in
Section 4043(c) of ERISA.

"Representative" of any Person means any director, officer, employee, agent, legal counsel, accountant, financial advisor, expert, manager, consultant or other representative appointed, engaged or employed by such Person.

"Required Lenders" means the Majority Lenders, except for those matters specified in Subsection 15.18.2 as requiring the unanimous consent of all Lenders, in which case it means all Lenders.

"Restricted Group" means the Borrower and (i) each Secure Products International Group Member, (ii) each KBP Group Member, (iii) each other present and future Wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, excluding the Maxxcom Group, (iv) each Person referred to in Subsection 13.2.7(f) and (v) other Subsidiaries of the Borrower as the Borrower may designate and the Required Lenders may accept from time to time, and "Restricted Group Member" means any of them.

"Restricted Group's Business" means the business engaged in by the Restricted Group which is comprised of the Core Business and business activities necessarily incidental thereto.

"Restricted Group's Facilities" means all real property and rights therein of any Restricted Group Member and all buildings, plants, infrastructure and other facilities located thereon and all other machinery and equipment owned, leased, managed, controlled or operated by any Restricted Group Member or for which any Restricted Group Member is otherwise obligated under Environmental Law.

"Revolving Commitment" of any Lender means the maximum portion of the Revolving Facility which such Lender has agreed to make available to the Borrower as set out opposite its name under the "Revolving Commitment" column in Schedule 1.1 "Commitments", or as set forth in any Loan Transfer Agreement, as such amount may be modified from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

"Revolving Facility" means the credit facility established in favour of the Borrower under Article 2.

"Rollover" means (i) the continuation on the Period End Date of an outstanding Libor Loan (or a portion thereof) for another Interest Period or (ii) a new issue of Acceptances on the Period End Date of an outstanding issue of Acceptances in an aggregate face amount equal to the aggregate face amount of such outstanding issue of Acceptances (or a portion thereof) provided that the entire Net Acceptance Proceeds derived from such new issue of Acceptances are used to pay, to the extent thereof, such outstanding issue of Acceptances (or portion thereof, as the case may be).

"Rollover Date" means a Business Day on which a Rollover of all or a portion of a Libor Loan or an issue of Acceptances is made.

"S&P" means Standard and Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.

"Sale/Lease-Back Transaction" means any transaction, series of transactions (related or not) or arrangement pursuant to which Business Assets of a Person are disposed of and are thereafter leased back, or are otherwise made available for use, to that Person.

"Sales Taxes" means sales, transfer, turnover or value added taxes of any nature or kind, including Canadian goods and services taxes and federal, state and provincial sales and excise taxes.

"SDN List" is defined in Section 12.1.30(a).

"Secure Products International Group" means MDC USA Holdings Inc., Ashton-Potter [USA] Ltd., Metaca Corporation, Placard Pty Ltd., Ashton Potter Canada Ltd. and their respective present and future Subsidiaries, and "Secure Products International Group Member" means any of them.

"Secured Group Member" means a Restricted Group Member that has granted the guarantees and Liens in favour of the Agent contemplated by Article 10.

"Secured Obligations" means Loan Obligations, Qualified Hedge Obligations and any other Indebtedness and other obligations owing to the Finance Parties, and any item or part of any thereof. For certainty, "Secured Obligations" shall include interest accruing subsequent to the filing of, or which would have accrued but for the filing of, a petition for or assignment in bankruptcy, in accordance with and at the rate (including any rate applicable upon any Default or Event of Default to the extent lawful) specified herein, whether or not such interest is an allowable claim in such bankruptcy proceeding.

"Security" at any time means the Liens and guarantees created (or intended by their express or implied terms to be created) by any of the Security Documents.

"Security Documents" at any time means the agreements, documents and instruments listed in Schedule 10.1 and each additional agreement, document and instrument delivered to or for the benefit of the Finance Parties at or before such time to secure or guarantee, directly or indirectly, the payment or performance of any of the Secured Obligations.

"Senior Lenders" means the Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, the Agent and the Lenders, or (as the context so admits) each and any of them.

"Senior Officer" of any Person means the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Managing Director, an Executive Vice President, the Treasurer, a Senior Vice President, a Vice President, the Secretary or the Controller of such Person, or any other Representative of such Person (including a Representative of another Person that is managing the business of such Person) who performs the function normally expected of an individual holding any of the aforesaid offices.

"Shareholders' Equity" at any time means the total amount of shareholders' equity (as may be adjusted from time to time to reflect amortization of intangible assets other than goodwill in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied) as such amount would be classified on the consolidated balance sheet of the Restricted Group prepared on a Modified Consolidated Basis as at such time and as shown thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Shareholders' Equity" shall exclude all convertible and subordinated debentures and other like debt instruments.

"Software" means all computer programs and databases owned by or licensed to any Restricted Group Member in whatever form and on whatever medium those programs or databases might be expressed, fixed, embodied or stored from time to time, including the object code and source code versions thereof and all corrections, updates, enhancements, translations, modifications, derivations and new versions thereof together with both the media upon or in which such software and databases are expressed, fixed, embodied or stored (such as disks, diskettes, tapes and semiconductor chips) and all flow charts, manuals, instructions, documentation and other material relating thereto.

"Solvent" means, when used with respect to a Person, that (i) the fair saleable value of the Business Assets of such Person is in excess of the total amount of the present value of its liabilities (including for purposes of this definition all liabilities (including loss reserves), whether or not reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with US GAAP and whether direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, secured or unsecured, disputed or undisputed),
(ii) such Person is able to pay its debts or obligations in the ordinary course as they mature and (iii) in relation to any Person incorporated or formed under the laws of any jurisdiction that imposes limitations on the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any guarantee by reason of a Person's unreasonably small capital (or equivalent or like criteria), such Person does not have unreasonably small capital (or equivalent or like criteria) to carry out its business as conducted and as proposed to be conducted. For the purposes of this definition (1) "debt" means liability on a "claim" and (2) "claim" means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy or breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured. "Solvency" shall have a correlative meaning.

"Spot Rate" as at any date with respect to the conversion of an amount in one currency (the "original currency") to another currency (the "other currency") means the noon spot rate of exchange quoted by the Bank of Canada on that date (or the preceding Business Day, if such date is not a Business Day) for the purchase of such original currency with such other currency.

"Stamping Fee" means the stamping fee payable to a Lender on an Acceptance at the time that Acceptance is issued, calculated and payable in the manner provided for in Section 5.6.

"Standby Instrument" means a Documentary Credit, Letter of Guarantee or Standby Letter of Credit, as the context requires.

"Standby Instrument Disbursement" means any amount paid by the Issuing Bank under or otherwise in respect of any Standby Instrument, including all amounts which the Borrower is obligated to indemnify the Issuing Bank against pursuant to Subsection 4.2.2.

"Standby Instrument Exposure" in relation to any Standby Instrument at any time means the maximum amount remaining available to be drawn upon under that Standby Instrument at that time.

"Standby Letter of Credit" means a standby letter of credit, including any replacements, renewals and amendments, issued or deemed issued pursuant to this Agreement.

"Statutory Prior Claims" means claims for unpaid wages, vacation pay, worker's compensation, unemployment insurance premiums, pension plan contributions, employee or non-resident withholding tax source deductions, unremitted Sales Taxes, customs duties or similar statutory obligations secured by a Lien on any Restricted Group Member's Business Assets ranking prior to or pari passu with the Security.

"Subordinated Debt" means any Debt of any Restricted Group Member which is unsecured, subordinated and postponed to the prior Payment in Full of the Secured Obligations in a manner satisfactory in form and substance to the Required Lenders.

"Subsidiary" of any Person (the "relevant party") at any time means and includes (i) any Person that is Controlled by the relevant party and a majority of whose Participating Capital Stock is at that time owned by the relevant party directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries of the relevant party and (ii) any other Person (A) the accounts of which are consolidated with those of the relevant party in the relevant party's consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP and (B) that is Controlled by the relevant party. A Person shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary of another Person if it is a Subsidiary of a Person that is that other's Subsidiary. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a "Subsidiary" shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

"Swing Line" means the credit facility established in favour of the Borrower under Article 3.

"Swing Line Advance" means an Advance to the Borrower made pursuant to the Swing Line.

"Swing Line Amount" means CAD2,000,000, as such amount may be modified from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

"Swing Line Commitment" means the maximum amount of the Swing Line which the Swing Line Lender has agreed to make available to the Borrower pursuant to the Swing Line in the Swing Line Amount.

"Swing Line Lender" means The Toronto-Dominion Bank acting in its capacity as swing line lender under the Swing Line through its designated lending office located in Toronto, or any replacement of such swing line lender that is a Lender and is appointed pursuant to Subsection 15.15.3.

"Swing Line Loan" means a Loan owing to the Swing Line Lender under the Swing Line.

"Take-Over Bid" means a "take-over bid" as defined in the Securities Act (Ontario) except that all references to "Ontario" shall be amended to "any jurisdiction in the world".

"Taxes" means all taxes of any kind or nature whatsoever including federal large corporation taxes, provincial capital taxes, realty taxes (including utility charges which are collectible like realty taxes), business taxes, property transfer taxes, Income Taxes, Sales Taxes, levies, stamp taxes, royalties, duties, and all fees, deductions, compulsory loans and withholdings imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed as of the date hereof or at any time in the future, by any Governmental Body of or within or any other jurisdiction whatsoever having power to tax, together with penalties, fines, additions to tax and interest thereon.

"Term" for any Advance by way of Acceptances means the period of one (1), two
(2), three (3) or six (6) months, as selected by the Borrower in a Borrowing Request commencing on the Borrowing Date of such Advance, provided that any Term that would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended or shortened in accordance with the Modified Following Business Day Convention.

"Termination Event" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to any Benefit Plan; (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Benefit Plan during a plan year in which the Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate was a "substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (c) the imposition of an obligation on the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate under
Section 4041 of ERISA to provide affected parties written notice of intent to terminate a Benefit Plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA or, with respect to any Non-US Pension Plan, written notice to the trustees or fiduciaries of, or members in, such plan, or to a Governmental Body of an intent to terminate such Non-US Pension Plan; (d) the institution by the PBGC or any similar Governmental Body of proceedings to terminate a Benefit Plan or any Non-US Pension Plan; (e) any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under
Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Benefit Plan; (f) a Governmental Body shall appoint or institute proceedings to appoint a receiver to administer or wind up any Non-US Pension Plan; or (g) the partial or complete withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or of any Restricted Group Member from any Non-US Pension Plan.

"Test Period" at any time means (i) the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2004,
(ii) the period of two (2) Fiscal Quarters ending June 30, 2004, (iii) the period of three (3) Fiscal Quarters ending September 30, 2004 or (iv) the period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending after September 30, 2004, as the case may be, most recently ended.

"Threshold Amount" at any time means USD2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars or other foreign currency).

"Total Commitment" means the total sum of the Commitments of the Lenders.

"Total Debt" means the total sum (without duplication) of all combined Indebtedness of the Restricted Group determined on a Modified Consolidated Basis.

"Total Debt/Total Capitalization Percentage" at any time means the product (expressed as a percentage) obtained by multiplying (i) the fraction at that time of (A) Total Debt divided by (B) the sum of (1) Total Debt plus (2) Shareholders Equity multiplied by (ii) one hundred percent (100%).

"Total Debt/Adjusted EBITDA Ratio" for any Test Period means the ratio of (i) Total Debt at the end of that Test Period divided by (ii) Adjusted EBITDA of the Restricted Group for that Test Period.

"Total Exposure" means, with respect to a particular Finance Party at a particular time, the total amount of the Finance Obligations owing to that Finance Party at that time determined by that Finance Party and approved by the Agent. For this purpose, the amount of Qualified Hedge Obligations in relation to each Restricted Group Member shall be determined as the sum of the Derivative Exposures (adding Positive Derivative Exposures and subtracting Negative Derivative Exposures) under all Qualified Hedge Agreements to which that Finance Party and Restricted Group Member are party.

"Total Revolving Commitment" means the total sum of the Revolving Commitments of the Lenders.

"Transferee" has the defined meaning assigned in Subsection 16.10.4.

"Type" means, with respect to any Advance, its form as a Canadian Prime Rate Loan, Libor Loan, US Base Rate Loan or an issue of Acceptances.

"UCP" means (i) the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), ICC Publications 500 or (ii) the International Standby Practices - ISP98, ICC Publication No. 590, as applicable.

"United States Dollars", "US Dollars" and the symbol "USD" each means dollars which are the lawful currency of the United States of America.

"Unrelated Party" in relation to any Person (the "relevant party") means another Person that deals at arm's length with the relevant party and is not an Affiliate of the relevant party.

"US Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United State Code (11 U.S.C.ss.ss.101 et. seq.).

"US Base Rate" on any day means the variable nominal interest rate equal on such day to the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent (rounded up to two (2) decimal places) to be the greater of (i) the rate of interest which the Reference Lender establishes from time to time as the reference rate of interest for determination of the interest rates it will charge for loans made in US Dollars in Canada and which it refers to as its base rate (or any equivalent or analogous such rate) or (ii) the sum of (A) the yearly rate of interest to which the Federal Funds Rate is equivalent plus (B) one percent (1%).

"US Base Rate Loan" means an Advance made under the Credit Facilities by way of loan in United States Dollars on which interest shall be calculated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement with reference to the US Base Rate.

"US GAAP" means generally acceptable accounting principles (in the United States) set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Financing Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting profession as in effect on the date hereof (unless otherwise specified herein as in effect on another date or dates).

"US Publicly Traded Entity" means a Person (other than an individual) whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange, or quoted on an automated quotation system, in the United States, or a wholly-owned subsidiary of such a Person.

"USA Patriot Act" means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001), as amended.

"Voting Capital Stock" means Capital Stock of a Person which carries voting rights or the right to Control such Person under any circumstances, provided that Capital Stock which carries the right to vote or Control conditionally upon the happening of an event shall not be considered Voting Capital Stock until the occurrence of such event and then only during the continuance of such right to vote or Control.

"Waste" means ashes, garbage and refuse and includes domestic waste, industrial waste, municipal refuse or such other wastes as are designated as such under any Environmental Law.

"Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" of a Person (the "relevant party") means any Subsidiary, all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which, shall at the time be owned (except for director's qualifying shares) and Controlled, directly or indirectly, by the relevant party or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the relevant party, or by the relevant party and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the relevant party. A Person shall be deemed to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of another Person if it is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Person that is that other's Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

"$" means CAD or USD, as the context requires.

"2000 ISDA Definitions" means the 2000 ISDA Definitions, as supplemented by the Annex to the 2000 ISDA Definitions (June 2000 Version), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

1.2 Extended Meanings. To the extent the context so admits, any reference in this Agreement to:

"agreement" shall be construed as any agreement, oral or written, any simple contract, deed or specialty, and includes any bond, bill of exchange, indenture, instrument or undertaking.

"arm's length" shall be construed in the same manner it is used in the Income Tax Act (Canada).

"change" shall be construed as change, modify, alter, amend, supplement, extend, renew, compromise, novate, replace, terminate, release, discharge, cancel, suspend or waive or (where the context so admits) the noun form of any of the foregoing.

"dispose" shall be construed as lease, sell, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of any property, or the commercial benefits of use or ownership of any property, including the right to profit or gain therefrom, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, and "disposed", "disposition" and "disposal" shall be construed in like manner.

"fair market value" shall be construed as the highest price, expressed in terms of money and moneys worth, available in an open and unrestricted market between informed and prudent parties, each acting at arm's length, where neither party is under any compulsion to act.

"guarantee" shall be construed as any guarantee, indemnity, letter of comfort or other assurance made in respect of any Indebtedness, other obligation or financial condition of another, including (i) any purchase or repurchase agreement, (ii) any obligation to supply funds or invest in such other, (iii) any keep-well, take-or-pay, through-put or other arrangement having the effect of assuring or holding harmless another against financial loss, or maintaining another's solvency or financial viability or (iv) any obligation under any credit derivative; but shall exclude endorsements on notes, bills and cheques presented to financial institutions for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; and "guaranteed" and "guarantees" shall be construed in like manner. Whenever in this Agreement the amount of any guarantee is required to be determined or measured such amount shall be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming the guarantor is required to perform thereunder) as determined by the guarantor in good faith or, if the guarantee is expressly limited to a specific amount, such specified amount.

"include", "includes" and "including" shall be construed to be followed by the statement "without limitation" and none of such terms shall be construed to limit any word or statement which it follows to the specific items or matters immediately following it or similar terms or matters.

"losses and expenses" shall be construed as losses, costs, expenses, damages, penalties, Awards, Orders, Litigation, claims, claims over, demands and liabilities, including any applicable court costs and legal fees and disbursements on a full indemnity basis, and "loss and expense" shall be construed in like manner.

"obligations" shall be construed as indebtedness, obligations, promises, covenants, responsibilities, duties and liabilities (actual or contingent, direct or indirect, matured or unmatured, now existing or arising hereafter), whether arising by agreement or statute, at law, in equity or otherwise; and "obliged", "obligation" and "obligated" shall be construed in like manner.

"rate of exchange" shall be construed so as to include any premiums or costs payable in connection with any currency conversion being effected.

"receiver" shall be construed to include a privately appointed or court appointed receiver or receiver and manager, interim receiver, liquidator, trustee-in-bankruptcy, administrator, administrative receiver and any other like or similar official.

"relevant interbank rate" shall be construed as (i) in relation to the funding of Libor Loans, LIBOR and (ii) in relation to the funding of Floating Rate Loans or Acceptances, (A) CDOR plus 0.10%, if denominated in Canadian Dollars and (B) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.10%, if denominated in US Dollars.

"rights" shall be construed as rights, titles, benefits, interests, powers, authorities, discretions, privileges, immunities and remedies (actual or contingent, direct or indirect, matured or unmatured, now existing or arising hereafter), whether arising by agreement or statute, at law, in equity or otherwise; and "right" shall be construed in like manner.

"set-off" means any right or obligation of set-off, compensation, offset, combination of accounts, netting, retention, withholding, reduction, deduction or any similar right or obligation, or (as the context requires) any exercise of any such right or performance of such obligation.

"successor" of a Person (the "relevant party") shall be construed so as to include (i) any amalgamated or other body corporate of which the relevant party or any of its successors is one of the amalgamating or merging body corporates, (ii) any body corporate resulting from any court approved arrangement of which the relevant party or any of its successors is party,
(iii) any Person to whom all or substantially all the Business Assets of the relevant party is transferred, (iv) any body corporate resulting from the continuance of the relevant party or any successor of it under the laws of another jurisdiction of incorporation and (v) any successor (determined as aforesaid or in any similar or comparable procedure under the laws of any other jurisdiction) of any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or
(iv) of this definition. Each reference in this Agreement to any party hereto or any other Person shall (where the context so admits) include its successors.

1.3 References to Agreements. Each reference in this Agreement to any agreement (including this Agreement and any other defined term that is an agreement) at any time shall be construed so as to include such agreement (including any attached schedules, appendices and exhibits) and each change thereto made at or before that time; provided that no change to this Agreement shall be effective unless it is made in compliance with Section 15.18.

1.4 References to Statutes. Each reference in this Agreement to any code, statute, regulation, official interpretation, directive or other legislative enactment of any Canadian, United States or other foreign jurisdiction (including any political subdivision of any thereof) at any time shall be construed so as to include such code, statute, regulation, official interpretation, directive or enactment and each change thereto made at or before that time.

1.5 References to Time. Each reference in this Agreement to any time of the day shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed as a reference to Eastern Standard Time.

1.6 Headings, etc. The division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections and Subsections and the insertion of headings are for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are included solely for convenience, are not intended to be full or accurate descriptions and shall not be considered part of this Agreement. The terms "this Agreement", "hereof", "hereunder" and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and not to any particular Article, Section, Subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, clause or other portion of this Agreement.

1.7 Number and Gender. In this Agreement, words in the singular (including defined terms) include the plural and vice versa (the necessary changes being made to fit the context) and words in one gender include all genders.

1.8 Accounting Principles. Wherever in this Agreement reference is made to generally accepted accounting principles, such reference means US GAAP. All accounting terms not otherwise defined herein are used with the meanings assigned to them in conformity with US GAAP. Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of revenue or expense is required to be determined, or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made, for the purposes of this Agreement, including the contents of any certificate to be delivered hereunder, such determination, consolidation or computation shall, unless the parties otherwise agree or the context otherwise require, be made in accordance with US GAAP applied on a consistent basis.

1.9 Rounding. Unless otherwise stated, all amounts determined pursuant to this Agreement shall be rounded up to the nearest cent.

ARTICLE 2
THE REVOLVING FACILITY

2.1 Establishment of Revolving Facility. Upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders hereby establish a committed revolving operating credit facility in favour of the Borrower to finance the day to day working capital requirements of the Restricted Group arising in the ordinary course of their operations, as well as for other general corporate purposes, including Business Acquisitions, but excluding (unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent) the financing of any Hostile Take-Over Bid. Each Lender severally (and not jointly) agrees to make its share available in each Borrowing to be made under the Revolving Facility in accordance with its Rateable Share of the Revolving Facility. The Borrower shall so apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Revolving Facility.

2.2 Facility Limit.

2.2.1 General. On each Borrowing Date under the Revolving Facility, the Borrower shall ensure that the Outstanding Amount of all Advances under the Revolving Facility does not exceed the Total Revolving Commitment.

2.2.2 Initial Total Revolving Commitment. The initial Total Revolving Commitment is CAD23,000,000. Except for temporary excesses arising from the Agent's allocation of Acceptances in accordance with Subsection 15.20.1 or, subject to Section 8.5, from foreign exchange fluctuations, the Borrower shall ensure that the aggregate Outstanding Amount of each Lender's share in all Advances outstanding under the Revolving Facility shall not exceed its Revolving Commitment at any time.

2.2.3 Reductions. The Total Revolving Commitment shall reduce by the amount of each reduction in the Total Revolving Commitment made pursuant to Sections 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 and 8.6 and accordingly (except for a reduction pursuant to
Section 8.6) the Revolving Commitment of each Lender shall reduce by the proportion of such reduction which such Lender's Revolving Commitment bears to the Total Revolving Commitment. Each Affected Lender's Revolving Commitment shall reduce to the extent required pursuant to Section 8.6.

2.3 Availability. The Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Advances under the Revolving Facility during the Availability Period on a revolving basis by way of Canadian Prime Rate Loans, Libor Loans denominated in US Dollars, US Base Rate Loans and Acceptances. In addition, the Borrower may borrow by way of Standby Instruments in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.

2.4 Drawdown Requests. The Borrower must deliver a Drawdown Request to the Agent to obtain a Drawdown under the Revolving Facility at the times and stipulating the information specified below:

(a) for a Floating Rate Loan, before 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day before the proposed Drawdown Date specifying the principal amount (which must be $1,000,000 or a whole number multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof) and proposed Drawdown Date (which must be a Business Day falling within the Availability Period);

(b) for a Libor Loan, before 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day before the Quotation Date for the Interest Period commencing on the proposed Drawdown Date specifying the principal amount (which must be USD1,000,000, or a whole number multiple of USD100,000 in excess thereof) and the proposed Interest Period (which must commence within the Availability Period and end on or before the Maturity Date);

(c) for an issue of Acceptances, as required in accordance with Article 5; and

(d) for the issue of a Letter of Guarantee or Standby Letter of Credit, in accordance with Article 4.

2.5 Proceeds of Drawdown. The proceeds of each Drawdown by way of Loan under the Revolving Facility when received by the Agent, shall, subject to Sections 8.9 and 14.2, be advanced by bank transfer to the credit of the Borrower's Accounts. The proceeds from Acceptances will be dealt with in accordance with Article 5.

ARTICLE 3
THE SWING LINE

3.1 Establishment of Swing Line. The Swing Line Lender hereby establishes a committed revolving operating credit facility in favour of the Borrower to finance the day-to-day working capital requirements of the Restricted Group arising in the ordinary course of their operations, as well as for other general corporate purposes. The Borrower shall so apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Swing Line.

3.2 Swing Line Amount.

3.2.1 General. The Borrower shall ensure that the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Advances under the Swing Line does not exceed the Swing Line Amount at any time.

3.2.2 Initial Swing Line Amount. The initial Swing Line Amount is CAD2,000,000.

3.2.3    Reductions. The Swing Line Amount shall reduce to nil on the Maturity
Date.

3.3      Overdraft Basis. Each Advance (other than a Standby Instrument, but

including a Swing Line Advance deemed to be made under Section 4.4 to reimburse a Standby Instrument Disbursement) under the Swing Line shall be made by the Swing Line Lender on an overdraft basis by debiting the Borrower's Accounts. The amount of such overdraft from time to time shall be deemed to be a Canadian Prime Rate Loan (to the extent such debit balance is denominated in Canadian Dollars) and a US Base Rate Loan (to the extent such debit balance is denominated in US Dollars).

3.4 Standby Instruments. The Swing Line Lender will act as Issuing Bank and issue all Standby Instruments (a) that are Letters of Guarantee or Standby Letters of Credit having an initial Outstanding Amount of less than CAD1,000,000 or (b) that are Documentary Credits, in each case, in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.

ARTICLE 4
STANDBY INSTRUMENTS

4.1 Issuance of Standby Instruments.

4.1.1 Original Issuance. The following provisions shall apply to the issuance of Standby Instruments under the Credit Facilities:

(a) The Borrower may request a Lender to issue a Standby Instrument in Canadian Dollars or US Dollars or, with the prior consent of the Agent and that Lender, any other currency. Standby Instruments with an initial Outstanding Amount of CAD1,000,000 or less shall be issued by the Swing Line Lender under the Swing Line. Letters of Guarantee and Standby Letters of Credit with an initial Outstanding Amount equal to or greater than CAD1,000,000 shall be issued under the Revolving Facility by a Lender selected by the Borrower after consultation with the Agent.

(b) The aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Standby Instruments under the Swing Line and the Revolving Facility together may not exceed CAD3,000,000 at any time.

(c) Following the occurrence of a Default, the Issuing Bank shall also have the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to amend any Standby Instrument or (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, to renew or extend the expiry date of any Standby Instrument.

(d) The Borrower may not request the issuance of any Standby Instrument if (i) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Advances under the Swing Line would, after the issuance of the Standby Instrument in question, exceed the Swing Line Amount or (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Advances under the Revolving Facility would, after the issuance of the Standby Instrument in question, exceed the Total Revolving Commitment.

(e) The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a Borrowing Request for any requested Standby Instrument and attach the proposed form and content of such Standby Instrument no less than three (3) Business Days before the requested issuance of the Standby Instrument. Such Borrowing Request must comply with the provisions of this Section 4.1 and specify (i) the stated amount of the Standby Instrument requested, (ii) the requested date of issuance of such Standby Instrument, which must be a Business Day falling within the Availability Period, (iii) the date on which such requested Standby Instrument is to expire, which must be before the Maturity Date, unless the Required Lenders consent to a later expiry date, and (iv) whether the requested Standby Instrument is a Documentary Credit, Letter of Guarantee or Standby Letter of Credit. Upon request from the Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall also execute and deliver such application, indemnity and other documents as the Issuing Bank shall reasonably require consistent with its prevailing practice relative to the issuance of bank guarantees, documentary credits and standby credits.

(f) Upon receipt of a Borrowing Request in compliance with this
Section 4.1, the Agent shall promptly remit a copy thereof (including attachments) to the Issuing Bank. On the requested issue date, but subject to Section 14.2, the Issuing Bank shall issue a Standby Instrument in accordance with the Issuing Bank's usual and customary business practices, subject to such changes thereto as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require and subject further to receipt of any other signed documents requested by the Issuing Bank pursuant to paragraph (e) above. In addition, any amendment or renewal of any Standby Instrument shall be deemed to be an issuance of a new Standby Instrument and shall be subject to the same requirements as are set forth above with respect to original issuance (including delivery of a Borrowing Request to the Agent). The Issuing Bank shall give the Agent prompt written notice of each issuance or renewal of each Standby Instrument.

4.2 Reimbursement by the Borrower.

4.2.1 The Borrower unconditionally and irrevocably authorizes the Issuing Bank to pay the amount of any demand made on the Issuing Bank in accordance with the terms of any Standby Instrument on demand without requiring proof of the Borrower's agreement that the amount so demanded was due and notwithstanding that the Borrower may dispute the validity of any such demand or payment.

4.2.2 The Borrower shall indemnify and save the Issuing Bank harmless from and against any and all payments and losses and expenses which the Issuing Bank may make, suffer or incur arising in any manner whatsoever out of the issuance of any Standby Instrument, including the making of, or refusal to make, any payments demanded thereunder (including any court costs and legal costs on a full indemnity basis incurred in connection with any proceedings to restrain the Issuing Bank from making, or to compel the Issuing Bank to make, any such payment), save that the Borrower shall not be obliged to so indemnify the Issuing Bank to the extent such losses and expenses are determined by a Final Judgment to have directly resulted from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Issuing Bank. This indemnity shall be unconditional, shall not be subject to any qualification or exception whatsoever, and shall not be lessened, invalidated or otherwise prejudiced for any reason whatsoever including by reason of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Standby Instrument, (ii) any claim, set-off, defence or other right the Borrower may have against the beneficiary of the Standby Instrument, including any claim that a demand for payment under the Standby Instrument is fraudulent or (iii) any of the matters referred to in Section 4.3.

4.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any payment made by the Issuing Bank in good faith in response to any demand for payment under any Standby Instrument shall be deemed to have been properly made, shall be binding upon the parties hereto and shall oblige the Borrower to reimburse and indemnify the Issuing Bank for such payment under Subsection 4.2.2; provided that the Borrower shall not be obliged to so reimburse and indemnify the Issuing Bank if (a) it has been determined pursuant to a Final Judgment that (i) such payment was made by the Issuing Bank without any legally binding obligation under such Standby Instrument to do so, (ii) such payment was made through the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank, (iii) the beneficiary under such Standby Instruments was not entitled to receive such payment under the underlying agreements related to that Standby Instrument and (iv) the Borrower is not enriched by such payment and (b) the Borrower takes such actions as may be required to vest in the Issuing Bank the Borrower's rights against the beneficiary of that Standby Instrument to recover such payment.

4.3 Issuing Bank Not Liable.

4.3.1 The Issuing Bank shall not have any obligation, responsibility or liability for, or duty to inquire into, the sufficiency, authorization, execution, signature, endorsement, correctness, genuineness or legal effect of any certificate or other document presented to it pursuant to any Standby Instrument and the Borrower assumes all risks with respect to the same, including all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary of any Standby Instrument with respect to the use by any beneficiary of any Standby Instrument. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank shall not have any obligation, responsibility or liability:

(a) for the validity or genuineness of certificates or other documents delivered under or in connection with any Standby Instrument that appear on their face to be in order, even if such certificates or other documents should in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged;

(b) for errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages by mail, cable, telegraph, telecopy, e-mail, internet, wireless or otherwise, whether or not they are in code;

(c) for errors in translation or for errors in interpretation of technical terms or for errors in the calculation of amounts demanded under any Standby Instrument;

(d) for any failure or inability by the Issuing Bank or anyone else to make payment under any Standby Instrument as a result of any Applicable Law or by reason of any control or restriction rightfully or wrongfully exercised by any Person asserting or exercising governmental or paramount powers;

(e) for any other consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; or

(f) for any error, neglect or default of any correspondent of the Issuing Bank or of any advising, confirming, negotiating or paying bank,

and none of the above shall change, lessen, invalidate or otherwise prejudice any of the rights of the Issuing Bank hereunder or the obligations of the Borrower under Subsection 4.2.2.

4.3.2 Save to the extent expressly provided otherwise in this Article 4, the rights and obligations between the Issuing Bank and the Borrower with respect to each Standby Instrument shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the UCP.

4.4 Reimbursement Advance.

4.4.1 If the Borrower fails to pay or reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount of any Standby Instrument Disbursement on the date such Standby Instrument Disbursement is made, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested and received an Advance from the Issuing Bank in a principal amount equal to such unreimbursed Standby Instrument Disbursement (if denominated in Canadian Dollars or US Dollars) or in the equivalent amount in Canadian Dollars of such unreimbursed Standby Instrument Disbursement determined at the rate of exchange quoted to the Agent by the Issuing Bank (if such unreimbursed Standby Instrument Disbursement is denominated in other foreign currency).

4.4.2 Any Advance deemed to have been made under Subsection 4.4.1 in respect of any Standby Instrument issued by the Swing Line Lender under the Swing Line shall be deemed to have been made under the Swing Line and shall be repaid by the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender accordingly.

4.4.3 Any Advance deemed to have been made under Subsection 4.4.1 in respect of any Standby Instrument issued by any Lender under the Revolving Facility shall be deemed to have been made by that Lender on behalf of all Lenders under the Revolving Facility by way of Canadian Prime Rate Loan (if denominated in Canadian Dollars) or US Base Rate Loan (if denominated in US Dollars) and shall be repaid by the Borrower to the Lenders accordingly.

4.5 Standby Instrument Fees.

4.5.1 The Borrower shall pay an issuance fee to the Lenders on the Outstanding Amount of each Letter of Guarantee and Standby Letter of Credit issued under the Revolving Facility payable in Canadian Dollars which shall be in the amount determined by the Agent to be equal to the sum of the products for each day during the term of such Letter of Guarantee or Standby Letter of Credit of (a) the Outstanding Amount thereof at the end of the day multiplied by (b) the Applicable Margin divided by 365. Such issuance fee shall be paid quarterly in arrears on the third Business Day of each calendar quarter until the Outstanding Amount of such Letter of Guarantee or Standby Instrument is reduced to nil, at which time the final payment of such standby fee shall be paid.

4.5.2 The Borrower shall pay a fronting fee to the Lender issuing any Letter of Guarantee or Standby Letter of Credit under the Revolving Facility on the Outstanding Amount of each such Letter of Guarantee and Standby Letter of Credit payable in Canadian Dollars which shall be in the amount determined by the Agent to be equal to the sum of the products for each day during the term of such Letter of Guarantee or Standby Letter of Credit of (a) the Outstanding Amount thereof at the end of the day multiplied by (b) one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) divided by 365. Such fronting fee shall be paid quarterly in arrears on the third Business Day of each calendar quarter until the Outstanding Amount of such Letter of Guarantee or Standby Instrument is reduced to nil, at which time the final payment of such fronting fee shall be paid.

4.5.3 The Borrower shall pay an issuance fee to the Swing Line Lender for its own account in advance on the issuance (including any renewal) by it of each Letter of Guarantee and Standby Letter of Credit under the Swing Line for the period from and including the date of issuance of such Standby Instrument to and including the stated expiry date thereof, based on the Outstanding Amount of the Standby Instrument on the date of issuance. Such issuance fee shall be payable in Canadian Dollars. The issuance fee payable in respect of each such Standby Instrument shall be determined as the product obtained by multiplying (i) the initial Outstanding Amount of such Standby Instrument by
(ii) the Applicable Margin and by (iii) the fraction of the number of days in the term of such Standby Instrument divided by 365.

4.5.4 The Borrower shall pay an issuance fee to the Swing Line Lender for its own account in advance on the issuance (including any renewal) by it of each Documentary Credit under the Swing Line determined in accordance with Swing Line Lender's prevailing scheduled rates for issuing documentary credits of the type requested for the account of customers of comparable creditworthiness.

4.5.5 In addition to the fees payable under Subsections 4.5.1, 4.5.2, 4.5.3 and 4.5.4, the Borrower shall pay the Issuing Bank of any Standby Instrument for its own account fees determined in accordance with the Issuing Bank's prevailing scheduled rates for services (including advices, amendments, confirmations and renewals) provided by the Issuing Bank in relation to Standby Instruments.

4.5.6 All amounts paid to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall be retained by the Issuing Bank for its own account.

4.6 Reimbursement by Lenders.

4.6.1 Reimbursement of Issuing Bank. If any Advance is deemed to have been made by the Issuing Bank on behalf of the Lenders under the Revolving Facility pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent who in turn will promptly notify each of the Lenders whereupon each Lender shall within two (2) Business Days of receipt of such notice pay to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank such Lenders' Rateable Share of such Advance, together with interest thereon from the date such Advance was deemed to have been made at the relevant interbank rate.

4.6.2 Obligation is Unconditional. The obligation of each Lender under Subsection 4.6.1 is unconditional, shall not be subject to any qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances including:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Borrower's obligations under Section 4.2 or 4.4;

(b) any of the matters referred to in Subsection 4.3.1;

(c) the occurrence of any Default or the exercise of any rights by the Agent under Section 14.2; and

(d) the absence of any demand for payment being made, any proof of claim being filed, any Loan Document being enforced, any Litigation being commenced or any Award being obtained by the Issuing Bank against the Borrower.

4.6.3 Failure by Lender to Reimburse. If a Lender (a "Defaulting Lender") fails to make payment on the due date therefor of any amount due from it for the account of the Issuing Bank pursuant to Subsection 4.6.1 (the balance thereof for the time being unpaid being referred to in this Subsection 4.6.3 as an "overdue amount") then until the Issuing Bank has received payment of the overdue amount (plus interest as provided below) in full (and without in any way limiting the rights of the Issuing Bank in respect of such failure):

(a) the Issuing Bank shall be entitled to receive any payment which the Defaulting Lender would otherwise have been entitled to receive in respect of the Credit Facilities or otherwise in respect of any Finance Document; and

(b) the overdue amount shall bear interest payable by the Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Bank at the rate payable by the Borrower in respect of the Loan Obligations which gave rise to such overdue amount.

ARTICLE 5
BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES UNDER THE REVOLVING FACILITY

5.1 Notice and Term. The Borrower may deliver a Borrowing Request to the Agent (which must be received by the Agent before 10:00 a.m. on the second Business Day before the Quotation Date for the Term requested in the Borrowing Request to be effective) requesting that Drafts be accepted under the Revolving Facility on any proposed Borrowing Date and stating the aggregate face amount and the term applicable to such Drafts. The term of such Drafts must be a period of one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months expiring on or before the Maturity Date.

5.2 Face Amount of Drafts. The aggregate face amount of an issue of Drafts to be accepted on any particular Borrowing Date must be CAD1,000,000 or a whole number multiple of CAD100,000 in excess thereof. The face amount of each Draft must be a whole number multiple of CAD100,000.

5.3 Power of Attorney. In order to facilitate issues of Acceptances pursuant to this Agreement, the Borrower authorizes each Lender, and for this purpose appoints each Lender its lawful attorney with full right of substitution and delegation, to complete, sign and endorse Drafts issued in accordance with a Borrowing Request delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 on its behalf in handwritten or by facsimile or mechanical signature or otherwise and, once so completed, signed and endorsed, and following acceptance of them as Acceptances under this Agreement, then discount, negotiate or deliver such Acceptances in accordance with the provisions of this Article 5. Drafts so completed, signed, endorsed, negotiated or delivered on behalf of the Borrower by any Lender shall bind the Borrower as fully and effectively as if so performed by an authorized officer of the Borrower.

5.4 Restrictions.

5.4.1 General. The Agent shall have the discretion to restrict the term and maturity date of an issue of Acceptances and the number of issues of Acceptances outstanding at any one time.

5.4.2 Number of Issues. Unless the Agent notifies the Borrower to the contrary, the maximum number of issuances of Acceptances outstanding at any time is limited to seven (7).

5.4.3 Marketability. The obligations of the Lenders to accept and discount any requested issue of Acceptances pursuant to this Agreement are also subject to the Agent's determination that no BA Disruption Event (as defined in Subsection 7.6.2) has occurred.

5.5 Discount and Sale of Acceptances.

5.5.1 Purchase at Discount. Subject to Sections 5.10 and 5.11, each Lender shall accept Drafts and purchase and take delivery of its Rateable Share of each issue of Acceptances for its own account on the Borrowing Date of such Acceptances at the purchase price equal to the face amount of such Acceptances less an amount equal to the amount that yields to such Lender (excluding the Stamping Fee) an interest rate per annum equal to such Lender's BA Reference Rate for the applicable Term of such Acceptances. Each Lender shall be entitled to deduct from the Acceptance Proceeds derived from the purchase by it of Acceptances the Stamping Fee payable to it pursuant to Section 5.6. The Net Acceptance Proceeds for any Acceptances purchased by a Lender shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:

                                            [                                 ]
Net Acceptance        Face amount of        [      1                          ]
  Proceeds       =      Acceptances    X    [----------------  - (AM x n/365) ]
                                            [1 + (BA Reference                ]
                                            [   Rate x n/365)                 ]

Where n is the number of days to elapse in the Term of the Acceptances, BA Reference Rate is expressed as a decimal and AM is the Applicable Margin expressed as a decimal.

5.5.2 Payment and Advance of Net Acceptance Proceeds. Except as provided in
Section 6.3 and Subsection 15.20.7, each Lender shall remit the Net Acceptance Proceeds of its Rateable Share of each issue of Acceptances to the Agent on the Borrowing Date of that issue of Acceptances in exchange for delivery of such Acceptances. Such Net Acceptance Proceeds, when received by the Agent, shall, subject to Sections 8.9 and 14.2, be advanced by bank transfer to the credit of the Borrower's Accounts.

5.5.3 Dealings with Acceptances. Each Lender may at any time and from time to time purchase, hold, sell, rediscount or otherwise dispose of any Acceptance issued by it and no such dealing shall change the Borrower's obligations under Section 5.7.

5.6 Stamping Fee. The Borrower shall pay a stamping fee to each Lender on the issuance of each Acceptance by such Lender which shall be in an amount equal to the product of (a) the face amount of such Acceptance multiplied by
(b) the actual number of days to elapse in the Term of such Acceptance multiplied by (c) the fraction of the Applicable Margin divided by 365.

5.7 Payment of Acceptances. Unless made subject to a Conversion or a Rollover, the Borrower shall pay to each Lender the full face amount of each Acceptance accepted by such Lender for its account on the Period End Date of such Acceptance. If an Acceptance matures and the Borrower has not made such payment or provided for its Conversion or Rollover, such Acceptance shall be converted on its Period End Date into a Canadian Prime Rate Loan in a principal amount equal to its full face amount.

5.8 Waivers. The Borrower shall not claim from any Lender any days of grace for the payment at maturity of any Drafts presented and accepted by such Lender pursuant to this Agreement. In addition, the Borrower waives demand, presentment for payment, protest, noting of protest, dishonour, notice of dishonour and any other notice or defence to payment which might otherwise exist if for any reason an Acceptance is held by any Lender in its own right at the maturity thereof.

5.9 Notice of Maturing Acceptances. The Borrower shall give the Agent, before 10:00 a.m. on the second Business Day before the Period End Date of any issue of Acceptances, a Repayment Notice or a Borrowing Request in respect of such Acceptances requesting a Conversion or Rollover on such Period End Date in order to permit each Lender to organize its internal funding requirements to fund the payment of the face amount of such Acceptances to the respective holders thereof upon or following maturity.

5.10 BA Equivalent Advances. If a Lender does not customarily accept Drafts for the purpose of subsequent sale as a bankers' acceptance (a "Non-Acceptance Lender"), each time the Borrower gives a Borrowing Request for an issue of Acceptances, such Non-Acceptance Lender shall, in lieu of accepting and purchasing Acceptances pursuant to Section 5.5, either purchase Discount Notes pursuant to Section 5.11 or make a loan advance in Canadian Dollars to the Borrower (a "BA Equivalent Advance") in the amount equal to the Net Acceptance Proceeds which would be derived from a hypothetical sale of Drafts accepted by it ("Notional Acceptances") in the aggregate face amount of its Rateable Share of such requested issue of Acceptances at a discount rate that yields to such Non-Acceptance Lender (excluding the Stamping Fee) an interest rate per annum equal to such Non-Acceptance Lender's BA Reference Rate. Any BA Equivalent Advance shall be repayable on the Period End Date of such issue of Acceptances. A Non-Acceptance Lender shall be entitled to deduct from the amount of its BA Equivalent Advance to be remitted to the Agent pursuant to Subsection 5.5.2 an amount equal to the Stamping Fee determined in accordance with Section 5.6 that would have been payable to it with respect to the Notional Acceptances corresponding to the BA Equivalent Advance. For the purposes of this Agreement each reference to Acceptances shall be deemed to include, where relevant, BA Equivalent Advances, with the necessary changes being made to fit the context.

5.11 Discount Notes. A Non-Acceptance Lender may require the Borrower to issue a Discount Note to the Non-Acceptance Lender, in lieu of a Draft, and such Non-Acceptance Lender shall, in lieu of accepting and purchasing Acceptances pursuant to Section 5.5 or making BA Equivalent Advances under
Section 5.10, purchase Discount Notes upon the same terms and conditions as apply to purchases of Acceptances. For the purposes of this Agreement each reference to Acceptances shall be deemed to include, where relevant, Discount Notes, with the necessary changes being made to fit the context.

ARTICLE 6
CONVERSIONS AND ROLLOVERS

6.1 Conversions.

6.1.1 Generally. Subject to the last sentence of this Section 6.1, the Borrower may request the Lenders to convert:

(a) at any time, a Floating Rate Loan under the Revolving Facility or a portion thereof into a different Type of Advance (other than a Standby Instrument) available under the Revolving Facility;

(b) on a Period End Date, a Libor Loan under the Revolving Facility or a portion thereof into a different Type of Advance (other than a Standby Instrument) available under the Revolving Facility; or

(c) on a Period End Date, an issue of Acceptances under the Revolving Facility into a Loan under the Revolving Facility,

upon delivering a Borrowing Request to the Agent specifying both the amount of the Advance to be converted and the amount and Type of the requested resulting Advance. The relevant provisions of this Agreement applicable to a Drawdown and availability of the same Type as the Advance which will result from the Conversion (as well as any portion of the Advance which is not being converted) must be satisfied to effect any such requested Conversion (including the applicable notice provisions contained in Section 2.4).

6.1.2 Same Currency Denomination. If the Borrower has requested a Conversion of an Advance to a Type of Advance denominated in the same currency, no payment shall be required to be made by the Borrower to the Lenders on such Conversion, save to the extent required by Section 6.3 if the resulting Advance is an issue of Acceptances.

6.1.3 Different Currency Denomination. If the Borrower has requested a Conversion of an Advance to a Type of Advance denominated in a different currency, the Borrower shall repay the Advance (or relevant portion) being converted and, subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1 and receipt by the Agent of such repayment, the Lenders shall, subject to Section 14.2, make the Type of Advance requested on the Conversion to the Borrower on the Conversion Date.

6.1.4 Acceptances. If the Borrower has requested a Conversion into an issue of Acceptances, each Lender shall, except as otherwise provided in Sections 5.10 and 5.11 and subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1, accept Drafts and purchase and take delivery of its Rateable Share of the resulting issue of Acceptances for its own account on the Conversion Date in the manner provided for in Section 6.3.

6.2 Rollovers.

6.2.1 Libor Loans. At or before 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day before the Quotation Date for each Libor Loan, unless the Borrower was entitled to deliver, and has previously delivered, a Borrowing Request requesting the Lenders to convert the relevant Libor Loan into another Type of Advance in accordance with Section 6.1 or a Repayment Notice, the Borrower shall, if it is entitled to do so in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.2, deliver a Borrowing Request to the Agent requesting a Rollover and selecting the next Interest Period applicable to the relevant Libor Loan, which new Interest Period shall commence on the current Period End Date of such Libor Loan. If the Borrower fails or is not so entitled to deliver any such request or notice to the Agent, then the Borrower shall repay the relevant Libor Loan to the Lenders on the current Period End Date.

6.2.2 Acceptances. At or before 10:00 a.m. two (2) Business Days before the Period End Date of an issue of Acceptances, unless the Borrower was entitled to deliver, and has delivered, to the Agent a Borrowing Request requesting a Conversion in accordance with Section 6.1 or a Repayment Notice, the Borrower shall, if it is entitled to do so in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.2, deliver a Borrowing Request to the Agent requesting a Rollover and selecting the Term applicable to the resulting issue of Acceptances. If the Borrower requests such a Rollover and is so entitled to do so, each Lender shall accept Drafts and purchase and take delivery of its Rateable Share of the resulting issue of Acceptances (or make a BA Equivalent Advance or discount Discount Notes, as the case may be) for its own account on the Rollover Date in the manner provided for in Section 6.3. The provisions of
Section 5.7 shall apply if the Borrower fails to deliver any such requests or notice.

6.3 Conversions to and Rollovers of Acceptances. On the Conversion Date of any Advance being converted to an issue of Acceptances, and on the Rollover Date of any issue of Acceptances, each Lender shall accept Drafts and purchase and take delivery of its Rateable Share of the resulting issue of Acceptances (or make a BA Equivalent Advance or discount Discount Notes, as the case may be) for its own account in the manner provided for in Section 5.5, save that in lieu of remitting the Net Acceptance Proceeds of its Rateable Share of such resulting issue of Acceptances to the Agent on the Borrowing Date of such resulting issue of Acceptances, each Lender shall retain such Net Acceptance Proceeds for its own account and the Borrower shall pay to each Lender on that Borrowing Date the amount by which the aggregate face amount of each Lender's Rateable Share of such resulting issue of Acceptances exceeds such Net Acceptance Proceeds.

6.4 Not a Repayment. Neither a Rollover nor a Conversion of an Advance shall constitute a repayment by the Borrower, but rather shall constitute a continuation or change in the form of credit being extended by the Lenders to the Borrower. The Borrower shall repay each Advance resulting from any Rollover or Conversion to the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement as if such Advance had resulted from a Drawdown on the Rollover Date or Conversion Date.

ARTICLE 7
INTEREST AND FEE CALCULATIONS AND CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES

7.1 Interest.

7.1.1 Canadian Prime Rate Loans. The Borrower shall pay the Lenders interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Canadian Prime Rate Loan borrowed by it from each of them under the Credit Facilities calculated and payable from the Borrowing Date of such Canadian Prime Rate Loan until converted or deemed converted to another Type of Advance in accordance with the provisions hereof or due to be repaid hereunder, as applicable, at a percentage rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the Canadian Prime Rate plus
(b) the Applicable Margin.

7.1.2 US Base Rate Loans. The Borrower shall pay the Lenders interest on the outstanding principal amount of each US Base Rate Loan borrowed by it from each of them under the Credit Facilities calculated and payable from the Borrowing Date of such US Base Rate Loan until converted or deemed converted to another Type of Advance in accordance with the provisions hereof or due to be repaid hereunder, as applicable, at a percentage rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the US Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Margin.

7.1.3 Libor Loans. The Borrower shall pay the Lenders interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Libor Loan denominated in US Dollars borrowed by it under the Revolving Facility calculated and payable from each Borrowing Date of such Libor Loan until converted or deemed converted to another Type of Advance in accordance with the provisions hereof or due to be repaid hereunder, as applicable, at a percentage rate per annum during each Interest Period relative to such Libor Loan equal to the sum of (i) LIBOR for that Interest Period plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.

7.1.4 Overdue Amounts. If any sum payable by the Borrower under any provision of this Agreement is not paid when due and payable hereunder (whether on its stipulated due date, on demand, on acceleration or otherwise), the Borrower shall pay interest to the Senior Lenders entitled to such overdue sum on the outstanding balance thereof at the percentage rate of interest per annum equal to the sum of (i) the Canadian Prime Rate, if the overdue sum is denominated in Canadian Dollars, or (as applicable) the US Base Rate, if the overdue sum is denominated in US Dollars plus (ii) the Applicable Margin for Floating Rate Loans plus if an Event of Default has not occurred, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (iii) two percent (2%) per annum.

7.2 Fees in Respect of Acceptances. The Borrower shall pay to each Lender a Stamping Fee on the relevant Borrowing Date with respect to each Draft issued by the Borrower and accepted by that Lender (or each BA Equivalent Advance made or Discount Note discounted by that Lender, as the case may be) under the Revolving Facility calculated and payable at the time and in the manner specified in Article 5.

7.3 Commitment Fee.

7.3.1 Revolving Facility. The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders a commitment fee in relation to their respective Revolving Commitments based on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility payable in Canadian Dollars which shall be in the amount determined by the Agent to be equal to the sum of the products for each day during the Availability Period of the Revolving Facility of (a) the amount by which the Total Revolving Commitment exceeds the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Advances under the Revolving Facility at the end of the day multiplied by (b) the fraction of the Commitment Fee Rate divided by 365.

7.3.2 Swing Line. The Borrower shall pay to the Swing Line Lender for its own account a commitment fee in relation to the Swing Line Commitment based on the unused portion of the Swing Line payable in Canadian Dollars which shall be in the amount determined by the Swing Line Lender to be equal to the sum of the products for each day during the Availability Period of the Swing Line of
(a) the amount by which the Swing Line Amount exceeds the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Advances under the Swing Line at the end of the day multiplied by (b) the fraction of the Commitment Fee Rate divided by 365.

7.3.3 Payment Dates. The first payment of each of the commitment fees payable under Subsections 7.3.1 and 7.3.2 for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on June 30, 2004 will be made on July 6, 2004. Thereafter the Borrower shall pay these commitment fees quarterly in arrears for each calendar quarter on the third Business Day of the following calendar quarter. The final payment of each of these commitment fees will be made on the Maturity Date or any earlier date of termination of the Total Revolving Commitment or the Swing Line Commitment, as applicable.

7.4      Interest and Fee Calculations and Payments.

7.4.1    General. Interest payable on any amount under this Agreement shall
be:

         (a)      calculated upon the daily outstanding balance of such amount
                  from (and including) the date it is first outstanding or
                  advanced until (but excluding) the date it is paid in full
                  to the Senior Lenders entitled thereto;

         (b)      paid in the same currency in which such amount is
                  denominated; and

         (c)      payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date relative
                  thereto and (if any relevant portion of the Total Commitment
                  has been cancelled or otherwise reduced to nil) on the date
                  the final principal amount thereof is paid in full based
                  upon the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant
                  period of calculation.

Interest payable on each such amount shall be payable both before and after demand, default and judgment at the applicable rate set out in Section 7.1 with interest on overdue interest at the same rate (except to the extent provided otherwise in Subsection 7.1.4).

7.4.2 Day Count Fraction. The rates of interest per annum payable on or in respect of Floating Rate Loans are expressed on the basis of a 365 or 366 day year, as applicable. Each Commitment Fee, CDOR and BA Reference Rate are expressed on the basis of a 365 day year. The rates of interest per annum payable on or in respect of Libor Loans are expressed on the basis of a 360 day year.

7.4.3 Interest Act Compliance. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), any rate of interest made payable under the terms of this Agreement at a rate or percentage (the "Contract Rate") for any period that is less than a consecutive 12 month period, such as a 360 or 365 day basis, (the "Contract Rate Basis") is equivalent to the yearly rate or percentage of interest determined by multiplying the Contract Rate by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the consecutive 12 month period commencing on the date such equivalent rate or percentage is being determined and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Contract Rate Basis.

7.4.4 No Deemed Reinvestment. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest shall not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement.

7.4.5 Rates are Nominal Rates. The rates of interest stipulated in this Agreement are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields.

7.4.6 Changes in the Floating Rate. Changes in each Floating Rate will cause an immediate adjustment of interest payable on or in respect of the corresponding Floating Rate Loans outstanding from time to time, without the necessity of any notice to the Borrower.

7.5 Increased Costs. If any Change in Law:

(a) subjects any Finance Party (or its Holding Body Corporate) to, or causes the withdrawal or termination of a previously available exemption with respect to, any Taxes or changes the basis of taxation of payments due to any Finance Party or increases any Taxes payable by any Finance Party (or its Holding Body Corporate) on or in respect of payments of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable by the Borrower to that Finance Party under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (other than the Finance Party's Own Taxes);

(b) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, liquidity, cash, margin, special deposit, deposit insurance or assessment, or any other regulatory or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits with or for the account of, or loans or commitments by, or any other acquisition of funds for loans by, any Finance Party, (or its Holding Body Corporate), or on any unutilized portion of any Credit Facility, or on any obligation of any Finance Party under any Finance Document;

(c) imposes on any Finance Party (or its Holding Body Corporate) any Taxes on reserves or deemed reserves in respect of the undrawn portion of any Credit Facility;

(d) requires any Finance Party (or its Holding Body Corporate) to maintain any capital adequacy or additional capital requirement (including a requirement which affects that Finance Party's (or its Holding Body Corporate's) allocation of capital resources to its obligations) in respect of any Credit Facility, its Rateable Share in any Advance, any Qualified Hedge Agreement, this Agreement or that Finance Party's obligations hereunder or under any other Finance Document, or imposes any other condition or requirement with respect to the maintenance by any Finance Party (or its Holding Body Corporate) of a contingent liability with respect to any Credit Facility, its Rateable Share in any Advance or any Qualified Hedge Agreement; or

(e) imposes on any Finance Party (or its Holding Body Corporate) any other condition or requirement with respect to this Agreement, any other Finance Document or a Credit Facility or any Qualified Hedge Agreement,

and such Finance Party (the "Affected Finance Party"), acting reasonably, determines (which determination shall be conclusive and bind the Borrower) that such occurrence has the effect of:

(f) increasing the cost to the Affected Finance Party (or its Holding Body Corporate) of agreeing to make or making, maintaining or funding its Rateable Share in any Advance, any Qualified Hedge Agreement or any portion of any thereof;

(g) reducing the net income received by the Affected Finance Party (or its Holding Body Corporate) in respect of this Agreement, any Credit Facility, its Rateable Share in any Advance, any Qualified Hedge Agreement or any portion of any thereof;

(h) directly or indirectly reducing the effective return to the Affected Finance Party (or its Holding Body Corporate) under any Finance Document on its overall capital as a result of the Affected Finance Party entering into such Finance Document or as a result of any of the transactions or obligations contemplated by such Finance Document; or

(i) causing the Affected Finance Party to make any payment or to forego any interest, fees or other return on or calculated by reference to any sum received or receivable by that Finance Party under any Finance Document,

then, upon demand from time to time being made to the Borrower by the Agent on behalf of the Affected Finance Party accompanied in each case by a certificate of the Affected Finance Party documenting the relevant calculations of the compensation being claimed by the Affected Finance Party, the Borrower shall forthwith pay to the Affected Finance Party such additional amounts as are set out in each such certificate in order to fully compensate the Affected Finance Party (or its Holding Body Corporate) for such additional cost, reduction, payment, foregone interest or other return.

7.6 Market Disruption.

7.6.1 Libor Loans. If at any time prior to the commencement of a proposed Interest Period any Lender determines (which determination shall be conclusive and bind the Borrower) that:

(a) by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market, or any bank participants therein, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the rate of interest with respect to a Libor Loan during the proposed Interest Period;

(b) deposits in the currency of any Libor Loan are not being offered to that Lender in the London interbank market in the ordinary course of business;

(c) the making or continuing of the Rateable Share of that Lender in any Libor Loan during the proposed Interest Period has been made impracticable by the occurrence of any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange control, or an event (including an act of terrorism) which materially and adversely affects the London interbank market;

(d) LIBOR for the proposed Interest Period does not accurately reflect the effective cost to that Lender of funding its Rateable Share in any Libor Loan for the proposed Interest Period; or

(e) the Agent is unable to determine LIBOR for the proposed Interest Period of the Libor Loan,

(a "Libor Disruption Event"), then that Lender (the "Affected Lender") may give notice of such determination to the Agent who will promptly notify the Borrower. Thereafter, and until the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Affected Lender that the Libor Disruption Event no longer exists or no longer applies, the Borrower's right to require such Affected Lender to make its Rateable Share of any such Libor Loan available in the manner requested shall be suspended and the Affected Lender shall, subject to Section 7.7, instead make its Rateable Share available by way of an advance in US Dollars which shall bear interest payable in the same manner as any US Base Rate Loan.

7.6.2 Acceptances. If at any time on or prior to the proposed first day of the Term of a proposed issue of Acceptances the Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and bind the Borrower) that:

(a) the issuance or discount of any Acceptances for the proposed Term thereof has been made impossible or impracticable by reason of the occurrence of any event affecting the Canadian money markets or any national or international financial, political, terrorist or economic event;

(b) there does not exist a normal money market in Canada for the purchase and sale of bankers' acceptances or such money market has been disrupted by the occurrence of an extraordinary event or an act of terrorism; or

(c) the Agent is unable to determine CDOR for the proposed Term of the proposed issue of Acceptances,

(a "BA Disruption Event") then the Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and each of the other Lenders of such determination. Thereafter, and until the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the BA Disruption Event no longer exists or applies, the Borrower's right to request an Advance by way of Acceptances shall be suspended and any Borrowing Request given by the Borrower with respect to any proposed issue of Acceptances that has not yet been made shall be deemed to be replaced by a Borrowing Request for a Canadian Prime Rate Loan in the same Outstanding Amount as the requested issue of Acceptances.

7.7 Illegality. If at any time any Lender determines (which determination shall be conclusive and bind the Borrower) that any Change in Law has made it unlawful or impossible for that Lender to make, fund or maintain its Rateable Share in any Advance or to give effect to its obligations in respect of such Advance (an "Affected Advance"), that Lender (the "Affected Lender") will promptly notify the Agent who will promptly notify the Borrower. Upon giving such notice the obligation of the Affected Lender to make or continue its Rateable Share in any Affected Advance shall be suspended for so long as such condition exists. Thereafter, and until the Agent notifies the Borrower otherwise, the Borrower shall not have the right to require such Affected Lender to make its Rateable Share of such Affected Advance available in the manner requested. Rather, except as otherwise provided in the next sentence, such Rateable Share shall be made available by way of an advance in the same currency which shall bear interest payable in the same manner as any Canadian Prime Rate Loan (if it is denominated in Canadian Dollars) or US Base Rate Loan (if it is denominated in US Dollars) from the expiry of the applicable Interest Period or Term of Acceptances. If, however, the Affected Advance is a Canadian Prime Rate Loan or a US Base Rate Loan, the Borrower shall forthwith prepay the Affected Lender's Rateable Share of such Affected Advance and the Affected Lender shall not be required to make its Rateable Share of such Affected Advance available in any manner. If the Affected Advance is a Standby Instrument, the Borrower shall forthwith pay to the Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, the Affected Lender's Rateable Share of such Affected Advance to be applied in prepayment of the Borrower's obligations under Subsection 4.2.2 in respect of such Affected Lender's Rateable Share of the Affected Advance until the Affected Advance expires or is drawn upon, whereupon the Issuing Bank shall account to and, subject to Section 14.2, return to the Borrower any overpayment, together with interest thereon from the date it is paid to the Issuing Bank until the Affected Advance expires or is drawn upon at the Issuing Bank's prevailing interest rate applicable to deposits of comparable amount for a term or terms agreed upon between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank.

7.8 Withholding Taxes Generally.

7.8.1 No Withholding; Gross-Up Requirement. Subject to Subsection 7.8.4, each payment required to be made by the Borrower under each Finance Document shall be made without set-off or counterclaim, free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Tax, except to the extent such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the administrative practice of any relevant Governmental Body, then in effect. To the extent and each time the Borrower is so required to deduct or withhold Tax from any such payment to or for the account of any Finance Party (the "Affected Finance Party"), then the Borrower will:

(a) promptly notify the Agent of such requirement;

(b) pay to the relevant Governmental Body when due the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount of Tax required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by the Borrower to or for the account of the Affected Finance Party under this Subsection 7.8.1);

(c) promptly forward to the Agent an official receipt (or a certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to the Agent, evidencing such payment to such Governmental Body; and

(d) pay to the Affected Finance Party, in addition to the payment to which the Affected Finance Party is otherwise entitled under such Finance Document, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by the Affected Finance Party (free and clear of any such Tax, whether assessed against the Borrower or the Affected Finance Party) will equal the full amount the Affected Finance Party would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required.

7.8.2 Indemnity. If the Borrower fails to pay to the relevant Governmental Body when due any Tax that it was required to deduct or withhold under Subsection 7.8.1 in respect of any payment to or for the benefit of any Finance Party under any Finance Document or fails to promptly furnish the Agent with the documentation referred to in Subsection 7.8.1(c), the Borrower shall forthwith on demand indemnify such Finance Party on a full indemnity after-Tax basis from and against any Taxes (including interest and penalties), losses and expenses which such Finance Party may suffer or incur as a result of such failure.

7.8.3 Indemnity for Additional Income Tax. The Borrower shall also indemnify each Finance Party on a full indemnity after-Tax basis, for any additional Taxes on net income that such Finance Party may be obliged to pay as a result of the payment of additional amounts under this Section 7.8.

7.8.4 Finance Party's Own Taxes. The provisions of Subsection 7.8.1 shall not apply to Finance Party's Own Taxes.

ARTICLE 8
REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

8.1 Repayment of each Credit Facility.

8.1.1 Maturity Date for the Revolving Facility. The Borrower shall repay to each Lender on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Facility such Lender's Rateable Share of each outstanding Advance made to the Borrower under the Revolving Facility. The Total Commitment shall permanently reduce to zero on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Facility.

8.1.2 Maturity Date of the Swing Line. The Borrower shall repay to the Swing Line Lender on the Maturity Date for the Swing Line each outstanding Swing Line Advance. The Swing Line Commitment shall reduce to zero on the Maturity Date for the Swing Line.

8.2 Voluntary Reductions of each Credit Facility. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to permanently cancel, without premium or penalty, all or any unused portion of the Total Commitment. Subject to the next sentence, such right may only be exercised by the Borrower delivering a Cancellation Notice to the Agent specifying the proposed effective date of cancellation (which must be no less than 30 days thereafter), each Credit Facility affected, and the amounts of each of the Total Revolving Commitment and Swing Line Commitment to be cancelled (which must be, in the case of the Revolving Facility, a multiple of CAD1,000,000). No reduction of the Total Revolving Commitment below the amount of CAD2,000,000 shall be permitted pursuant to this Section 8.2 unless the Swing Line Commitment has been reduced to nil or it is reduced at the same time by the same amount. The Total Commitment (and each of the Total Revolving Commitment and the Swing Line Commitment affected by the cancellation) shall permanently reduce on the effective date of each such cancellation in the amount so cancelled. Each reduction in the Revolving Facility pursuant to this
Section 8.2 shall rateably reduce the Revolving Commitments of the Lenders.

8.3 Mandatory Reductions of each Credit Facility.

8.3.1 Asset Disposals. At the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2004, (a "Determination Date") the Borrower shall determine the amount, if any, (the "Asset Disposal Reduction Amount") by which the aggregate Net Asset Disposal Proceeds derived from disposals of Business Assets which took place during the Fiscal Quarter ending six months before the Determination Date exceeded the aggregate amount spent by the Restricted Group on Business Acquisitions acquired from Unrelated Parties plus the Cash Capital Expenditures spent by the Restricted Group during the six (6) month period following each such Business Asset disposal. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent that it has made this determination and provide the Agent with full particulars of its computations relative thereto. If the Asset Disposal Reduction Amount exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the Threshold Amount the Total Commitment shall reduce on the fifth
(5th) Business Day after the Determination Date by an amount equal to such excess. For the purposes of this Subsection 8.3.1, "Cash Capital Expenditures" means (without duplication) any expenditure paid in cash that is not derived from Indebtedness (other than under this Agreement) that, in conformity with US GAAP, would be required to be classified as a capital expenditure. Cash Capital Expenditures, however, excludes expenditures made in connection with the replacement or restoration of buildings, fixtures or equipment to the extent reimbursed or financed from insurance or expropriation proceeds.

8.3.2 Debt Issues. Each time any Restricted Group Member receives the proceeds of any issuance of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness listed in paragraphs (a), (b), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 13.2.1, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent of the amount of such proceeds and the Total Commitment shall reduce on the fifth (5th) Business Day thereafter by the amount of such proceeds (or the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars if such proceeds are denominated in foreign currency).

8.3.3 Equity Issues. Each time any Restricted Group Member receives the proceeds of any issuance of Capital Stock, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent (a) of the amount of such proceeds and (b) whether or not the Borrower proposes to use such proceeds to make a Business Acquisition permitted under Section 13.2.8. To the extent such proceeds are not so used within a period of 30 days of receipt, the Total Commitment shall reduce on the fifth (5th) Business Day thereafter by the amount of such proceeds (or the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars if such proceeds are denominated in foreign currency).

8.3.4 Insurance Proceeds. Each time any Restricted Group Member receives proceeds from any policy of insurance in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Threshold Amount that is not applied as promptly as is commercially reasonable to repair or replace Business Assets insured by such policy, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent and the Total Commitment shall reduce on the fifth (5th) Business Day thereafter by the amount of such proceeds (or the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars if such proceeds are denominated in foreign currency).

8.3.5 Maxxcom Refinancing. The Total Commitment shall reduce to nil on the date the Indebtedness of Maxxcom under the existing second amended and restated credit agreement dated as of July 11, 2001 to which The Toronto-Dominion Bank is party is repaid or refinanced.

8.3.6 IPO of Secure Products International Group. The Total Commitment shall reduce to nil on the date Capital Stock in any Secure Products International Group Member is sold to the public in an initial public offering, either directly or indirectly such as by way of an income trust offering by an income trust owning Capital Stock in any Secure Products International Group Member.

8.3.7 Reduction in Commitments. Each reduction in the Total Commitment pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall rateably reduce each Commitment of each Lender.

8.4 Mandatory Repayments of Credit Facilities. On the date of each reduction of each Commitment of each Lender pursuant to Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 or 8.6, the Borrower shall repay to such Lender such amount on account of such Lender's Rateable Share of Advances made to the Borrower under each applicable Credit Facility as may be required to ensure that the Outstanding Amount of such Lender's Rateable Share of all Advances under the relevant Credit Facility does not exceed its relevant Commitment at that time after giving effect to that reduction. Such Lender shall apply any such amount so repaid as follows:

(a) first, to repay its Rateable Share of Loans under the relevant Credit Facility;

(b) second, if such repayment is made in respect of the Revolving Facility, to prepay to the Lender the obligations of the Borrower under Section 5.7 in respect of Acceptances issued (or BA Equivalent Advances made or Discount Notes discounted, as the case may be) for the Borrower's account under the Revolving Facility; and

(c) third, to be paid to the Issuing Bank in prepayment of such Lender's Rateable Share of the Borrower's obligations under Subsection 4.2.2 in respect of outstanding Standby Instruments until such Standby Instruments expire or are drawn upon, whereupon the Issuing Bank shall account to the Borrower for the amount so paid to it and, subject to
Section 14.2, return to the Borrower any overpayment.

8.5 Facility Excesses by Reason of Foreign Currency Fluctuations.

8.5.1 Revolving Facility. If and each time the Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and bind the Borrower, absent manifest error) that the Outstanding Amount of all Advances under the Revolving Facility exceeds the Total Revolving Commitment by more than two percent (2%) by reason of fluctuations in exchange rates, the Agent may request (or if such excess is more than five percent (5%) of the Total Revolving Commitment shall request) the Borrower to repay the entire excess. Within five (5) Business Days of the receipt of any such request, the Borrower shall repay to the Lenders such Advances outstanding under the Revolving Facility as may be required to ensure that such entire excess is eliminated.

8.5.2 Swing Line. If and each time the Swing Line Lender determines (which determination shall be conclusive and bind the Borrower, absent manifest error) that the Outstanding Amount of all Advances under the Swing Line exceeds the Swing Line Amount by reason of fluctuations in exchange rates, the Swing Line Lender may request (or if such excess is more than five percent (5%) of the Swing Line Amount shall request) the Borrower to repay the entire excess. Within five (5) Business Days of the receipt of any such request, the Borrower shall repay to the Swing Line Lender such Advances outstanding under the Swing Line as may be required to ensure that such entire excess is eliminated.

8.6 Prepayment of Affected Lenders. The Borrower shall have the right to permanently cancel without premium or penalty all, but not part, of each Commitment of each Affected Lender provided that no Default has occurred. Such right may only be exercised by the Borrower delivering a notice to the Agent advising of such cancellation and specifying the effective date of cancellation which must be no less than five (5) Business Days after and no later than 30 days after the relevant Lender became an Affected Lender. The Borrower shall prepay the Affected Lender's Rateable Share of all outstanding Advances on such effective date of cancellation, the Affected Lender's Commitments shall be reduced to nil and such Affected Lender shall be released from its obligations to lend hereunder. Unless such Affected Lender is replaced pursuant to Subsection 15.15.2, the Swing Line Amount and the Total Revolving Commitment shall reduce by the respective amounts of the reduction in such Affected Lender's Swing Line Commitment and Revolving Commitment.

8.7 Voluntary Repayments before the Maturity Date. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to repay all or any portion of each Loan made to it under each Credit Facility which, in the case of a Libor Loan must be made on its current Period End Date. In the case of the Revolving Facility, such right may only be exercised if the Borrower delivers a Repayment Notice to the Agent specifying the proposed repayment date (which must be no less than five (5) Business Days thereafter) and the amount of such Loan to be repaid (which must be in a principal amount of CAD1,000,000 or a multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof). The Borrower shall repay such Loan on such repayment date to the extent specified in such Repayment Notice.

8.8 Repayment Notice. The Borrower shall deliver a Repayment Notice to the Agent at least five (5) Business Days before any required repayment is made pursuant to this Agreement.

8.9 Netting of Payments. If on any date amounts (other than interest and fees) would be due and payable under the Revolving Facility in the same currency by the Borrower to the Lenders and by the Lenders to the Borrower, then, on such date, unless the Agent notifies the Lenders stating that netting is not to apply to such payments, the obligations of each such party to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the Borrower to the Lenders exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the Lenders to the Borrower or vice versa, such obligations shall be replaced by an obligation upon whichever of the Borrower or the Lenders would have had to pay the larger aggregate amount to pay to the other the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

8.10 Place of Payment of Principal, Interest and Fees.

8.10.1 Payments to Senior Lenders Generally. Each payment of principal of, or interest or fees computed on, any Advance and each other amount owing by the Borrower under or otherwise in respect of any Loan Document, except for payments made in respect of the Swing Line, shall be made by the Borrower to the Agent for the account of the relevant Senior Lenders in the currency in which such Advance or other amount is denominated no later than 10:00 a.m. (local time in the place of payment) in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds for value on the due date (or if such due date is not a Business Day on the Business Day next following) to the credit of the Agent's Accounts.

8.10.2 Payments under the Swing Line. Each payment of principal of, or interest or fees computed on, any Swing Line Advance and each other amount owing by the Borrower under or otherwise in respect of the Swing Line, shall be made by the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender in the currency in which such Swing Line Advance or other amount is denominated no later than noon (local time in the place of payment) in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds for value on the due date (or on the next Business Day if such due date is not a Business Day) to the credit of the Borrower's Accounts maintained with that Swing Line Lender.

ARTICLE 9
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BORROWING

9.1 Conditions Precedent to First Drawdown. The Borrower shall not be entitled to request its first Drawdown under either Credit Facility unless the conditions set out in Section 9.2 with respect to such Drawdown have been satisfied (or waived by the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 9.4 to permit such Drawdown to take place) and the Lenders shall not be obliged to make the first Drawdown under any Credit Facility until the Agent has confirmed to the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent has received (or the Required Lenders have waived receipt pursuant to Section 9.4) on or before the date the first Drawdown is requested all of the following in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent:

(a) a Certificate of each Restricted Group Member listed in Schedule 10.1 (i) attaching true copies of (A) the Constitutional Documents of such Restricted Group Member and (B) all necessary internal corporate, partnership, trust and/or other management action taken by such Restricted Group Member to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of each Finance Document and the creation of the Liens and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and (ii) as to incumbency and true signatures of its Senior Officers and such other matters as the Agent may reasonably require;

(b) original (i) certificate of status, compliance or good standing or similar certificate with respect to each Restricted Group Member listed in Schedule 10.1 for its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and each jurisdiction in which any material part of its Business Assets are located or it carries on any material part of the Restricted Group's Business and (ii) reporting issuer certificate from the Ontario Securities Commission for the Borrower;

(c) original copies of each of the Finance Documents duly executed by each party thereto, together with any Collateral being perfected by possession by delivery to the Agent pursuant to any Security comprised therein;

(d) certified copies of the insurance policies and/or certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance required to be maintained by the Restricted Group under Section 13.1.11;

(e) certified copies of all Authorizations required to enable each Restricted Group Member listed in Schedule 10.1 to execute, deliver, incur and perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party and to create the Liens and consummate the transactions contemplated thereby;

(f) evidence that all Registrations and other actions as may be necessary or desirable in the judgment of the Lenders' Counsel to perfect, preserve and protect the Security and its priority have been effected;

(g) opinions from the Borrower's Counsel addressed to the Finance Parties and the Lenders' Counsel with the exception of the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, whose opinion may be addressed solely to the Finance Parties, in respect of each Restricted Group Member listed in Schedule 10.1, the Finance Documents, the Security and as such other matters as the Agent or Lenders' Counsel may reasonably require;

(h) a Compliance Certificate for the Test Period ended March 31, 2004 giving pro forma effect to the Business Acquisitions and disposals of Business Assets which have taken place during such Test Period;

(i) discharges and/or subordination agreements and/or limitation of interest letters from secured parties with a registered security interest in any property of any Restricted Group Member as the Required Lenders shall require;

(j) quarterly financial statements of the Restricted Group described in Subsection 13.1.6(b) for the Test Period ending on March 31, 2004 reviewed and commented upon by the Auditors;

(k) certified true copies of all Material Contracts;

(l) such landlord acknowledgments as the Required Lenders shall require;

(m) a Certificate of the Borrower certifying that all of the conditions contained in paragraphs (a) through (l) inclusive above have been satisfied, save for those outlined in the Post-Closing Undertaking;

(n) the Post-Closing Undertaking duly executed by such Restricted Group Members as the Required Lenders may, in their judgment, require;

(o) payment of all fees, costs and expenses due and payable to the Senior Lenders pursuant to or otherwise in respect of this Agreement;

(p) a report on the matters referred to in this Section 9.1 from the Lenders' Counsel addressed to the Agent; and

(q) such other agreements, documents and instruments as the Required Lenders may, in their judgment, require.

9.2 Conditions to all Drawdowns. The Lenders shall not be obliged to make or allow, and the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, any Drawdown, including the first Drawdown, under any Credit Facility unless the terms and conditions set out below in respect of such Drawdown have been satisfied (or waived by the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 9.4 to permit such Drawdown to take place).

(a) the terms and conditions of Section 9.1 with respect to such Drawdown have been satisfied;

(b) each of the representations and warranties of the Borrower deemed to be repeated under Section 12.2 is true and correct as of the date such Drawdown is requested and as of the proposed Drawdown Date as though made on and as of each such date;

(c) no Default has occurred that is continuing on the date such Drawdown is requested or on the proposed Drawdown Date, nor would any Default result after giving effect to the requested Drawdown; and

(d) each of the terms and conditions applicable to such Drawdown contained in this Agreement shall have been fully complied with.

9.3 Conditions to Conversions and Rollovers. The Lenders shall not be obliged to make or allow, and the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, any Conversion to a LIBOR Loan or an issue of Acceptances or any Rollover under the Revolving Facility unless the terms and conditions set out below in respect of such Conversion or Rollover have been satisfied (or waived by the Required Lenders to permit such Conversion or Rollover to take place):

(a) each of the representations and warranties deemed to be repeated under Section 12.2 in respect of such Conversion or Rollover is true and correct in all respects as of the date such Conversion or Rollover is requested and as of the proposed Conversion Date or Rollover Date;

(b) no Default has occurred that is continuing on the date such Conversion or Rollover is requested or on the proposed Conversion Date or Rollover Date, nor would any Default result after giving effect to the Requested Conversion or Rollover; and

(c) each of the terms and conditions applicable to such Conversion or Rollover contained in this Agreement shall have been fully complied with.

9.4 Waiver. The conditions set forth in Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 are inserted for the sole benefit of the Lenders and may be waived by the Required Lenders, in whole or in part, (with or without terms or conditions) for any purpose at any time without prejudicing the rights of the Lenders at any time thereafter to require compliance with such conditions for that or any other purpose in respect of any other Borrowing requested by the Borrower.

ARTICLE 10
SECURITY

10.1 Initial Security. To secure the due payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, or cause the delivery to the Agent of, each of the agreements, documents and instruments (each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) listed in Schedule 10.1 to be executed by each Restricted Group Member listed in Schedule 10.1 before the Borrower requests its first Drawdown hereunder, save and except for (a) the mortgage over the Capital Stock in Placard Pty. Ltd. to be granted by Metaca Corporation listed as item #43 in Schedule 10.1 and (b) the Deed of Charge to be granted by Placard Pty. Ltd. listed as item 47 in Schedule 10.1 and the Account Bank Deed listed as item #49 in Schedule 10.1.

10.2 Additional Security from Restricted Group Members. To better secure the due payment and performance of the Secured Obligations owing by the Borrower, and as a further condition to the right of the Borrower to borrow hereunder, the Borrower shall cause:

(a) each Person that becomes a Restricted Group Member after the date hereof to deliver to the Agent:

(i) a Guarantee of the Secured Obligations owing by the Borrower in favour of the Finance Parties; and

(ii) security over all of the Business Assets of such Restricted Group Member to secure the payment and performance of such Guarantee and any other Secured Obligations owing by it;

(b) the Person owning the Capital Stock in each Restricted Group Member referred to in paragraph (a) above (the "Pledgor")
(i) if it is not the Borrower, to issue a Guarantee and (ii) to pledge that Capital Stock pursuant to a security agreement to the Agent to secure the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations owing by the Borrower;

(c) a third party legal opinion from the Borrower's Counsel concerning such Restricted Group Member, Pledgor, Guarantee and Security, to be delivered to the Agent all within 45 days of such Person first becoming a Restricted Group Member;

(d) Placard Pty. Ltd. to deliver to the Agent security over its Business Assets pursuant to the Security listed as items 48 and 49 in Schedule 10.1 to secure, inter alia, the payment and performance of the Guarantee issued by Placard Pty. Ltd. pursuant to Section 10.1, together with a third party legal opinion from the Borrower's Counsel concerning Placard Pty. Ltd. and such Security, before July 23, 2004;

(e) Metaca Corporation to deliver to the Agent security over the Capital Stock of Placard Pty. Ltd. pursuant to the Security listed as item #43 in Schedule 10.1, together with a third party legal opinion from the Borrower's counsel concerning Metaca Corporation, Placard Pty. Ltd. and such Deed of Charge on Shares, before July 23, 2004; and

(f) each Restricted Group Member, other than each Subsidiary of MDC/KBP Acquisition Inc., that becomes party to a Material Contract after the date hereof to (i) execute a Material Contract security agreement in relation thereto in favour of the Agent and deliver same, together with a third party legal opinion from the Borrower's Counsel, within 30 days of such agreement becoming a Material Contract and (ii) use commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain and deliver to the Agent an acknowledgment from the third party contracting party to that Material Contract within such 30 day period (provided that the Required Lenders will consider in good faith any request for a waiver of this provision relative to any Material Contract if the Borrower provides commercially reasonable grounds to do so);

provided that, a Restricted Group Member referred to in paragraph (a) shall not be obliged to deliver the Guarantee or the Security referred to in clauses
(i) and (ii) thereof if it is prohibited by applicable law from doing so, or in the good faith opinion of the Required Lenders, the costs of granting such Guarantee and Security are materially greater than the benefits to be received by the Lenders therefrom. The agreements, documents and instruments evidencing each such Guarantee, Security and security agreement, acknowledgment and third party legal opinion must be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

10.3 Registration. The Borrower shall register the Security (or a financing statement, notice or other document in respect thereof) in all offices where such Registration is necessary or of advantage, in the opinion of the Lenders' Counsel, to preserve, protect and perfect the Security and its priority at all times, including any land registry or land titles office.

10.4 Further Assurances. The Borrower shall, forthwith and from time to time on request from the Agent, execute or cause to be executed, all such agreements, documents and instruments (including any change to any Loan Document) and do or cause to be done all such other matters and things which in the reasonable opinion of the Agent or the Lenders' Counsel may be necessary or of advantage to give the Finance Parties (so far as may be possible under any Applicable Law) the Liens and the priority intended to be created by the Loan Documents or to facilitate realization under such Liens. It is the intention of the parties that the Finance Parties will, among other things, have (i) a first priority Lien, subject to Permitted Liens, over all Business Assets of each Secured Group Member, (ii) a first priority Lien, subject only to Permitted Liens referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of "Permitted Liens", over all Capital Stock of each Restricted Group Member (other than the Borrower) and each directly held Subsidiary of each Restricted Group Member and (iii) such other Liens over the Business Assets of such Restricted Group Members as the Required Lenders and the Borrower may from time to time agree upon.

ARTICLE 11
LENDER HEDGING AFFILIATES

11.1 Designation of Lender Hedging Affiliates. The Borrower may from time to time designate any affiliate of a Lender as a Lender Hedging Affiliate for the purposes of this Agreement provided that such Affiliate enters into a Qualified Hedge Agreement with the Borrower.

11.2 Adhesion. Upon delivery to the Agent of an Adhesion Contract for a Person designated as a Lender Hedging Affiliate pursuant to Section 11.1, the Agent shall promptly execute and deliver such Adhesion Contract whereupon this Agreement and each other Finance Document shall henceforth be read and construed as if such Person were party to this Agreement as a Lender Hedging Affiliate having all of the rights and obligations of a Lender Hedging Affiliate expressed herein and all references to any Lender Hedging Affiliate in any Finance Document shall (to the extent the context so admits) be construed accordingly.

11.3 Authorization of Lenders. Each Lender irrevocably appoints, authorizes and directs the Agent, as its attorney and agent, with full power of substitution and delegation, to complete and execute on its behalf any Adhesion Contract relating to a Person designated as a Lender Hedging Affiliate pursuant to Section 11.1. Each Lender agrees that it shall be bound by the terms of each such Adhesion Contract so executed by the Agent.

ARTICLE 12
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12.1 Representations and Warranties. To induce the Lenders to make the Credit Facilities available to the Borrower pursuant hereto, and each Finance Party to enter into each Financial Hedge Agreement, the Borrower represents and warrants to and in favour of the Finance Parties as follows:

12.1.1 Existence and Good Standing. Each Restricted Group Member is a corporation, general or limited partnership, business trust or other legal Person duly and validly incorporated or formed, organized and existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and has the legal capacity and right to own its Business Assets and to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its Business Assets are located or it carries on business.

12.1.2 Authority. Each Restricted Group Member has the legal capacity and right to enter into the Finance Documents to which it is a party and do all acts and things and execute and deliver all agreements, documents and instruments as are required thereunder to be done, observed or performed by it in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.

12.1.3 Due Authorization. Each Restricted Group Member has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution and delivery of each Finance Document to which it is a party, the creation and performance of its obligations thereunder and the creation of the Liens over its Business Assets and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby.

12.1.4 Due Execution. Each Restricted Group Member has duly executed and delivered each Finance Document to which it is a party.

12.1.5 Validity of Finance Documents - Non-Conflict. None of the authorization, execution, delivery or performance of the Finance Documents, nor the creation of any Liens over its Business Assets nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated thereby:

(a) requires any Authorization to be obtained or Registration to be made (except such as have already been obtained or made and are now in full force and effect);

(b) conflicts with, contravenes or gives rise to any default under (i) any of the Constitutional Documents or internal corporate, partnership, trust and/or other management resolutions of any Restricted Group Member, (ii) the provisions of any indenture, instrument, agreement or undertaking to which any Restricted Group Member is a party or by which any Restricted Group Member or any of its Business Assets are or may become bound (except for any contravention or default that is Immaterial) or (iii) any Applicable Law; or

(c) has resulted or will result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than the Security) upon any of the Business Assets of any Restricted Group Member or its Capital Stock.

12.1.6 Enforceability. Each Loan Document to which each Restricted Group Member is a party constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject only to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up, dissolution, administration reorganization, arrangement or other statutes or judicial decisions affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in general and to general principles of equity under which specific performance and injunctive relief may be refused by a court in its discretion.

12.1.7 Absence of Litigation. There is no existing, pending or threatened Litigation against any Restricted Group Member which, if adversely determined to any Restricted Group Member or the Finance Parties, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or, except for the Litigation notified to the Agent pursuant to Section 13.1.8 and the Litigation defined in the attached Exhibit 1, could reasonably be expected to result in any single Award ordering any Restricted Group Member to pay more than the Threshold Amount or multiple Awards ordering any Restricted Group Member or Restricted Group Members to pay more than the Threshold Amount in the aggregate. No event has occurred, and no state or condition exists, which could reasonably be expected to give rise to any such Litigation except for the subject matter of any Litigation notified to the Agent pursuant to Section 13.1.8 and the Litigation defined in the attached Exhibit 1, and there is no Award outstanding against any Restricted Group Member which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

12.1.8 Financial Statements. Each financial report and financial statement of each Restricted Group Member delivered to the Finance Parties pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP (subject to year end audit adjustments, where applicable) or, as the case may be, on a Modified Consolidated Basis, does not contain (or, if audited, would not contain) any Impermissible Qualification and fairly and accurately presents the financial information and the financial condition and results of operations of such Restricted Group Member contained therein as at their respective preparation dates.

12.1.9 Accuracy of Information. No information furnished by any Restricted Group Member to the Finance Parties in connection with any of the Finance Documents contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made and as of the date made. Each financial forecast and projection ("Forecast") prepared by it and furnished to the Finance Parties was based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable by it as of the date of preparation; there has been no material change in such assumptions or in the information on which such assumptions are based which has not been disclosed in writing to the Finance Parties; it has no reason to believe that any such Forecast as it relates to periods ending after its date of preparation, when read in conjunction with the related assumptions and other information disclosed in writing to the Agent, fails to reflect the Restricted Group's judgment as the most probable set of economic conditions and the Restricted Group's planned courses of action given these conditions, and such Forecast as it relates to periods already ended, does not reflect results which are materially higher than the anticipated actual results for such periods.

12.1.10 Securities Law Filings. The Borrower has filed all management information circulars, reports and other material documents required to be filed by it pursuant to applicable securities legislation and the by-laws, rules, regulations and policies of each stock exchange on which any of its Capital Stock is listed ("Securities Reports") during the last four (4) years. Each Securities Report was, as of the date of filing, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable requirements under applicable securities legislation and the by-laws, rules, regulations and policies of each such stock exchange, and none of the Securities Reports, as of their respective filing dates, included any "misrepresentation" (as such term is defined in the Securities Act (Ontario)).

12.1.11 Reporting Issuer. The Borrower is a "reporting issuer" within the meaning of the securities legislation of all Provinces of Canada and is not in default of any material requirement of any applicable securities legislation or the regulations, rules or policies thereunder. All "material information" (within the meaning of National Instrument 51-201 of the Canadian Securities Administrators) has been publicly disclosed in compliance with the provisions of National Instrument 51-201.

12.1.12 Listing of Capital Stock. The Borrower's outstanding Class A subordinate voting shares are listed for trading on The Toronto Stock Exchange and NASDAQ and the Borrower is not in default of any material requirement of any applicable by-laws, rules, regulations or policies of such stock exchange.

12.1.13 No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent audited financial statements of the Borrower furnished to the Finance Parties, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

12.1.14 Compliance with Laws. Each Restricted Group Member is in compliance with all Applicable Laws, save for non-compliance which is Immaterial.

12.1.15 All Authorizations Obtained and Registrations Made. All Authorizations and Registrations necessary or of advantage to permit each Restricted Group Member to execute, deliver and perform each Finance Document to which it is party, grant any Guarantee and Security and consummate the transactions contemplated thereby and own its Business Assets and carry on its business have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect. Each Restricted Group Member is in compliance with the requirements of all such Authorizations and Registrations and there is no Award outstanding or Litigation existing, pending or, to its knowledge, threatened which could reasonably be expected to result in the revocation, cancellation, suspension or any adverse modification of any of such Authorizations and Registrations.

12.1.16 No Default. No Default has occurred which has not been either remedied (or otherwise ceased to be continuing) or expressly waived by the Required Lenders in writing.

12.1.17 Real Property. Each Restricted Group Member has a subsisting leasehold interest in, or good and marketable title to, in each case free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, all of the real property leased or owned by it which are reflected in the latest financial statements of the Restricted Group provided to the Senior Lenders, except for real property interests disposed in the ordinary course of business since the date of those financial statements in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

12.1.18 Personal Property. Each Restricted Group Member is the sole legal and beneficial owner of, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, all personal property reflected as an asset in the latest financial statements of the Restricted Group provided to the Senior Lenders, except for personal property disposed in the ordinary course of business since the date of those financial statements in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

12.1.19 Intellectual Property

(a) Each Restricted Group Member has used its Material Intellectual Property Rights in such manner as to preserve its rights therein including the use of proper notices indicating ownership of and/or rights to use its Material Intellectual Property Rights, to the extent reasonably necessary for the protection of its Material Intellectual Property Rights, and the prevention of any disclosure to the public of the confidential information which would impair any Restricted Group Member's rights therein.

(b) No Restricted Group Member is aware of any claim having been made that the use of any Material Intellectual Property Rights of any Restricted Group Member or the sale or licensing of any of the Software comprised therein does or may violate the rights of any other Person.

(c) All Material IP Licences are in full force and effect unamended, each Restricted Group Member party thereto has duly observed and performed all of its covenants and obligations under each of the Material IP Licenses and there has not been any default under or breach of any Material IP Licenses by the other parties thereto.

12.1.20 Restricted Group Organization. The Borrower has no directly owned Subsidiaries other than inactive Subsidiaries and those depicted in the organization chart set out in Schedule 12.1.20 and those notified to the Agent pursuant to Section 13.1.6. Each other Restricted Group Member does not directly or indirectly own any Subsidiary other than inactive Subsidiaries and those depicted in the organization chart set out in Schedule 12.1.20 and those notified to the Agent pursuant to Section 13.1.6. The owners that are Restricted Group Members, beneficially and of record, of the issued Capital Stock of each such Subsidiary, are depicted in the organization chart set out in Schedule 12.1.20. No Person, other than another Restricted Group Member, has any option or right to acquire any Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Restricted Group Member.

12.1.21 Taxes. Each Restricted Group Member has:

(a) delivered or caused to be delivered all Income Tax, Sales Tax and other returns for Taxes which are now due to the appropriate Governmental Body;

(b) paid and discharged all Taxes payable by it when due;

(c) made provision for appropriate amounts in respect of any Taxes likely to be exigible in accordance with US GAAP;

(d) withheld and collected all Taxes required to be withheld and collected by it and remitted such Taxes to the appropriate Governmental Body when due; and

(e) paid and discharged all Statutory Prior Claims when due,

and no assessment or appeal is, to its knowledge, being asserted or processed with respect to such returns, Taxes or Statutory Prior Claims, except for assessments or appeals respecting an aggregate Tax liability for the entire Restricted Group not exceeding fifty percent (50%) of the Threshold Amount.

12.1.22 Deferred Acquisition Consideration. Schedule 12.1.22 contains the Borrower's reasonable best estimates of (a) all Deferred Acquisition Consideration and (b) the current portion of all Put/Call Obligations.

12.1.23 Solvency. Each Restricted Group Member is Solvent.

12.1.24 General Environmental Representations and Warranties. With respect to the Environment:

(a) the Restricted Group's Facilities and all real estate (including the buildings, erections and facilities constructed thereon) and appurtenances comprising or used in connection therewith, are and have at all times been owned, leased, managed, controlled or operated in compliance with all Environmental Laws for the period they have been owned, leased, managed, controlled or operated by any Restricted Group Member (including its predecessors by amalgamation or merger); and

(b) to the knowledge of each Restricted Group Member all real estate (including the buildings, erections and facilities constructed thereon) and appurtenances comprising or used in connection therewith were at all times owned, leased, managed, controlled or operated by the predecessors in title to such real estate in compliance with all Environmental Laws,

with the exception of matters which are Immaterial and in respect of which (i) disclosure has been made to the Senior Lenders in Schedule 12.1.24 or to the Agent pursuant to Section 13.1.14 and (ii) non-compliance has not resulted in and could not reasonably be expected to result in, a loss and expense to any Restricted Group Member in an amount exceeding fifty percent (50%) of the Threshold Amount.

12.1.25 Employee Relations. There are no strikes, work stoppages or controversies pending or, to its knowledge, threatened between any Restricted Group Member and any of its employees (including unions representing employees), other than (a) employee grievances arising in the ordinary course of business which could not reasonably be expected to result in work stoppages and (b) those disclosed to the Agent pursuant to Section 13.1.15 all of which are Immaterial.

12.1.26 Investment Company; Public Utility Holding Company. No Restricted Group Member is, and after giving effect to any Advance no Restricted Group Member will be, an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" as such terms are defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Restricted Group Member is subject to regulation under the United States Federal Power Act, the United States Interstate Commerce Act or the United States Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or any other Applicable Law which restricts its ability to incur indebtedness or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

12.1.27 Federal Reserve Regulations. No Restricted Group Member is engaged, directly or indirectly, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending, or arranging for the extension of, credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (as defined in Regulation U). Neither the borrowing of any Advance hereunder, nor the use of the proceeds thereof, will (i) be used to purchase or carry any "margin stock" within the meaning of Regulation U, or (ii) violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation U or Regulation X. None of the assets which are subject to any limitation on sale, pledge or other restriction under the Loan Documents have been, or will be, margin stock.

12.1.28 ERISA Matters. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to any Benefit Plan, Multiemployer Plan or Non-US Pension Plan. Each Plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code as currently in effect either (a) has received a favourable determination letter from the IRS that the Plan is so qualified or
(b) an application for determination of such tax-qualified status will be made to the IRS prior to the end of the applicable remedial amendment period under
Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code as currently in effect, and the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain promptly a determination letter with respect to such application. No Restricted Group Member maintains or contributes to any employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA which provides benefits to employees after termination of employment other than as required by Section 601 of ERISA. Each Restricted Group Member is in compliance in all material respects with the responsibilities, obligations and duties imposed on it by ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code with respect to all Plans. No Benefit Plan has incurred any accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in Sections 302(a)(2) of ERISA and 412(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) whether or not waived. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate (i) has engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction described in Sections 406 of ERISA or 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) has taken or failed to take any action which could reasonably be expected to constitute or result in a Termination Event. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any potential liability under Sections 4063, 4064, 4069, 4204 or 4212(c) of ERISA. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC which remains outstanding other than the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which have become due which are unpaid. Schedule B to the most recent annual report filed with the IRS with respect to each Benefit Plan and furnished to the Agent is complete and accurate. Since the date of each such Schedule B, there has been no material adverse change in the funding status or financial condition of the Benefit Plan relating to such Schedule B. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has (x) failed to make a required contribution or payment to a Multiemployer Plan or (y) made a complete or partial withdrawal under Sections 4203 or 4205 of ERISA from a Multiemployer Plan. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has failed to make a required instalment or any other required payment under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code on or before the due date for such instalment or other payment. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate is required to provide security to a Benefit Plan under Section 401(a)(29) of the Internal Revenue Code due to a Benefit Plan amendment that results in an increase in current liability for the plan year. No Restricted Group Member has, by reason of the transactions contemplated hereby, any obligation to make any payment to any employee pursuant to any Plan or existing contract or arrangement. The Borrower has given to the Agent copies of all of the following: each Benefit Plan and related trust agreement (including all amendments to such Plan and trust) in existence as of the date hereof and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is currently an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA, and the most recent actuarial report, determination letter issued by the IRS and Form 5500 filed in respect of each such Benefit Plan in existence; a listing of all of the Multiemployer Plans currently contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate with the aggregate amount of the most recent annual contributions required to be made by the Borrower and all ERISA Affiliates to each such Multiemployer Plan, any information which has been provided to the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate regarding withdrawal liability under any Multiemployer Plan and the collective bargaining agreement pursuant to which such contribution is required to be made; and as to each employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA which provides benefits to employees of any Restricted Group Member after termination of employment other than as required by Section 601 of ERISA, the plan document (or, if no plan document is available, a written description of the benefits provided under such plan), the actuarial report for such plan (if any), the aggregate amount of the most recent annual payments made to, or on behalf of, terminated employees under each such plan, and any information about funding to provide for such welfare benefits.

12.1.29 Non-US Employee Benefit Matters. Each Non-US Employee Benefit Plan is in compliance in all material respects with all laws, regulations and rules applicable thereto and the respective requirements of the governing documents for such Plan. With respect to any Non-US Pension Plan with a defined benefit element not wholly covered by insurance maintained or contributed to by any Restricted Group Member, the most recent valuation for such plan has been disclosed to the Lenders. Contributions to such Non-US Pension Plan are being made at the rate recommended by actuarial advice to eliminate any projected benefit obligation (PBO) deficits disclosed in such valuations in the period prior to the next valuation, and no Restricted Group Member, or trustee has taken nor will take, any action which would materially increase any such deficit. With respect to any Non-US Employee Benefit Plan maintained or contributed to by any Restricted Group Member (other than a Non-US Pension Plan), reasonable reserves have been established in accordance with prudent business practice or where required by best accounting practices in the jurisdiction in which such Plan is maintained having regard to tax legislation. The aggregate unfunded liabilities, after giving effect to any reserves for such liabilities, with respect to such Plans would not be reasonably expected to result in a material liability. There are no actions, suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits) pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against Restricted Group Member or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Non-US Employee Benefit Plan.

12.1.30 Anti-Terrorism and Anti-Money Laundering.

(a) Compliance. The Borrower is not and shall not be, and, after making due inquiry, no Person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls the Borrower is or shall be, (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (the "SDN List") maintained by the United States Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"), United States Department of the Treasury, and/or on any other similar list ("Other Lists" and, collectively with the SDN List, the "Lists") maintained by the OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order or regulation (collectively, "OFAC Laws and Regulations"); or (ii) a Person (a "Designated Person") either (A) included within the term "designated national" as defined in the Cuban Assets Control Regulations, 31 C.F.R. Part 515, or (B) designated under Sections 1(a), 1(b), 1(c) or 1(d) of Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (published September 25, 2001) or similarly designated under any related enabling legislation or any other similar Executive Orders (collectively, the "Executive Orders"). None of the Restricted Group Members (x) is a Person or entity with which any Finance Party is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law or (y) is a Person or entity that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports "terrorism" as defined in the Executive Orders or (z) is affiliated or associated with a Person or entity listed in the preceding clause (x) or clause (y). To the knowledge of the Borrower, no Restricted Group Member, any of their Affiliates, nor any brokers or other agents acting in any capacity in connection with the Advances hereunder (I) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Orders or (II) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

(b) Funds Invested in Restricted Group Members. Each Restricted Group Member has taken, and shall continue to take, reasonable measures appropriate to the circumstances (and in any event as required by Applicable Law), with respect to each holder of a direct or indirect interest in such Person, to assure that funds invested by such holders in such Person are derived from legal sources ("Anti-money Laundering Measures"). The Anti-money Laundering Measures have been and shall be undertaken in accordance with the Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C.ss.ss. 5311 et seq. ("BSA"), and all applicable laws, regulations and government guidance on BSA compliance and on the prevention and detection of money laundering violations under 18 U.S.C.ss.ss. 1956 and 1957 (collectively with the BSA, "Anti-money Laundering Laws").

(c) No Violation of Anti-money Laundering Laws. To the Borrower's knowledge, no Restricted Group Member nor any holder of a direct or indirect interest in any Restricted Group Member (i) is under investigation by any governmental authority for, or has been charged with, or convicted of, money laundering under 18 U.S.C. ss.ss. 1956 and 1957, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes, or any violation of the BSA,
(ii) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti-money Laundering Laws, or (iii) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti-money Laundering Laws.

(d) Compliance with Anti-money Laundering Laws. Each Restricted Group Member has taken, and agrees that it shall continue to take, reasonable measures appropriate to the circumstances (in any event as required by Applicable Law), to ensure that such Person is and shall be in compliance with all current and future Anti-money Laundering Laws and applicable laws, regulations and governmental guidance for the prevention of terrorism, terrorist financing and drug trafficking.

12.2 Repetition of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made in Section 12.1, save and except those contained in Section 12.1.22, shall be deemed to be repeated by the Borrower on each Borrowing Date by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing, it being understood that to the extent such representations and warranties relate solely to a specifically identified earlier date they need only be true and correct as of such earlier date.

12.3 Nature of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made in Section 12.1 or deemed repeated in Section 12.2 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of each Borrowing notwithstanding any investigations or examinations which may be made by the Agent, any other Finance Party or Lenders' Counsel, and the Finance Parties shall be deemed to have relied on such representations and warranties in the making of each Borrowing.

ARTICLE 13
COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

13.1 Affirmative Covenants. Until Payment in Full of the Finance Obligations, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Finance Parties that it will, and (where the context so admits) it will ensure that each Restricted Group Member will, duly perform and comply with each of the following affirmative covenants:

13.1.1 Punctual Payment. Each Restricted Group Member will duly and punctually pay each sum payable by it under each Finance Document to which it is a party at the time and place and in the manner provided for in such Finance Document.

13.1.2 Conduct of Business. Each Restricted Group Member will maintain in good standing and full force and effect its legal existence in its present jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and the Authorizations, Registrations, legal capacity, rights and qualifications necessary to carry on the Restricted Group's Business and own its Business Assets in each jurisdiction in which it carries on business or its Business Assets are located.

13.1.3 Compliance with Applicable Laws. Each Restricted Group Member will comply in all material respects with Applicable Laws.

13.1.4 Compliance with Contracts. Each Restricted Group Member will comply in all material respects with each of the contractual obligations owing by it to its customers, suppliers and other Persons, save for non-compliance that is Immaterial.

13.1.5 Financial Records. Each Restricted Group Member will maintain complete records and books of account in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting principles.

13.1.6 Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Agent (in sufficient numbers to provide a copy for the Agent and each of the Senior Lenders):

(a) as soon as practicable and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the annual consolidated financial statements of the Borrower prepared in accordance with US GAAP audited by its Auditors (without any Impermissible Qualification), and the annual financial statements of the Restricted Group prepared on a Modified Consolidated Basis reviewed and commented upon by its Auditors (without any Impermissible Qualification), together with a Compliance Certificate from the Borrower prepared as at such Fiscal Year end;

(b) as soon as practicable and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, the unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, for the current Fiscal Year to such Fiscal Quarter end, each prepared in accordance with US GAAP (subject to annual year end audit adjustments) and unaudited financial statements of the Restricted Group prepared on a Modified Consolidated Basis (subject to annual year end audit adjustments), consisting in each case of a balance sheet and statements of income and retained earnings (or deficit) and of changes in cash position, together with a Compliance Certificate from the Borrower prepared as at such Fiscal Quarter end;

(c) within five (5) days after approval by the board of directors of the Borrower and in any event not later than 30 days after the commencement of each Fiscal Year, the Annual Budget for that Fiscal Year;

(d) promptly upon furnishing them to its shareholders, copies of all information circulars, management reports, financial statements and proxy statements furnished to the shareholders of the Borrower;

(e) promptly upon the release or filing thereof, copies of all registration statements, prospectuses, material change reports and annual, quarterly, monthly or other regular reports which the Borrower files with the Ontario Securities Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other securities' regulatory authority; and

(f) from time to time, such additional information regarding any of the Business Affairs of the Restricted Group as the Agent or any other Senior Lender may reasonably request.

13.1.7 Rights of Inspection. At any time and from time to time, upon reasonable prior written notice to any Restricted Group Member, each Restricted Group Member will permit any Representative of the Agent, at the expense of the Borrower, to attend at the premises of such Restricted Group Member and examine and make copies of any abstracts from the records and books of account of any Restricted Group Member and to discuss any of the Business Affairs of any Restricted Group Member with any of its directors, Senior Officers and with any of its Auditors or other Representatives.

13.1.8 Notice of Litigation. Each Restricted Group Member will give notice to the Agent as soon as it obtains knowledge of any Award or the commencement of any Litigation or dispute affecting any Restricted Group Member or any of its Business Affairs which, either alone or when aggregated with all other such Litigation, has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, (i) a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) any single Award ordering any Restricted Group Member to pay more than the Threshold Amount or multiple Awards ordering any Restricted Group Member or Restricted Group Members to pay more than the Threshold Amount in the aggregate.

13.1.9 Notice of Default. Each Restricted Group Member will give notice to the Agent as soon as any Restricted Group Member obtains knowledge of any Default and outline in reasonable detail in such notice the action such Restricted Group Member is taking to remedy such Default.

13.1.10 Maintenance of Properties. Each Restricted Group Member will maintain in good repair, working order and condition (reasonable wear, tear and obsolescence excepted) its Business Assets (whether owned or held under lease) and from time to time make or cause to be made all needed and appropriate repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and improvements thereto consistent with prudent business judgment.

13.1.11 Maintenance of Insurance. The Borrower will insure, or cause to be insured at all times, all of the Business Assets of the Restricted Group with financially sound and reputable insurance companies covering such Business Assets in an amount of at least their replacement value and against public liability, in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against by Persons of similar size and carrying on a similar business or holding similar Business Assets and the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent upon written request, full information as to the insurance carried. No Restricted Group Member will do or omit to be done anything which could breach or invalidate any such insurance and the Borrower will punctually pay all premiums and other amounts necessary for maintaining such insurance as the same become due. The Borrower shall obtain and, upon request, provide the Agent with certificates of insurance for and certified copies of the policies effecting the insurance required by this Section 13.1.11.

13.1.12 Payment of Taxes and Claims. Each Restricted Group Member will:

(a) pay and discharge all lawful claims for labour, material and supplies when due;

(b) deliver or cause to be delivered all Income Tax, Sales Tax and other Tax returns when they are due to the appropriate Governmental Body;

(c) punctually pay and discharge all Taxes payable by it when due;

(d) withhold and collect all Taxes required to be withheld and collected by it and remit such Taxes to the appropriate Governmental Body when due in the manner required by Applicable Law; and

(e) pay and discharge all Statutory Prior Claims when due.

13.1.13 Arm's Length Arrangements. Each Restricted Group Member will only enter into an agreement, transaction or other arrangement with an Affiliate or any other Person with whom it is not dealing at arm's length if such agreement, transaction or arrangement is made (a) on commercially reasonable terms (including normal trade terms, but excluding for certainty deferred payment terms) at fair market value and consistent with commercial relations between Unrelated Parties or (b) between Secured Group Members.

13.1.14 Comply with Environmental Laws. Each Restricted Group Member will cause its Representatives to:

(a) manage and operate the Restricted Group's Facilities in compliance with all Environmental Laws;

(b) maintain all Authorizations and make all Registrations required under all Environmental Laws in relation to the Restricted Group's Facilities and remain in compliance therewith; and

(c) store, treat, transport, generate, otherwise handle and dispose of all Hazardous Materials and Waste owned, managed or controlled by it in compliance with all Environmental Laws,

with the exception of failure or non-compliance which is Immaterial provided that (i) it is disclosed to the Senior Lenders in Schedule 12.1.24 or to the Agent within 10 Business Days of any Senior Officer of the Borrower first becoming aware of it pursuant to this Section 13.1.14 and (ii) no loss and expense in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Threshold Amount has been or could reasonably be expected to be incurred by any Restricted Group Member.

13.1.15 Employee Relations. Each Restricted Group Member will give prompt notice to the Agent of any actual or threatened strikes or work stoppages and outline in responsible detail in such notice the expected resolution thereof.

13.1.16 Subsidiaries. The Borrower will provide the Agent with prompt notice of its creation or acquisition of any new Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary that will be a Maxxcom Group Member) and, a copy of the Constitutional Documents of such new Subsidiary.

13.1.17 ERISA and Analogous Notices. The Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Agent (in sufficient numbers to provide a copy for the Agent and each of the Senior Lenders) the following information and notices as soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within ten (10) Business Days:

(a) after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows that a Termination Event has occurred, a written statement of a Senior Officer of the Borrower describing such Termination Event and the action, if any, which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto, and when known, any action taken or threatened by the IRS, DOL or PBGC (or any analogous foreign Governmental Body in relation to Non-US Pension Benefit Plans) with respect thereto;

(b) after any Restricted Group Member knows that a prohibited transaction defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code has occurred, a statement of a Senior Officer of the Borrower describing such transaction and the action which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

(c) after the filing of the same with the IRS, a copy of each funding waiver request filed with respect to any Benefit Plan and all communications received by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to such request;

(d) after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate receives notice of the PBGC's intention to terminate a Benefit Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer a Benefit Plan, copies of each such notice;

(e) after any Restricted Group receives notice of any unfavourable determination letter from the IRS regarding the qualification of a Plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, copies of each such notice and letter;

(f) after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate receives notice from a Multiemployer Plan regarding the imposition of withdrawal liability, copies of each such notice;

(g) after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to make a required instalment or any other required payment under
Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code on or before the due date for such instalment or payment, a notification of such failure;

(h) with respect to a Non-US Pension Plan, after the Borrower or any Restricted Group Member fails to make a required instalment or other payment in accordance with a schedule of contributions, according to the terms of such Non-US Pension Plan or as otherwise required by a foreign Governmental Body, a notification of such failure;

(i) after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows (i) a Multiemployer Plan has been terminated, (ii) the administrator or plan sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan intends to terminate a Multiemployer Plan, or (iii) the PBGC has instituted or will institute proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate a Multiemployer Plan; and

(j) after the Borrower receives reasonable advance written notice from the Agent requesting the same, copies of any Non-US Employee Benefit Plan and related documents, reports and correspondence specified in such notice.

13.1.18 ERISA Compliance. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Restricted Group Member to, and shall use its best efforts to cause its ERISA Affiliates who are not Restricted Group Members to, establish, maintain and operate all Plans to comply in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code, all other Applicable Laws and the respective requirements of the governing documents for such Plans.

13.1.19 Non-US Employee Benefit Plan Compliance. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its other Restricted Group Members to, establish, maintain and operate all Non-US Employee Benefit Plans to comply in all material respects with all laws, regulations and rules applicable thereto and the respective requirements of the governing documents for such Plans.

13.1.20 Interest Holders. The Borrower also shall require, and shall take reasonable measures to ensure compliance with the requirement, that no Person who owns any other direct interest in any Restricted Group Member is or shall be listed on any of the Lists or is or shall be a Designated Person. This
Section 13.1.20 shall not apply to any Person to the extent that such Person's interest in any Restricted Group Member is through a US Publicly Traded Entity. If requested by the Agent, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a schedule of the name, legal domicile address and (for entities) place of organization of each holder of a direct or indirect legal or beneficial interest in the Restricted Group Members.

13.1.21 Anti-Terrorism Policies. The Borrower agrees to adopt and maintain adequate policies, procedures and controls to ensure that it is in compliance with all Anti-Terrorism Laws and related government guidance (such policies, procedures and controls are collectively, the "Anti-Terrorism Policies"). The Borrower consents to the disclosure to U.S. regulators and law enforcement authorities by the Senior Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates or agents of such information about any Restricted Group Member and the owners of direct and indirect interests in any Restricted Group Member that the Agent or Senior Lenders reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws and Anti-money Laundering Laws.

13.1.22 Notification of Agent; Quarantine Steps. The Borrower shall immediately notify the Agent if such Person obtains knowledge that any holder of a direct or indirect interest in any Restricted Group Member, or any director, manager or officer of any of such holder, (a) has been listed on any of the Lists, (b) has become a Designated Person, (c) is under investigation by any Governmental Body for, or has been charged with or convicted of, money laundering drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes, or any violation of the BSA, (d) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti-money Laundering Laws, or (e) has had funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti-money Laundering Laws.

13.1.23 No Violation of Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Restricted Group Members shall not (a) violate any of the prohibitions set forth in the Anti-Terrorism Laws applicable to any of them or the business that they conduct, and (b) require any Senior Lender to take any action that would cause any Senior Lender to be in violation of the prohibitions set forth in the Anti-Terrorism Laws, it being understood that each Senior Lender can refuse to honour any such request or demand otherwise validly made by the Borrower under this Agreement or any Loan Document.

13.2 Negative Covenants. Until Payment in Full of the Finance Obligations, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Finance Parties that it will, and (where the context so admits) it will ensure that each Restricted Group Member will, duly perform and comply with each of the following negative covenants:

13.2.1 Limitation on Indebtedness. No Restricted Group Member will create, assume, incur, otherwise become liable upon or permit to exist any Indebtedness, other than:

(a) Indebtedness secured by any Permitted Lien described in paragraphs (q), (r) and (t) of the definition of "Permitted Liens";

(b) unsecured Indebtedness owing to Unrelated Parties in an aggregate outstanding amount for the entire Restricted Group of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Threshold Amount;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) Indebtedness under any Finance Document;

(e) Derivative Exposure permitted under Subsection 13.2.10;

(f) Indebtedness owing by one Restricted Group Member to another; provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of all such Indebtedness owing by all Restricted Group Members that are not Secured Group Members may not exceed the Threshold Amount;

(g) Deferred Acquisition Consideration or the current portion of Put/Call Obligations; and

(h) Indebtedness permitted under Subsection 13.2.2(c).

13.2.2 Financial Assistance. No Restricted Group Member will provide any financial assistance by means of a loan, guarantee or otherwise to any Person, other than:

(a) to another Restricted Group Member that is a Secured Group Member;

(b) to another Restricted Group Member that is not a Secured Group Member so long as the aggregate value of all financial assistance permitted by this paragraph (b) for the entire Restricted Group does not exceed (on a cumulative basis from the date hereof) the Threshold Amount; and

(c) guarantees in existence on the date hereof by the Borrower of (i) any amount, actual or contingent, matured or unmatured, which is owing by a Maxxcom Group Member to a Person that is acting at arm's length with the Maxxcom Group and holds Capital Stock in a Maxxcom Group Member acquired before that Maxxcom Group Member first became a Maxxcom Group Member (and any transferee thereof (in accordance with the provisions of the existing Acceptable LLC Agreement) acting at arm's length to the Maxxcom Group) and which (A) is, in substance, an amount owing on account of an unpaid portion of the purchase price payable for (1) Capital Stock of a Maxxcom Group Member, or (2) Business Assets of a Maxxcom Group Member which, in either case, was or were acquired from such Person, its Affiliate or predecessor in title as part of a Business Acquisition, or (B) is an "earn out" amount payable under the Constitutional Documents of any Maxxcom Group Member in effect at the date hereof without regard for any change made to them, unless the Required Lenders consent to the change or it is an Immaterial Amendment, or (ii) the current portion of any amount, actual or contingent, matured or unmatured, which is owing by any Maxxcom Group Member on account of the purchase, repurchase, redemption, retraction or other acquisition of, or other distribution in respect of, Capital Stock of a Maxxcom Group Member; provided that the amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (c) are payable in accordance with an Acceptable LLC Agreement.

13.2.3 Sale of Assets. No Restricted Group Member will dispose of any of its Business Assets, except for:

(a) disposals of inventory made in the ordinary course of carrying on its day to day business for cash or Cash Equivalent, to Unrelated Parties;

(b) disposals of obsolete, redundant, damaged or otherwise unusable goods, machinery and equipment;

(c) disposals of any of its Business Assets (i) to a Secured Group Member or (ii) to another Restricted Group Member on commercially reasonable terms (including normal trade terms, but excluding for certainty deferred payment terms) at fair market value consistent with commercial relations between Persons that deal at arm's length;

(d) disposals of defaulted accounts in order to realize on them in a commercially reasonable manner;

(e) disposals of Business Assets in any period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters having a fair market value for the entire Restricted Group of up to the Threshold Amount; and

(f) disposals of the non-core Business Assets listed in Schedule 13.2.3(f).

13.2.4 Negative Pledge. No Restricted Group Member will create, incur, assume or otherwise become liable upon or permit to exist any Lien on, against or with respect to any of its Business Assets, except for Permitted Liens.

13.2.5 No Merger, Amalgamation, etc. No Restricted Group Member will enter into any merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation, liquidation, winding-up, dissolution or similar transaction, except that any Restricted Group Member that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may liquidate or dissolve voluntarily into the Borrower or another such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or merge, consolidate or amalgamate with and into any other Restricted Group Member that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower so long as:

(a) no Default has occurred and is continuing at such time nor would any result from such merger, consolidation or amalgamation (in this subsection, the "Merger");

(b) the successor resulting from the Merger (the "Merged Entity") possesses all the property, rights, privileges and franchises of each Restricted Group Member party to such Merger (each, a "Merging Group Member") and assumes and is subject to all the obligations and liabilities of each such Merging Group Member under each Finance Document to which such Merging Group Member is party;

(c) the benefits of each Finance Document to which each Merging Group Member is a party extend to the performance by the Merged Entity of its obligations under each Loan Document;

(d) the validity, enforceability and effect of the Finance Documents, and the validity, effect, priority and perfection of the Security, shall not be affected in any adverse way;

(e) the Merged Entity is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and a Restricted Group Member; and

(f) legal counsel for each Merging Group Member and the Merged Entity shall have provided an opinion to the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders, addressing such matters referred to in paragraphs (a) to (e) above as the Required Lenders shall reasonably require.

13.2.6 Nature of Business. No Restricted Group Member will change the nature of the Restricted Group's Business or cease to carry on the Restricted Group's Business or any substantial part thereof; and no Restricted Group Member will engage in any new business other than a business engaged solely in a Core Business.

13.2.7 Limitation on Investments. No Restricted Group Member will make any new Investments, other than:

(a) Investments in Cash Equivalents;

(b) Investments in any existing Secured Group Member that are not made in connection with any Business Acquisition;

(c) Investments in any existing Restricted Group Member that is not a Secured Group Member and that are not made in connection with any Business Acquisition so long as the aggregate cumulative amount of all Investments made in such Restricted Group Members does not exceed the Threshold Amount during any Fiscal Year;

(d) Investments permitted under Section 13.2.8;

(e) Investments in Capital Stock of non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of Restricted Group Members that are Subsidiaries of the Borrower to the extent required under Put/Call Obligations;

(f) Investment in Capital Stock of any Person that is not, and upon acquisition of such Capital Stock does not become, a Subsidiary of a Restricted Group Member, but it does grant the guarantees and Liens in favour of the Agent contemplated by Article 10 within 30 days of such Investment being made; and

(g) Investments in Capital Stock of any Person that does not become a Subsidiary of a Restricted Group Member or a Secured Group Member may be acquired if the aggregate purchase price paid by the entire Restricted Group for all such Investments during any Fiscal Year does not exceed USD4,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars or other foreign currency);

provided that, in each case other than paragraph (a), no Default has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur after such Investment is made and such Investment is in a Core Business.

13.2.8 Limitations on Acquisitions. No Restricted Group Member will make any further Business Acquisition, except as provided below:

(a) if the aggregate purchase price paid by the entire Restricted Group for Business Acquisitions made during any Fiscal Year does not exceed USD15,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars or other foreign currency), then each such Business Acquisition may be made so long as (i) it is made by a Secured Group Member or by a Restricted Group Member that becomes a Secured Group Member within 30 days of such Business Acquisition taking place and (ii) each Subsidiary acquired under or in connection with such Business Acquisition becomes a Secured Group Member within 30 days of such Business Acquisition taking place; and

(b) if the aggregate purchase price paid by the entire Restricted Group for Business Acquisitions made during any Fiscal Year equals or exceeds USD15,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars or other foreign currency), then each such Business Acquisition may be made so long as (i) the provisions set out in clauses (i) and
(ii) of paragraph (a) above are complied with, (ii) before such Business Acquisition takes place, the Borrower provides the Agent with pro forma financial statements prepared as at the date such Business Acquisition is to take place and on the basis that such Business Acquisition has taken place and a pro forma Compliance Certificate prepared as at such date and on such basis demonstrating pro forma compliance with the financial tests set out in Section 13.3, (iii) the Required Lenders shall have completed and been satisfied with the results of all due diligence enquiries made by the Lenders in respect of such Business Acquisition and (iv) the Required Lenders have consented to such Business Acquisition;

provided that no Default has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur after such Business Acquisition takes place and such Business Acquisition is in a Core Business.

13.2.9 Redemptions and Distributions; Dividends. No Restricted Group Member will (a) declare, set apart for payment or pay any dividends or other distributions to shareholders on any of its Capital Stock or (b) redeem, retract, purchase for cancellation or retire or otherwise acquire for value in any manner any of its Capital Stock or otherwise reduce its capital in any manner; except that (i) any Restricted Group Member that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Secured Group Member may take any of the actions referred to in clauses (a) and (b), (ii) any Restricted Group Member may purchase Capital Stock in non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of Restricted Group Members that are Subsidiaries of the Borrower to the extent required under Put/Call Obligations and/or Deferred Acquisition Consideration agreements, (iii) the Borrower may purchase its own Capital Stock pursuant to a normal course issuer bid through the facilities of the Toronto Stock Exchange or otherwise pursuant to the provisions of Sections 93(3) (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) of the Securities Act (Ontario) and (iv) any Subsidiary of MDC/KBP Acquisition Inc. may declare and pay cash dividends and cash distributions in accordance with the Acceptable LLC Agreement in relation to it; provided, in each case, that no Default has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur upon such purchase taking place or on or before the expiry of the first full Fiscal Quarter ending after the date such purchase takes place.

13.2.10 Derivatives. No Restricted Group Member will enter into any Derivative except for the purpose of paying or hedging its actual or anticipated normal business capital expenditures and operating revenues and expenses or hedging its interest rate or currency exposure on its Debt.

13.2.11 No Continuance. No Restricted Group Member will continue under the laws of any other jurisdiction, save that the Borrower may continue under the Canada Business Corporations Act (Canada).

13.2.12 Fiscal Year. No Restricted Group Member will change its fiscal year to any fiscal year other than to the Fiscal Year.

13.2.13 Material Contracts. No Restricted Group Member will permit any material change in any Material Contract to take place, except to the extent permitted in any related Material Contract security agreement entered into between that Restricted Group Member and the Agent.

13.2.14 Constitutional Documents. No Restricted Group Member will change its Constitutional Documents, except to the extent permitted by Subsection 13.2.5 and (b) for any change that is an Immaterial Amendment.

13.2.15 Benefit Plans. No Restricted Group Member will:

(a) engage, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage, in any prohibited transaction described in Sections 406 of ERISA or 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code for which a statutory or class exemption is not available or a private exemption has not been previously obtained from the DOL;

(b) permit to exist any accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in Sections 302 of ERISA and 412 of the Internal Revenue Code), with respect to any Benefit Plan, whether or not waived;

(c) fail, or permit any ERISA Affiliate who is a Restricted Group Member to fail, to pay timely required contributions or annual instalments due with respect to any waived funding deficiency to any Benefit Plan;

(d) terminate, or permit any ERISA Affiliate who is a Restricted Group Member to terminate, any Benefit Plan which would result in any liability of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA;

(e) fail to make any contribution or payment to any Multiemployer Plan which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may be required to make under any agreement relating to such Multiemployer Plan, or any law pertaining thereto;

(f) fail, or permit any ERISA Affiliate who is a Restricted Group Member to fail, to pay any required instalment or any other payment required under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code on or before the due date for such instalment or other payment;

(g) amend, or permit any ERISA Affiliate who is a Restricted Group Member to amend, a Benefit Plan resulting in an increase in current liability for the plan year such that the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to provide security to such Plan under Section 401(a)(29) of the Internal Revenue Code;

(h) permit any further unfunded liabilities with respect to any Non-US Pension Plan which would trigger a requirement to make a material increase in contributions to fund any such liabilities; or

(i) fail, or permit any other Restricted Group Member to fail, to pay any required contributions or payments to a Non-US Pension Plan on or before the due date for such required instalment or payment.

13.2.16 Anti-Terrorism Laws. No Restricted Group Member will, directly or indirectly, (a) knowingly conduct any business or engage in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Designated Person or any other Person identified in any List, (b) knowingly deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to any Anti-Terrorism Law,
(c) knowingly repay any Advance with any funds derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the making of the Loans would be in violation of law, or (d) knowingly engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law (and the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by the Agent in its reasonable discretion, confirming compliance with this Section 13.2.7).

13.3 Financial Covenants. Until Payment in Full of all Finance Obligations, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Finance Parties that it will ensure that each of the following financial tests is complied with at all times:

13.3.1 Maximum Total Debt/Adjusted EBITDA Ratio. The Total Debt/Adjusted EBITDA Ratio for each Test Period shall not exceed 2.0:1.

13.3.2 Maximum Total Debt/Total Capitalization Percentage. The Total Debt/Total Capitalization Percentage shall not be greater than fifteen percent (15%).

13.3.3 Minimum Shareholders Equity. Shareholders Equity as at any date shall not be less than the sum of (A) USD155,000,000 plus (b) fifty percent (50%) of the sum of the Restricted Group's positive combined net after tax income for each Fiscal Year completed on or before that date, but after December 31, 2004, in which there was positive combined net after tax income of the Restricted Group.

13.3.4 Minimum Adjusted Interest Coverage. The Adjusted Interest Coverage Ratio for each Test Period shall not be less than 2.5:1.

ARTICLE 14
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

14.1 Events of Default. Any default, breach, failure, event, state or condition described below shall constitute an Event of Default and a default by the Borrower under this Agreement:

14.1.1 Non-Payment of Principal. The Borrower fails to pay any principal amount outstanding hereunder when due.

14.1.2 Non-Payment of Interest and Other Amounts. The Borrower fails to pay any interest, Fee or other amount (excluding principal) payable hereunder when due and such failure continues unremedied for more than three (3) Business Days.

14.1.3 Misrepresentation. Any representation or warranty which is not already subject to a materiality qualification made or deemed made by any Restricted Group Member in any Finance Document is found to have been false or misleading in any material respect or any representation or warranty which is subject to a materiality qualification made or deemed made by any Restricted Group Member in any Finance Document is found to have been false or misleading in any respect.

14.1.4 Financial Tests. Any financial test contained in Section 13.3 is not complied with.

14.1.5 Breach of Certain Covenants. The Borrower fails to perform or comply with any provision or obligation contained in Sections 10.1, 10.2, 13.1.2 and 13.2.

14.1.6 Breach of Other Covenants. Any Restricted Group Member fails to perform or comply with any provision or obligation contained in any Finance Document to which it is a party and such failure continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after any Restricted Group Member knows of such failure (other than those referred to in Subsections 14.1.1, 14.1.2, 14.1.3, 14.1.4 and 14.1.5 above).

14.1.7 Cross-Default. Any Restricted Group Member defaults under any one or more agreements, documents or instruments relating to Indebtedness in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount and, if there is any cure period applicable to such default, such cure period lapses without the default being cured.

14.1.8 Unsatisfied Judgments. Any one or more Awards for the uninsured payment of money in an aggregate amount for the entire Restricted Group exceeding the Threshold Amount are rendered against any one or more Restricted Group Members and such Restricted Group Members do not discharge same in accordance with its terms, or procure a stay of execution thereof, or deposit with the Agent cash collateral or other security satisfactory to the Required Lenders in the amount of such Awards to be set aside to pay such Awards and bearing interest at prevailing commercial rates agreed between the Agent and such Restricted Group Member accruing to the benefit of such Restricted Group Member, within 30 days from the date of the entry of each such Award and in any event at least five (5) Business Days before any such Award may be executed upon.

14.1.9 Enforcement of Liens. Any one or more Persons entitled to any Liens on any Business Assets of any one or more Restricted Group Members having claims exceeding the Threshold Amount take possession of any such Business Assets or any one or more seizures, executions, garnishments, sequestrations, distresses, attachments or other equivalent processes in respect of claims against any one or more Restricted Group Member exceeding the Threshold Amount are issued or levied against all or any material part of the Business Assets of any one or more Restricted Group Members and such Restricted Group Members do not discharge the same or provide for the discharge in accordance with their terms, or procure a stay of execution thereof, or deposit with the Agent cash collateral or other security satisfactory to the Required Lenders in the amount of the claims to be set aside to pay such Awards and bearing interest at prevailing commercial rates agreed between the Agent and such Restricted Group Member accruing to the benefit of such Restricted Group Member, within 30 days from the date such possession or process first takes effect and in any event at least five (5) Business Days before such Business Assets are capable of being disposed of thereunder.

14.1.10 Insolvency. Any Bankruptcy Event with respect to any Restricted Group Member occurs; or any Restricted Group Member takes corporate or other internal governance action to authorize any Bankruptcy Proceeding.

14.1.11 Cessation of Business. Any Restricted Group Member ceases or suspends or threatens to cease or suspend all or a substantial portion of its business.

14.1.12 Security Imperilled. If (a) any Litigation is commenced which, if determined adversely to any Restricted Group Member or to the rights of the Senior Lenders, would constitute a Material Adverse Change, (b) any Finance Document or any material right thereunder becomes or is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable or ineffective, (c) the Lien of any Security shall not be or cease to be valid and perfected ranking in priority in the manner contemplated herein or in the Security Documents, other than by reason of the direct act or omission of the Agent or the Lenders or (d) any Restricted Group Member or any other Person party to any Finance Document denies that it has any or further obligations thereunder or challenges the validity of any provision thereof or of the Security.

14.1.13 Material Adverse Change. Any Material Adverse Change occurs.

14.1.14 Change of Control or Ownership. Any Change in Control occurs, any Restricted Group Member that is not the Borrower ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Restricted Group Member (other than any of the Maxxcom Group) ceases to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Restricted Group Member.

14.1.15 Termination Event. Any Termination Event occurs which the Agent reasonably believes could subject the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to a liability in excess of the Threshold Amount.

14.1.16 Waiver of Minimum Funding Standard. If the plan administrator of any Plan applies under Section 412(d) of the Internal Revenue Code for a waiver of the minimum funding standards of Section 412(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and the Agent believes that the substantial business hardship upon which the application for the waiver is based could subject the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to liability in excess of the Threshold Amount.

14.1.17 Requirement to Pay, etc. Any step is taken to issue any requirement to pay from the Minister of Finance of Canada or to issue any garnishment order directing the Agent or any Finance Party to pay more than the Threshold Amount on account of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Minister of Finance or such garnishing creditor.

14.1.18 Ashton-Potter [USA] Sublease. Ashton-Potter [USA] Ltd. is given a "Default Notice" referred to and defined in that certain Consent, Waiver and Agreement by Sublessor of Real Estate listed as item 29 in Schedule 10.1 (the "Landlord Consent") and fails to cure the defaults referred to therein within the "Cure Period" referred to and defined in the Landlord Consent.

14.2 Termination and Acceleration. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Agent may (or, subject to Section 15.9, at the direction of the Required Lenders shall) do any one or more of the following:

(a) declare the whole or any item or part of the Total Commitment or the unutilized portion (if any) of any Credit Facility to be cancelled, terminated or reduced, whereupon the Lenders (to the extent applicable) shall not be required to make any further Advance hereunder in respect of such portion of the Total Commitment or each Credit Facility cancelled, terminated or reduced;

(b) accelerate the maturity of all or any item or part of the Loan Obligations of the Borrower hereunder and declare them to be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall be so accelerated and become so due and payable;

(c) suspend any rights of the Borrower under any Loan Document, whereupon such rights shall be so suspended;

(d) demand payment under each Guarantee and any other guarantee comprised in the Security;

(e) demand that the Borrower pay (i) the Outstanding Amount of all outstanding Acceptances in prepayment of its obligations under Section 5.7 in respect of outstanding Acceptances,
(ii) its Positive Derivative Exposure, if any, to each Qualified Hedge Counterparty and (iii) the Standby Instrument Exposure under all outstanding Standby Instruments in prepayment of its obligations under Subsection 4.2.2 in respect thereof, whereupon the Borrower shall be obliged to (A) prepay immediately to the Agent for the account of the Lenders under the Revolving Facility the Outstanding Amount of all outstanding Acceptances, (B) pay immediately to the Agent for the account of each Qualified Hedge Counterparty such Positive Derivative Exposure under all Derivatives entered into by it with each Qualified Hedge Counterparty and (C) pay immediately to the Agent for the account of each Issuing Bank such Standby Instrument Exposure until such Standby Instruments expire or are drawn upon, whereupon the Issuing Bank shall, subject to other provisions of this Section 14.2, account to and return any overpayment to the Borrower;

(f) enforce and realize upon all or any part of the Security; and

(g) take any other action, commence and prosecute any Litigation or exercise such other rights as may be permitted by Applicable Law (whether or not provided for in any Finance Document) at such times and in such manner as the Agent may consider expedient;

all without any additional notice, demand, presentment for payment, protest, noting of protest, dishonour, notice of dishonour or any other action being required. If an Event of Default referred to in Subsection 14.1.10 occurs, unless the Required Lenders otherwise agree, the Total Commitment shall be cancelled and the Loan Obligations shall be accelerated and become immediately due and payable automatically without any action on the part of the Agent or any Lender being required.

14.3 Waiver. The Required Lenders may waive any Default. No waiver, however, shall be deemed to extend to a subsequent Default, whether or not the same as or similar to the Default waived, and no act or omission by the Senior Lenders shall extend to, or be taken in any manner whatsoever to affect, any subsequent Default or the rights of the Senior Lenders arising therefrom. Any such waiver must be in writing and signed by the Agent to be effective. No failure on the part of the Senior Lenders to exercise, and no delay by the Senior Lenders in exercising, any rights under any Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of such rights. No single or partial exercise of any such rights shall preclude any other or further exercise of such rights or the exercise of any other rights.

Article 15
THE AGENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE CREDIT FACILITIES

15.1 Appointment and Authorization. Each Finance Party irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to execute, deliver and take such actions as its agent under each Loan Document to which the Agent is party and to exercise such rights under each such Loan Document as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with such rights as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Agent accepts such appointment and agrees to perform its obligations as such Agent under each such Loan Document in accordance with the provisions hereof.

15.2 Declaration of Agency. The Agent declares that it shall hold the Security entrusted to it, the Collateral charged thereby and the rights granted to it under each other Loan Document, for its own benefit and as agent for the rateable benefit of each Finance Party. The rights vested in the Agent by any Loan Document shall be performed by the Agent in accordance with this Article 15.

15.3 Protection of Agent. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under any Loan Document or in connection therewith, except to the extent of any losses and expenses that are determined by a Final Judgment to have directly resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent. In no event shall the Agent be liable to the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Finance Party for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct damages) arising out of or in connection with, or as a result of any Finance Document or the performance, improper performance or non-performance of any obligation thereunder.

15.4 Interest Holders. The Agent may treat each Lender as the holder of all of the rights of such Lender in respect of the Credit Facilities until a duly executed and delivered Loan Transfer Agreement signed by such Lender and the Transferee, completed in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, has been delivered to the Agent and the Agent has been paid its required processing fee for such loan transfer. The Agent may treat each Qualified Hedge Counterparty as the holder of all rights of such Qualified Hedge Counterparty under all Qualified Hedge Agreements entered into by it until a duly executed and delivered assignment and assumption agreement signed by the Borrower, such Qualified Hedge Counterparty and the proposed assignee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent has been delivered to the Agent and the Agent has been paid such processing fee for such assignment as the Agent shall reasonably require together with payment of all fees, costs and expenses of the Lenders' Counsel incurred or anticipated being incurred in completing such assignment.

15.5 Consultation with Professionals. The Agent may engage and consult with the Lenders' Counsel, accountants, consultants, financial advisors and other experts and the Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken or suffered by it in good faith and in accordance with the advice and opinion of the Lenders' Counsel or such accountants, consultants, financial advisors or other experts.

15.6 Documents. The Agent shall not be under any duty or obligation to examine, enquire into or pass upon the validity, effectiveness or genuineness of any Finance Document or any other agreement, document, instrument or communication furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document, and the Agent shall be entitled to assume that the same are valid, effective and genuine, have been signed or sent by the proper parties and are what they purport to be.

15.7 The Agent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. With respect to its Commitments, those portions of the Credit Facilities made available by it and each Qualified Hedge Agreement entered into by it, the Agent shall have the same rights hereunder as any other Finance Party and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the Agent and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with any Restricted Group Member and its Affiliates and Persons doing business with any Restricted Group Member or any of its Affiliates as if it were not the Agent and without any obligation to account therefor.

15.8 Responsibility of the Agent. The obligations of the Agent to the Finance Parties under each Loan Document to which the Agent is party are only those expressly set forth in such Loan Documents, subject as otherwise provided in this Article 15. The Agent shall not have any fiduciary obligation to any Finance Party. The Agent shall only have those contractual obligations expressly set forth in each Loan Document to which the Agent is party. The Agent shall not have any duty or obligation to investigate whether any Default has occurred. The Agent shall be entitled to assume that no Default has occurred and is continuing, unless any officer of the Agent charged with the administration of the Loan Documents has actual knowledge or has been notified by the Borrower of such fact or has been notified by a Lender that such Lender considers that a Default has occurred and is continuing, such notification to specify in detail the nature thereof.

15.9 Action by the Agent.

15.9.1 Exercise of Discretion. The Agent shall be entitled to use its discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any rights which may be vested in it by, and with respect to taking or refraining from taking any action which it may be able to take under or in respect of, any Loan Document, unless the Agent has been instructed by the Required Lenders to exercise such rights or to take or refrain from taking such action; provided, however, that the Agent shall not release or postpone any Guarantee or release, discharge or subordinate any Lien created under any Security without the consent of all the Lenders, unless expressly permitted or required to do so by the provisions of any Loan Document. The Agent shall not incur any obligations under or in respect of any Loan Document with respect to anything which it may do or refrain from doing in the reasonable exercise of its judgment or which may seem to it to be necessary or desirable in the circumstances, except to the extent of any losses and expenses that are determined by a Final Judgment to have directly resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent.

15.9.2 Instruments from Required Lenders. The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting under any Loan Document in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders, and any action taken or refrained from being taken pursuant to such instructions shall be binding on all Finance Parties.

15.9.3 Compliance with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the Agent may refrain from doing anything which would or might in its opinion be contrary to any Applicable Law or which would or might otherwise render it liable to any Person and may do anything which is, in its opinion, necessary to comply with any Applicable Law.

15.9.4 Insurance. Without prejudice to the provisions of any other Loan Document, the Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to insure any of the Collateral or to require any other Person to maintain any such insurance and it shall not be responsible for any losses and expenses which may be suffered by any Person as a result of the lack of or inadequacy or insufficiency of any such insurance.

15.9.5 Litigation. The Agent shall have the right to institute, prosecute and defend any Litigation affecting the Agent, any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents, the Collateral or the Security and, subject to Section 15.18, to compromise any matter or difference or submit any such matter or difference to arbitration and to compromise or compound any debts owing to the Agent as agent or any other claims against it as such agent upon being provided with such evidence as shall seem sufficient to the Agent.

15.9.6 New Obligations. The Agent shall have the right to give or enter into any obligation as it shall, with the approval of the Required Lenders and subject to all of the provisions of the Loan Documents to which the Agent is party, think fit in relation to the Finance Documents, the Collateral or the Security.

15.9.7 Agent May Require Security. Notwithstanding Subsection 15.9.1, the Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of the Required Lenders to begin any Litigation, enforce any Security or to take management or control of any Collateral, arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document until it has received such security as it may require (whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise) for all losses and expenses and disbursements which it anticipates it will or may expend or incur in complying with such instructions.

15.9.8 Standard of Promptness. Where the Agent is obliged by the provisions of this Article 15 to give any notice or notification "promptly" or "forthwith", if it gives such notice or notification within two (2) Business Days of an officer of it charged with the administration of this Agreement becoming aware of the subject matter of such notice or notification, it shall be deemed to have given such notice or notification promptly or forthwith.

15.10 Notice of Events of Default. In the event that an officer of the Agent charged with the administration of this Agreement is notified of any Event of Default, the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders, and, subject to
Section 15.9, the Agent shall take such action and assert such rights under the Loan Documents as the Required Lenders shall request in writing, and the Agent shall not be subject to any liability by reason of its acting pursuant to any such request. Prior to receiving any instructions from the Required Lenders in respect of such Event of Default, the Agent may, but shall not be obliged to, take such action or assert such rights (other than those matters requiring unanimous Lender consent under any other provision of this Agreement) as it deems in its discretion to be advisable for the protection of the Finance Parties, except that, if the Required Lenders have instructed the Agent not to take such action or assert such rights, in no event shall the Agent act contrary to those instructions.

15.11 Responsibility Disclaimed. The Agent in such capacity shall not be under any obligation whatsoever:

         (a)      to any Restricted Group Member as a consequence of any
                  failure or delay in the performance by, or any breach by,
                  any Finance Party of any of its obligations under any
                  Finance Document;

         (b)      to any Finance Party, as a consequence of any failure or
                  delay in performance by, or any breach by, any Restricted
                  Group Member of any of its obligations under any Finance
                  Document; or

         (c)      to any Finance Party for any statements, representations or
                  warranties in any Finance Document or any other agreement,
                  document or instrument contemplated by any Finance Document
                  or in any other information provided pursuant to any Finance
                  Document or any other agreement, document or instrument
                  contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity,
                  effectiveness, enforceability or sufficiency of any Finance
                  Document or any other agreement, document or instrument
                  contemplated thereby.

15.12    Indemnification.

15.12.1  Finance Parties to Indemnify Agent. Each of the Finance Parties

severally agrees to indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower on demand) pro rata according to their respective Total Exposures from and against any and all losses and expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of any Finance Document or any other agreement, document or instrument contemplated thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under any Finance Document or any agreement, document or instrument contemplated thereby, except that no Finance Party shall be liable to the Agent for any portion of such losses and expenses or disbursements to the extent they are determined by a Final Judgment to have directly resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent.

15.12.2 Agent May Indemnify Itself. The Agent may indemnify itself out of the Collateral charged by the Security, or any funds received by the Agent pursuant to Section 15.20 against all of the losses and expenses or disbursements suffered or incurred by the Agent in connection with any matter or thing done or omitted to be done in any way relating to any Finance Document, except for any portion of such losses and expenses or disbursements to the extent they are determined by a Final Judgment to have directly resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent.

15.13 Protection of Representatives. Each reference in Sections 15.1, 15.3, 15.9, 15.10, 15.11, 15.12, 15.15 and 15.20 to the Agent shall (to the extent the context so admits) be deemed to include the Agent and its Representatives and the Agent shall be constituted as agent and bare trustee of each such Representative and shall hold and enforce their rights under those Sections for their respective benefits.

15.14 Credit Decision. Each Finance Party represents and warrants to the Agent that:

         (a)      in making its decision to enter into each Finance Document
                  to which it is party, to make its Commitments and its
                  portion of the Credit Facilities available to the Borrower
                  and to enter into each Qualified Hedge Agreement, it has
                  independently taken whatever steps it considers necessary to
                  evaluate the financial condition and affairs of each
                  Restricted Group Member and that it has made an independent
                  credit judgment without reliance upon any information
                  furnished by the Agent; and

         (b)      so long as any portion of the Credit Facilities is being
                  utilized by the Borrower or any Qualified Hedge Agreement
                  remains unperformed, it will continue to make its own
                  independent evaluation of the financial condition and
                  affairs of each Restricted Group Member.

15.15    Replacement of Agent, Reference Lender and Swing Line Lender.

15.15.1  Agents. The Agent (a "Resigning Agent") may resign at any time by

giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower. Such resignation will not be effective until a replacement agent is appointed. Upon receipt of notice of any such intended resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a replacement to the Resigning Agent who shall be one of the Lenders. Unless a Default has occurred, the consent of the Borrower (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to any such replacement shall also be required. If no replacement to the Resigning Agent shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment within 15 days of receipt of such notice, the Lenders (excluding the Lender that is the Resigning Agent) shall within the following 15 days appoint a replacement who may, but need not be, a Lender. If the Lenders fail to appoint a replacement to the Resigning Agent within such 15 day period, without limitation of its rights under this Subsection 15.15.1, the Resigning Agent may, on behalf of the Finance Parties, appoint a replacement Agent which shall be a financial institution organized under the laws of Canada (or a Province) or the laws of the United States or any State thereof, in each case which has (or whose Holding Body Corporate has) combined capital and reserves in excess of USD5,000,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars or other foreign currency) and has (or whose affiliates have) offices in Toronto. Upon the resignation of a Resigning Agent, the replacement agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights and obligations of the Resigning Agent and the Resigning Agent shall be discharged from its obligations under the Finance Documents. A replacement agent shall evidence its acceptance of appointment hereunder by signing and delivering a counterpart of this Agreement to the Borrower and the Resigning Agent. After any Resigning Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Agent the provisions of this Article 15 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.

15.15.2 Reference Lenders. The Agent may remove any Reference Lender and nominate and appoint any other Lender (or its affiliate) to act as the Reference Lender in relation to any Credit Facility under this Agreement. Any Reference Lender may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Agent. Upon receipt of such resignation notice, the Agent shall appoint a replacement Reference Lender who shall be one of the Lenders (or their affiliates).

15.15.3 Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender may be replaced by a Transferee pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 16.10.

15.16 Delegation. With the prior approval of the Required Lenders, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, the Agent shall have the right to delegate any of its rights, duties or obligations under the Loan Documents to any other Person upon such terms and conditions as the Agent may think fit and the Agent shall not be bound to supervise the proceedings or be in any way responsible for any obligations or losses and expenses incurred by reason of any misconduct or default on the part of any such delegate.

15.17 Required Lender Decisions. Where the Required Lenders are required to agree or consent to any act or thing, or to exercise any judgment or discretion, under any Loan Document, the Relevant Agent shall ask all Lenders for such agreement or consent to do any such act or thing or to exercise such judgment or discretion. The foregoing shall not limit the right of the Required Lenders to agree or consent to any such act or thing or to exercise such judgment or discretion. A copy of such agreement or consent shall be sent by the Agent to all the Lenders.

15.18 Changes, Judgments and Discretions.

15.18.1 General. The rights of each Finance Party under each Finance Document shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights which each Finance Party would otherwise have, and no failure or delay by the Agent or any Finance Party in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of it nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right preclude its further exercise or the exercise of any other right. Subject as otherwise provided in Subsections 15.18.2, 15.18.3 and 15.18.4, (a) any term, condition, other provision, obligation or agreement contained in any Finance Document may be changed with the consent of the Borrower and the Majority Lenders, (b) any act or thing referred to in any Loan Document may be agreed or consented to by the Majority Lenders and (c) the exercise of any judgment or discretion by the Lenders contained in any Loan Document may be exercised by the Majority Lenders.

15.18.2 Changes Requiring Every Lenders' Consent. Without the prior consent of every Lender, no change to any Finance Document, agreement or consent to any act or thing referred to in any Loan Document or exercise of any judgment or discretion contained in any Loan Document shall:

(a) increase the aggregate amount of any Credit Facility, the amount or term of any of the Commitments or the proportion represented by the Rateable Share of any Lender, except to the extent expressly permitted or required in this Agreement;

(b) postpone or defer the time for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Advance, any Fees or any other amount payable hereunder;

(c) decrease the rate or amount or change the currency of any principal, interest or Fees payable hereunder (save for a decrease in the Default Rate by up to two percent (2%) which may be consented to by the Majority Lenders) or the requirement of pro rata application in accordance with (i) each Lender's Rateable Share of all amounts received by the Agent in respect of the Revolving Facility or (ii) its Total Exposure of all amounts received by the Finance Parties after the occurrence of an Enforcement Event;

(d) require any Lender to make any Advance or its share in any Advance available to finance a Hostile Take-Over Bid if that Lender determines that it has a conflict of interest;

(e) change the definition of "Majority Lenders", "Rateable Share", "Required Lenders" or "Total Exposure";

(f) amend Section 15.22, 15.25 or 16.10.2 or this Section 15.18; or

(g) release or postpone any Guarantee or release, discharge or subordinate any Lien created under the Security except as otherwise expressly permitted or required by the provisions of any Loan Document to which the Agent is party.

15.18.3 Changes Requiring Consent of the Agent, Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank. No change to any provision of any Loan Document shall affect any of the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Swing Line Lender or the Issuing Bank under any Loan Document, without the prior consent of that Agent, Swing Line Lender or Issuing Bank.

15.18.4 Changes Requiring Consent of Qualified Hedge Counterparties. No change to any provision of any Qualified Hedge Agreement shall affect any of the rights or obligations of any Qualified Hedge Counterparty under any Qualified Hedge Agreement without the prior consent of that Qualified Hedge Counterparty.

15.19 Determination by Agent.

15.19.1 Good Faith. Any determination to be made by the Agent under any Loan Document shall be made by the Agent in good faith and, if so made, shall be deemed to have been properly made and conclusive and binding on all parties, absent manifest error.

15.19.2 Certificate of the Agent as to Rates. Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 15.20.5, a certificate of the Agent certifying any amount or interest or discount rate shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto for all purposes, absent manifest error. No provision hereof shall be construed so as to require the Agent to issue a certificate at any particular time.

15.19.3 Notification of Rates. Each Reference Lender (if it is not the same Person as the Agent) shall promptly notify the Agent of each interest rate that is required to determine pursuant to this Agreement. Promptly following receipt of each such notice, or promptly after determination if the Agent and the Reference Lender is the same Person, the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of each interest rate the Agent is required to determine and report to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

15.20 Interlender Procedure for Making Advances.

15.20.1 Lenders to provide their Rateable Shares to Agent. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Revolving Facility shall be available to the Borrower as follows: upon receipt by the Agent of a Borrowing Request, the Agent will promptly notify each Lender of the receipt of such Borrowing Request and of such Lender's Rateable Share of such Borrowing. In the case of an issue of Acceptances, the Agent will round allocations amongst the Lenders to ensure that each Acceptance issued has a face amount which is a whole number multiple of CAD100,000 (and such rounded allocations shall constitute the Lenders' respective Rateable Shares for the purposes of this Agreement). Subject to Sections 6.3, 8.9 and 14.2 and Subsection 15.20.7, each Lender will make its Rateable Share of each Borrowing or its Net Acceptance Proceeds available to the Agent by paying, no later than 11:00 a.m. (local time in the place of payment) on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower, its Rateable Share of such Advance or such Net Acceptance Proceeds to the Agent's Accounts. Subject to Sections 8.9 and 14.2 , the Agent will make such funds available, upon receipt, to the Borrower on the Borrowing Date by bank transfer to the Borrower's Accounts.

15.20.2 Limitation on Agent's Liability. The obligations of the Agent under this Section 15.20 shall be limited to taking such steps as are commercially reasonable to implement the instructions described in Subsection 15.20.1, and the Agent shall not be liable for any losses and expenses which may be incurred or suffered by the Borrower and occasioned by the failure or delay of funds to reach the designated destination.

15.20.3 Lenders to indemnify Agents for failure to make funds available. Unless the Agent has been notified by a Lender at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower that such Lender will not make available to the Agent its Rateable Share of such Borrowing or its Net Acceptance Proceeds, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion of the Borrowing or such Net Acceptance Proceeds available to the Agent on the Borrowing Date in accordance with the provisions hereof, and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available (to the extent applicable) to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Agent has made such assumption, to the extent a Lender has not so made its Rateable Share of the Borrowing or its Net Acceptance Proceeds available to the Agent, such Lender agrees to pay to the Agent forthwith on demand, to the extent that such amount is not recovered from the Borrower within seven days of demand (without in any way obligating the Agent to commence any Litigation to recover such amount), such Lender's Rateable Share of the Borrowing or its Net Acceptance Proceeds and all losses and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection therewith together with interest thereon at the relevant interbank rate for each day from the date such amount is made available by the Agent until the date such amount is paid or repaid to the Agent.

15.20.4 Borrower to repay any Advance not funded by a Lender. Notwithstanding Subsection 15.20.3, if a Lender fails to pay any portion of any Borrowing or its Net Acceptance Proceeds to the Agent pursuant to Subsection 15.20.3, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any rights that the Borrower might have against such Lender, repay such amount to the Agent within three (3) Business Days after demand therefor by the Agent together with all losses and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection therewith and interest thereon at the rate payable hereunder by the Borrower in respect of such Borrowing.

15.20.5 Agent to issue Certificate as to Amount payable. Any amount payable to the Agent pursuant to this Section 15.20 (other than Subsection 15.20.1) shall be set forth in a certificate delivered by the Agent to the Lender concerned and the Borrower (which certificate shall contain reasonable details of how the amount payable is calculated) and shall be prima facie evidence thereof. If a Lender makes the payment to the Agent required by this Section 15.20, the amount so paid shall constitute, to the extent thereof, such Lender's Rateable Share of the Borrowing or its Net Acceptance Proceeds for purposes of this Agreement.

15.20.6 No Lender responsible for any other Lender's Rateable Share. The failure of any Lender to advance its Rateable Share of any Borrowing or its Net Acceptance Proceeds to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations, if any, hereunder to advance its Rateable Share of the Borrowing or its Net Acceptance Proceeds to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement on the Borrowing Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make available its Rateable Share of any Borrowing or its Net Acceptance Proceeds to be made available by such other Lender to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement on any Borrowing Date.

15.20.7 InterLender Netting. If on any date amounts (other than interest and Fees) would be due and payable under this Agreement in the same currency by the Agent to any Lender and by that Lender to the Agent, then, on such date, unless the Agent notifies the Lenders stating that netting is not to apply to such payments, each such party's obligations to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the Agent (after receipt from the Borrower or the Lenders, as the case may be) to that Lender exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by that Lender to the Agent (for the account of the Borrower or the Lenders, as the case may be) or vice versa, such obligation shall be replaced by an obligation upon whichever of the Agent or the Lender would have had to pay the larger aggregate amount to pay to the other the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

15.21 Remittance of Payments. Forthwith after receipt of any payment of principal, interest, Fees or other amounts for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to the provisions hereof, the Agent shall remit to each Lender entitled thereto, its Rateable Share of such payment. If the Agent, on the assumption that it will receive, on any particular date, a payment of principal, interest, Fees or other amounts hereunder, remits to each Lender its Rateable Share of such payment and the Borrower fails to make such payment, each Lender agrees to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand, to the extent that such amount is not recovered from the Borrower within seven (7) days of demand (without in any way obligating the Agent to commence any Litigation to recover such amount, such Lender's Rateable Share of the payment made pursuant hereto, together with all losses and expenses incurred by the Relevant Agent in connection therewith and interest thereon (at the relevant interbank rate) for each day from the date such amount is remitted to the Lenders. The exact amount of the repayment required to be made by the Lenders will be set forth in a statement delivered by the Agent to each Lender, which statement shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

15.22 Redistribution of Payments.

15.22.1 Disproportionate Receipts to be Shared. Except for any payment that is required to be shared pursuant to Subsection 15.22.2, if a Lender, through the exercise of any right of set-off or otherwise (save for any payment made to it from the Agent in accordance with the provisions hereof) receives payment of a portion of the Loan Obligations due to it which is greater than the proportion received by any other Lender in respect of the aggregate amount of the Loan Obligations due to such other Lender (having regard to the respective Rateable Shares of the Lenders), the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall purchase a participation (which shall be done simultaneously with receipt of such payment) in that portion of the Loan Obligations due to the other Lender or Lenders (the "Selling Lender or Lenders") so that the respective receipts shall be pro rata according to their respective Rateable Shares; provided, however, that:

(a) if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender shall be recovered from a Restricted Group Member by the Selling Lender or Lenders, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price paid for such participation shall be returned by such Selling Lender or Lenders to the extent of such recovery, together with interest thereon at the relevant interbank rate calculated and payable from the Business Day following the day such return is requested until it is paid in full; and

(b) if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is found to have been a transfer in fraud of creditors or a preferential payment under any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency legislation or is otherwise required to be returned by such purchasing Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price paid for such participation shall be returned by such Selling Lender or Lenders to the extent of such amount returned, together with interest thereon at the relevant interbank rate calculated and payable from the Business Day following the day such return is requested until it is paid in full.

15.22.2 Disproportionate Receipts of Finance Parties. If a Finance Party, through the exercise of any right of set-off or otherwise (save for any payment to it from the Agent in accordance with the provisions hereof), receives payment of a portion of the Finance Obligations due to it after the occurrence of an Enforcement Event which is greater than the proportion received by any other Finance Party in respect of the aggregate amount of the Finance Obligations due to such other Finance Party (having regard to the respective Total Exposures of the Finance Parties), the Finance Parties receiving such proportionately greater payment shall purchase a participation (which shall be done simultaneously with receipt of such payment) in that portion of the Finance Obligations due to the other Finance Party or Finance Parties (the "Selling Finance Party or Finance Parties") so that the respective receipts shall be pro rata according to their respective Total Exposures determined before such payment is received; provided, however, that:

(a) if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Finance Party shall be recovered from a Restricted Group Member by the Selling Finance Party or Finance Parties, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price paid for such participation shall be returned by such Selling Finance Party or Finance Parties to the extent of such recovery, together with interest thereon at the relevant interbank rate calculated and payable from the Business Day following the day such return is requested until it is paid in full; and

(b) if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Finance Party is found to have been a transfer in fraud of creditors or a preferential payment under any applicable bankruptcy and insolvency legislation or is otherwise required to be returned by such purchasing Finance Party, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price paid for such participation shall be returned by such Selling Finance Party or Finance Parties to the extent of such amount returned, together with interest thereon at the relevant interbank rate calculated and payable from the Business Day following the day such return is requested until it is paid in full.

15.22.3 Notice Requirement. If any Finance Party receives or recovers payment of any amount it is required to share pursuant to Subsections 15.22.1 or 15.22.2, it shall promptly provide full particulars thereof to the Agent and the Agent shall promptly provide copies of such particulars to the other Finance Parties.

15.23 Prompt Notice to Lenders.

15.23.1 Distribution of Information. The Agent agrees to provide to the Lenders copies of the information, notices and reports received by it from the Borrower for distribution to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement, including information provided pursuant to Sections 12.2 and Subsections 13.1.6, 13.1.8 and 13.1.9, promptly upon receipt of same.

15.23.2 Distribution by Use of Websites. The Agent may satisfy its obligations under this Agreement to deliver to the Lenders copies of the information, notices and reports referred to in Subsection 15.23.1 by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Agent to which the Lenders have access. The Agent shall supply the Lenders with the address of and any relevant password specifications for that designated website.

15.24 Several Debts of the Lenders. Each Lender's share in each Borrowing constitutes a several debt owing by the Borrower to such Lender.

15.25 Enforcement of Security. To the extent that the Agent receives or recovers payment of an amount owing under the Finance Documents upon or following the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, such amount shall be applied as amongst the Finance Parties:

(a) first, in or towards payment of all of the Agent's losses and expenses and disbursements;

(b) secondly, in or towards payment of all Finance Obligations which are due and payable by the Borrower at such time to the Finance Parties on account of the Finance Obligations owing by the Borrower pro rata to the Total Exposures of the Finance Parties;

(c) thirdly, if the Finance Obligations have been paid in full, in payment to any Person to whom the Agent is obliged to pay in priority to the Restricted Group Member otherwise entitled thereto, to the extent it is so obliged; and

(d) fourthly, thereafter, in payment to the Restricted Group Member entitled thereto.

The fact that the Agent may make a payment pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) above or may determine that the Finance Obligations have been paid in full, will not thereafter prevent the Agent from applying any further monies, or any credit balance on any account, in the order set out in this Section 15.25.

15.26 Adjustments on Termination of the Swing Line.

15.26.1 Adjustments and Assignments. If the Agent cancels or terminates the Revolving Facility in whole or in part pursuant to Section 14.2, the Agent shall, unless the Swing Line Lender agrees otherwise, also cancel or terminate the Swing Line Commitment in its entirety whereupon:

(a) the Swing Line Commitment shall be reduced to nil;

(b) the Swing Line shall be cancelled;

(c) the Swing Line Lender shall (if not already a Lender under the Revolving Facility) become a Lender under the Revolving Facility with a Commitment thereunder equal to the amount (or if already a Lender under the Revolving Facility, its Commitment in respect of the Revolving Facility shall be increased by the amount ) of the Swing Line Commitment in effect before it was reduced to nil pursuant to clause (a) above;

(d) the Agent will determine the amount of adjusting payments that may need to be made amongst the Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender) to ensure that their respective shares in outstanding Advances under the Revolving Facility equal their respective Rateable Shares of the Revolving Facility based on their respective Commitments in effect before any reduction of Commitments takes effect pursuant to Section 14.2;

(e) each of the Lenders (including, if applicable, the Swing Line Lender) shall advance to the Agent the amount of any adjusting payment required of it determined pursuant to clause (d) above;

(f) the Agent shall, upon receipt from the Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender) advance to each applicable Lender (including, if applicable, the Swing Line Lender) the amount of any adjusting payment required to be paid to such Lender as determined pursuant to clause (d) above; and

(g) the Borrower shall be obliged to repay outstanding Advances under the Revolving Facility in the Rateable Shares amongst the Lenders as adjusted pursuant to this Subsection 15.26.1.

15.26.2 Participations. If adjusting advances pursuant to Subsection 15.26.1 cannot for any reason be made or the Lenders for any reason would not as a result thereof share rateably in the aggregate amount of the Advances outstanding under the Revolving Facility in their respective Rateable Shares based on their respective Commitments in effect before any reduction of Commitments takes effect pursuant to Section 14.2, each Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase from the Swing Line Lender and each Lender (including the Swing Line Lender) agrees that it shall forthwith purchase from each of the other Lenders, as applicable, such participations in the Advances outstanding under the Revolving Facility as shall be necessary to cause the Lenders to share in such Advances rateably based on their respective Revolving Commitments (taking into account any increase therein pursuant to Subsection 15.26.1(a) which effectively changes the Swing Line Commitment to a Revolving Commitment but disregarding any reduction thereof pursuant to Section 14.2); provided that all interest payable on Advances outstanding under the Swing Line shall be for the account of the Swing Line Lender until the date their respective participation is paid for and, to the extent attributable thereto, shall be payable to the purchasing Lender from and after such date of payment.

15.26.3 Failure by Lender to Advance. If a Lender (a "Defaulting Lender") fails to make payment on the due date therefor of any amount due from it for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Subsection 15.26.1 or 15.26.2 (the balance thereof for the time being unpaid being referred to in this Subsection 15.26.3 as an "overdue amount") then until the Swing Line Lender has received payment of the overdue amount (plus interest as provided below) in full (and without in any way limiting the rights of the Swing Line Lender in respect of such failure):

(a) the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to receive any payment which the Defaulting Lender would otherwise have been entitled to receive in respect of the Credit Facilities or otherwise in respect of any Finance Document; and

(b) the overdue amount shall bear interest payable by the Defaulting Lender to the Swing Line Lender at the rate payable by the Borrower in respect of the Loan Obligations which gave rise to such overdue amount.

15.27 No Reliance on Agent's Customer Identification Program. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates, Participants or Transferees, may rely on the Agent to carry out such Lender's, Affiliate's, Participant's or Transferee's customer identification program, or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the USA Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR
103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the "CIP Regulations"), or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with any of the Restricted Group Members, their Affiliates or their agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder or contemplated hereby (a) any identity verification procedures, (b) any recordkeeping, (c) comparisons with government lists, (d) customer notices or (e) other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other Laws.

15.28 USA Patriot Act. Each Finance Party and each of its Participants and Transferees that are not incorporated that are not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof (and is not excepted from the certification requirement contained in Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations because it is both (a) an affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in the United States or foreign country, and (b) subject to supervision by a banking authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank) shall deliver to the Agent the certification, or, if applicable, recertification, certifying that such Lender is not a "shell" and certifying to other matters as required by Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations: (1) within ten (10) days after the date hereof and (2) at such other times as are required under the USA Patriot Act.

ARTICLE 16
GENERAL

16.1 Costs and Expenses.

16.1.1 Generally. The Borrower shall on demand pay to the Agent, on a full indemnity basis, the amount of all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred and disbursements made by the Agent (including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Lenders' Counsel (limited to one legal firm for each relevant jurisdiction) and those of accountants, experts, consultants and other Representatives retained by the Agent) in connection with each of:

(a) the preparation, negotiation, settlement, execution, delivery, entry into effect and administration of each Loan Document and/or the satisfaction of any conditions or obligations specified in Article 9 or in the Post-Closing Undertaking;

(b) the perfection or priority of any Security;

(c) the syndication of the Credit Facilities and post closing costs;

(d) each waiver, consent, amendment or supplement to, or restatement or novation of, each Loan Document;

(e) any restructuring of the Credit Facilities for any reason other than by reason of an Event of Default; and

(f) the interpretation, defence, establishment, preservation, protection or enforcement of rights of the Finance Parties under each Finance Document.

16.1.2 Post Default. The Borrower shall on demand pay to each Lender, on a full indemnity basis, the amount of all out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred and disbursements made by each Lender (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Lenders' Counsel and those of legal counsel, accountants, experts and consultants retained by each Lender) in connection with each of:

         (a)      any restructuring of the Loan Obligations by reason of an
                  Event of Default; and

         (b)      the defence, establishment, preservation, protection or
                  enforcement of rights of the Lenders under each Finance
                  Document after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

16.2     Indemnification by the Borrower.

16.2.1   Borrowings. The Borrower shall on demand pay to the Agent for the

account of each Lender the amount of all losses and expenses, including losses and expenses sustained by such Lender in connection with the liquidation or reemployment, in whole or in part, of deposits or funds borrowed or acquired by such Lender to fund such Lender's Rateable Share in any Borrowing to the Borrower, which such Lender sustains or incurs:

(a) if for any reason a Borrowing does not occur on a date requested by the Borrower, unless the Borrowing does not occur by reason of the breach by the Agent or such Lender of its obligations under this Agreement;

(b) if the Borrower fails to give any notice required to be given by it hereunder in the manner and at the time specified herein;

(c) as a consequence of any failure by the Borrower to repay any amount when required by the terms of this Agreement; or

(d) if the whole or any part of such Lender's Rateable Share in any Libor Loan made available to the Borrower is paid to such Lender or converted to another Type of Borrowing other than on the Period End Date relating thereto.

16.2.2 Other. The Borrower shall forthwith on demand fully indemnify, defend and save each of the Agents, the Lenders and their respective Representatives (each, an "Indemnified Party") harmless from and against any and all losses and expenses (including interest and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, penalties, fines and monetary sanctions) which an Indemnified Party suffers or incurs as a result of or otherwise in respect of:

(a) any claim or liability of any kind relating to the Environment which arises out of the execution, delivery or performance of, or the enforcement or exercise of any right under, any Loan Document, including any claim in nuisance, negligence, strict liability or other cause of action arising out of a discharge of a Contaminant into the Environment, any fines or orders of any kind that may be levied or made pursuant to an Environmental Law in each case relating to or otherwise arising out of any of the Business Assets of any Restricted Group Member or the Restricted Group's Business;

(b) the direct or indirect use or proposed use of the proceeds of any Advance;

(c) any Default; or

(d) any Litigation commenced against any Indemnified Party arising out of the execution, delivery or performance of, or the enforcement of any right under any Loan Document.

Each Lender shall be constituted as the agent and bare trustee of each Indemnified Party who is its own Representative and shall hold and enforce each such Indemnified Party's rights under this paragraph for such party's benefit. The foregoing indemnity shall not apply in respect of losses and expenses of an Indemnified Party to the extent that they are determined by a Final Judgment to have directly resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of that Indemnified Party.

16.3 Application of Payments. Any payments received in respect of the Finance Obligations from time to time and any insurance monies received for the account of any Restricted Group Member may, notwithstanding any appropriation by any Restricted Group Member, be appropriated to such parts of the Finance Obligations then due and owing and in such order as the Agent sees fit, and the Agent shall have the rights to change any appropriation at any time. After the occurrence of a Default, any such insurance moneys may, at the option of the Agent, be used to repair or replace Collateral, be held as part of the Collateral or be appropriated to the Finance Obligations.

16.4 Set-Off, Combination of Accounts and Crossclaims. The obligations of the Borrower under each Finance Document will be paid by the Borrower without regard to any equities between the Borrower and the Finance Parties or any right of set-off, combination of accounts or cross-claim. Any Indebtedness owing by any Finance Party to the Borrower, direct or indirect, extended or renewed, actual or contingent, matured or not, may be set off or applied against, or combined with, the Finance Obligations of the Borrower by such Finance Party at any time, either before or after maturity, without demand upon or notice to anyone.

16.5 Rights in Addition. The rights conferred by each Finance Document are in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other rights the Finance Parties may have under that Finance Document or any other Finance Document, at law, in equity or by or under Applicable Law or any agreement. The Finance Parties may proceed by way of any Litigation at law or in equity and no right of the Finance Parties shall be exclusive of or dependent on any other. The Finance Parties may exercise any of its rights separately or in combination and at any time.

16.6 Certificate Evidence. A certificate prepared by any Finance Party and provided to the Borrower setting forth any interest rate or any amount payable under any Finance Document, including the amount of compensation or loss and expense payable under Section 7.5 or 16.2, shall be conclusive and bind the Borrower, absent manifest error.

16.7 Evidence of Indebtedness.

16.7.1 Agent's Books. The Agent shall open and maintain on its books accounts evidencing all Borrowings under the Revolving Facility and all amounts owing by the Borrower to each Lender under the Revolving Facility. The Agent shall enter in the accounts details of all amounts from time to time owing, paid or repaid by the Borrower under the Revolving Facility. The information entered in the accounts shall constitute, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the existence and quantum of the obligations of the Borrower to each Lender under the Revolving Facility. The Borrower shall, on reasonable notice to the Agent, be entitled to obtain promptly from the Agent copies of extracts of all entries made in such accounts.

16.7.2 Lenders May Request Promissory Notes. Any Lender may request that its Rateable Share in Advances be evidenced by a promissory note (in the form of Schedule 16.7.2 or such other form to substantially the same effect as the Lender may accept) duly completed and executed by the Borrower (a "Note"). In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to the order of such Lender. Thereafter, the Rateable Share of such Lender in all outstanding Advances evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after any assignment pursuant to Section 16.10) be represented by one or more Notes payable to the order of the payee named therein or any assignee pursuant to Section 16.10, except to the extent that any such Lender or assignee subsequently returns any such Note for cancellation and requests that its Rateable Share on outstanding Advances once again be evidenced as described in Subsection 16.7.1.

16.7.3 Swing Line Lenders' Books. The Swing Line Lender shall open and maintain on its books accounts evidencing all Borrowings under the Swing Line and all amounts owing by the Borrower under the Swing Line. The Swing Line Lender shall enter in the accounts details of all amounts from time to time owing, paid or repaid by the Borrower under the Swing Line. The information entered in the accounts shall constitute, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the existence and quantum of the obligations of the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender under the Swing Line. The Borrower shall, on reasonable notice to the Swing Line Lender, be entitled to obtain promptly from the Swing Line Lender copies of extracts of all entries made in such accounts.

16.8 Notices. Any notice, demand, consent, approval or other communication to be made or given under or in connection with this Agreement (a "Notice") shall be in writing and may be made or given by personal delivery, by facsimile or by e-mail addressed to the Agent and the Borrower at their respective addresses set out in Schedule 16.8, or to such other address as such party may from time to time notify the others in accordance with this
Section 16.8, and to the Lenders at their respective Lending Offices. Any Notice made or given by personal delivery shall be conclusively deemed to have been given at the time of actual delivery or, if made or given by facsimile or e-mail at the opening of business on the first Business Day following the transmittal thereof, provided the party sending such Notice receives confirmation of receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Agent shall not be deemed to have received any Notice until it is actually received by an officer of the Agent charged with the administration of this Agreement and (b) the Agent may in its discretion act upon verbal Notice from any Person reasonably believed by the Agent to be a Person authorized by the Borrower or Lender to give instructions under or in connection with this Agreement including, any request by the Borrower for a Borrowing. The Senior Lenders shall not be responsible for any error or omission in such instructions or in the performance thereof.

16.9 Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining or enforcing judgment in any court in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into the currency of the jurisdiction giving such judgment (the "Judgment Currency") an amount due hereunder in any other currency (the "Original Currency"), then the date on which the rate of exchange for conversion is selected by that court is referred to herein as the "Conversion Date". If there is a change in the rate of exchange between the Judgment Currency and the Original Currency between the Conversion Date and the actual receipt by any Senior Lender of the amount due to it hereunder or under such judgment, the Borrower shall, notwithstanding such judgment, pay all such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the amount received by such Senior Lender in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt, will produce the amount due in the Original Currency. The Borrower's liability hereunder constitutes a separate and independent liability which shall not merge with any judgment or any partial payment or enforcement of payment of sums due under this Agreement.

16.10 Successors and Assigns.

16.10.1 Benefit & Burden. The Loan Documents shall enure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties thereto, their respective successors and each assignee of some or all of the rights or obligations of the parties under the Loan Documents permitted by Subsection 16.10. Any reference in any such Loan Document to any party thereto shall (to the extent the context so admits) be construed accordingly.

16.10.2 Borrower. The Borrower may not assign all or any part of any of its rights or obligations in respect of any Credit Facility or under any Loan Document. Where the context so admits, each reference in this Agreement to the Borrower shall be construed so as to include the successors of the Borrower.

16.10.3 Participation. Each Lender may grant a participation to any other Person (a "Participant") in the whole or any part of any of its Commitments (including its Rateable Share in any related Advances) under which the Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of the same rights under this Agreement with respect to such Participation as if it were a party hereto in the place and stead of such Lender provided that, in respect of such participated share of its Commitments and as amongst all parties to this Agreement, such Lender (and not the Participant) shall remain entitled to enforce such rights, and shall remain responsible for the performance of all obligations, of such Lender under this Agreement with respect to the share of each of its Commitments subject to such participation.

16.10.4 Assignments. Each Lender (a "Transferring Lender") may assign any of its Commitments (including its share in any related Advances made hereunder), or any part thereof in a minimum amount of CAD2,500,000, or such lesser amount as the Agent may permit, to:

(a) any affiliate or Approved Fund of the Transferring Lender;

(b) prior to the occurrence of a Default, to any Person not referred to in paragraph (a), with the prior consent of the Agent and the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; or

(c) after the occurrence of a Default, to any other Person, with the consent of the Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Any such transfer to any Person permitted pursuant to the preceding sentence (a "Transferee") shall be made pursuant to a loan transfer agreement (a "Loan Transfer Agreement") substantially in the form of Schedule 16.10.4 (or in such other form to substantially the same effect as the Agent may approve). Each Loan Transfer Agreement must be delivered to the Agent at least five (5) Business Days before it takes effect accompanied, if such assignment is not being made to an affiliate of an existing Lender, by payment to the Agent of a processing fee of CAD3,500. Each party hereto hereby agrees that any such Transferee shall be subject to the obligations identical to the obligations assigned under any such Loan Transfer Agreement and shall be entitled to rights identical to the rights assigned to such Transferee as if such Transferee were named in this Agreement as an original party in substitution for the Transferring Lender in respect of each such Commitment, or part thereof, assigned, and such Transferring Lender shall be released from all obligations in relation to each of its Commitments, or part thereof, so assigned.

16.10.5 Pledge to US Reserve Bank. Notwithstanding Subsection 16.10.4, any Lender may at any time, without the consent of the Borrower or the Agent, assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and its Notes to a US Federal Reserve Bank; provided, however, that no such assignment to a US Federal Reserve Bank shall release the transferor Lender from its obligations hereunder.

16.10.6 Schedule 1.1 "Commitments". The Agent may from time to time revise Schedule 1.1 "Commitments" to record the Lenders and their respective Commitments after giving effect to assignments and/or transfers referred to in Subsection 16.10.4 above. Any such revised Schedule 1.1 "Commitments" shall be prima facie evidence of the identities and Commitments of the Lenders. The Agent shall provide a copy of any such revised Schedule 1.1 "Commitments" to the Borrower and each Lender promptly upon request.

16.10.7 Increased Costs. If as a result of any assignment of the whole or any part of any Commitment of any Lender pursuant to Subsection 16.10.4, or any participation granted by any Lender pursuant to Subsection 16.10.3 made before the occurrence of a Default, the Transferee or Participant would incur costs, expenses or other amounts of the nature described in Section 7.5 in excess of those which the Borrower would have been required to indemnify such Lender had such assignment or participation not taken place, the indemnity obligations of the Borrower under Section 7.5 shall not extend to such excess.

16.10.8 Withholding Tax. If as a result of any assignment of the whole or any part of any Commitment of any Transferring Lender pursuant to Subsection 16.10.4 made before the occurrence of a Default, the Borrower would be required to deduct or withhold Tax and make increased payments to the Transferee pursuant to Subsection 7.8.1 in excess of such increased payments which the Borrower would have been required to pay to the Transferring Lender pursuant to Subsection 7.8.1(d) had such assignment not taken place, the provisions of Subsection 7.8.1(d) requiring such increased payments shall not apply to the extent of such excess.

16.10.9 Disclosure. Each Lender may disclose to any prospective or actual Participant in or Transferee of any rights or obligations in respect of any Credit Facilities any information regarding any Restricted Group Member or any of its Business Affairs so long as the prospective or actual Participant or Transferee agrees to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Subsection 16.10.9. Each Lender shall keep confidential and not disclose to any third party (excluding for certainty its own Representatives) any confidential information received by such Lender from the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement which is designated as confidential by the Borrower, save that any Lender may disclose any such confidential information (i) as provided in the preceding sentence, (ii) to the Agent or any other Lender, (iii) to any prospective or actual replacement Agent, (iv) to the extent required by Applicable Law, (v) to the extent required to protect the interests of any Lender in any actual, pending or threatened Litigation, or (vi) as may be necessary or desirable in order to enforce the rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document.

16.10.10 Substitute Lenders. If at any time the Borrower becomes obligated to compensate any Lender for additional amounts pursuant to Section 7.5 or increased payments pursuant to Subsection 7.8.1(d), or any Lender becomes an Affected Lender and either ceases to make its Rateable Share available in any Libor Loans pursuant to Subsection 7.6.1 or Section 7.7 or ceases to make its Rateable Share in any Borrowing by way of Bankers' Acceptances pursuant to Subsection 7.6.2, then the Borrower may, on 10 Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Affected Finance Party replace the Affected Finance Party by causing the Affected Finance Party to (and the Affected Finance Party shall be obligated to) assign and transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Subsection 16.10.4 to another Lender that has agreed to accept such assignment and transfer or to another Person selected by the Borrower that is acceptable to the Agent, acting in its discretion exercised reasonably, (a "Replacement Lender") for a purchase price equal to the Loan Obligations owing to the Affected Finance Party, including all accrued interest and Fees and other amounts payable hereunder, together with such amount as would be payable to the Affected Finance Party under Subsection 16.2.1 if the Rateable Share of the Affected Finance Party in each outstanding Advance were actually being paid by the Borrower instead of being purchased by way of assignment and transfer pursuant to Subsection 16.10.4; provided that (i) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender, (ii) in circumstances where an Affected Finance Party is sought to be replaced pursuant to this Subsection 16.10.10, in order for the Borrower to be entitled to replace such Affected Finance Party, such replacement must take place no later than 90 days after the date the Affected Finance Party shall have notified the Agent that it had become an Affected Finance Party, (iii) in no event shall the Affected Finance Party be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the principal, interest, Fees or other amounts received by the Affected Finance Party pursuant to this Agreement and (iv) the Borrower shall only be entitled to replace an Affected Finance Party pursuant to this Subsection 16.10.10 if no Default has occurred.

16.11 Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner. Neither the Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner nor any of its Representatives shall be under any obligation whatsoever:

(a) to any Restricted Group Member as a consequence of any failure or delay in performance by, or any breach by, any Finance Party of any of its obligations under any Finance Document;

(b) to any Finance Party as a consequence of any failure or delay in performance by, or any breach by, any Restricted Group Member of any of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

(c) to any Finance Party for any statements, representations or warranties in any Finance Document or any other agreement, document or instrument contemplated by any Finance Document or any other information provided pursuant to any Finance Document or any other agreement, document or instrument contemplated by any Finance Document or for validity, effectiveness, enforceability or sufficiency of any Finance Document or any other agreement, document or instrument contemplated thereby.

16.12 Survival. The Loan Obligations payable under Sections 7.5, 7.8, 16.1 and 16.2 ("Indemnity Obligations") shall survive the Payment in Full of all other Loan Obligations and shall continue in full force and effect until such Indemnity Obligations are irrevocably paid in full.

16.13 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of each provision of each Loan Document.

16.14 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws in force in the Province of Ontario (excluding any conflict of laws rule or principle which might refer such construction to the laws of another jurisdiction). Such choice of law shall, however, be without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights available to the Senior Lenders under the laws of any jurisdiction where any Restricted Group Member or its property may be located.

16.15 JURISDICTION.

16.15.1 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION AND WAIVER OF OBJECTIONS. WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT RELATING TO ANY FINANCE DOCUMENT (COLLECTIVELY, THE "FINANCE RELATED AGREEMENTS"):

(a) FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF THE FINANCE PARTIES, THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF:

(i) THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO, CANADA LOCATED AT TORONTO;

(ii) THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; AND

(iii) THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF EACH RESTRICTED GROUP MEMBER IS LOCATED OR IN WHICH IT IS INCORPORATED LOCATED AT THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL CENTER OF SUCH JURISDICTION,

INCLUDING ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF; AND

(b) THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES:

(i) ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE AT ANY TIME TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE FINANCE RELATED AGREEMENTS BROUGHT IN ANY COURT OF PRIMARY JURISDICTION;

(ii) ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY COURT OF PRIMARY JURISDICTION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM;

(iii) THE RIGHT TO OBJECT, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY COURT OF PRIMARY JURISDICTION, THAT SUCH COURT DOES NOT HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THE BORROWER; AND

(iv) THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE ANY SENIOR FINANCE PARTY TO POST SECURITY FOR COSTS IN ANY LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY COURT OF PRIMARY JURISDICTION.

16.15.2 SENIOR LENDERS MAY SUE IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE DEEMED TO PRECLUDE THE SENIOR LENDERS FROM BRINGING ANY LITIGATION IN RESPECT OF ANY FINANCE RELATED AGREEMENT IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

16.15.3 FINAL JUDGMENT. THE BORROWER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY LITIGATION COMMENCED IN ANY COURT OF PRIMARY JURISDICTION SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

16.15.4 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY LITIGATION COMMENCED IN THE UNITED STATES, THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION (A) TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO ANY FINANCE RELATED AGREEMENT, OR (B) ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH ANY FINANCE RELATED AGREEMENT, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY. THE BORROWER HEREBY (C) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY FINANCE PARTY HAS REPRESENTED EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE THAT SUCH FINANCE PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (D) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SENIOR LENDERS HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SUBSECTION 16.15.4.

16.15.5 NEW YORK LAW. IN RELATION TO ANY LITIGATION COMMENCED IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT, THE SUBMISSIONS TO JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF SUCH COURTS SET OUT IN THIS SECTION 16.15 AND IN SECTION 16.17 SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

16.16 Service of Process.

16.16.1 Manner of Service. The Borrower irrevocably consents to the service of process out of the Courts of Primary Jurisdiction in accordance with the local rules of civil procedure or by mailing a copy thereof, by registered mail, postage prepaid to the Borrower at the address of the Borrower, or by sending a copy thereof by facsimile or e-mail in pdf format to the Borrower at the facsimile number or e-mail address of the Borrower determined under Section 16.8.

16.16.2 Appointments of Agents for Service. The Borrower irrevocably designates and appoints each other Restricted Group Member as its agent to accept and acknowledge on its behalf any and all process which may be served in connection with any Litigation arising out of or relating to any Finance Related Agreement brought in any of the Courts of Primary Jurisdiction, such service, to the extent permitted by applicable law, being hereby conclusively acknowledged by the Borrower to be effective and binding service on it in every respect whether or not it is carrying on, or has at any time carried on, business in the jurisdiction in which the Courts of Primary Jurisdiction are located. The Borrower irrevocably consents to the service of process out of the Court of Primary Jurisdiction by personal service on the Borrower or on any such process agent.

16.16.3 Acceptances of Appointments. The Borrower confirms to the Senior Lenders that it has accepted its appointment to act as process agent on behalf of each other Restricted Group Member contained in any Finance Related Agreement to which each such other Restricted Group Member is party which may be served in connection with any Litigation arising out of or relating to any such other Finance Related Agreement brought in any of the Courts of Primary Jurisdiction. Until the Finance Obligations are paid in full, the Borrower covenants and agrees to maintain each such appointment as such process agent.

16.17 Invalidity. If any provision of any Loan Document is determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no further appeal lies or is taken, that provision shall be deemed to be severed therefrom, and the remaining provisions of such Loan Document shall not be affected thereby and shall remain valid and enforceable.

16.18 Amendment. Each Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party may only be changed by a written agreement signed by the Borrower and the Agent acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders.

16.19 Entire Agreement. There are no representations, warranties, conditions, other agreements or acknowledgments, whether direct or collateral, express or implied, that form part of or affect this Agreement or any other Loan Document other than as expressed herein or in such other Loan Document. The execution of each Loan Document has not been induced by, nor does the Borrower rely upon or regard as material, any representations, warranties, conditions, other agreements or acknowledgments not expressly made in any Loan Document.

16.20 This Agreement to Govern. If there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other Loan Document, the provisions hereof shall govern and apply to the extent of the inconsistency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 16.20 shall not apply to limit, restrict, prejudice or otherwise affect or impair in any way the rights of the Senior Lenders under the terms of any Security after those rights have become enforceable.

16.21 Execution. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. Transmission of a copy of an executed signature page of this Agreement (including any change and Loan Transfer Agreement) by facsimile transmission or e-mail in pdf format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

BORROWER:

MDC PARTNERS INC.

Per:

Authorized Signatory

THE LENDER:

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK

Per:

Authorized Signatory

Per:

Authorized Signatory

THE AGENT:

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK

Per:

Authorized Signatory

SCHEDULE 1.1 "Borrowing Request"
FORM OF BORROWING REQUEST

TO: The Toronto-Dominion Bank
77 King Street West
18th Floor
Toronto, Ontario
M5K 1A2
Attention: Vice President, Agency, Loan Syndications

Re: Cdn.$25,000,000 Credit Facilities for MDC Partners Inc.

Reference is made to the credit agreement dated as of June 10, 2004 (as changed and in effect from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") among MDC Partners Inc., as Borrower, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, the Institutions named therein as Lenders and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Agent. All words used in this Borrowing Request which are defined or given extended meanings in the Credit Agreement have the respective meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

1. Request. The Borrower hereby requests a Borrowing under the Revolving Facility as follows:

(a) Borrowing Date

(b) Aggregate amount of Borrowing

CAD_______________________
USD_______________________

(c) Type and Amount of Borrowing

(i) ( )

                                                                        Converted From
                                               Amount                   (if Applicable)
                                               ------                   --------------


( )     Canadian Prime Rate Loan          CAD_____________             _________________

( )     US Base Rate Loan                 USD______________            _________________

(ii) ( ) Acceptances (BA Equivalent Advance or Discount Note pursuant to Section 5.10 or 5.11 of the Credit Agreement)

                                                   Rollover Amount          Converted From
    Face Amount             Term in Months         (if Applicable)          (if Applicable)
    -----------             --------------         ---------------          ---------------


CAD___________             ________________        CAD___________          ________________

(iii) ( ) Libor Loan

                                                  Rollover Amount          Converted From
    Amount                Interest Period         (if Applicable)          (if Applicable)
    ------                ---------------         ---------------          ---------------


USD___________             ________________        USD___________          ________________

2. Other. The Borrower represents, warrants and agrees:

(a) The representations and warranties deemed to be repeated in
Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement are true, accurate and complete on and as of the date hereof with the same effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date hereof.

(b) No Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof or will result from the Borrowing requested herein.

(c) The undersigned will immediately notify you if it becomes aware of the occurrence of any event between the date hereof and the Borrowing Date which would mean that the statements in the immediately preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) would not be true if made on the Borrowing Date.

(d) All other conditions precedent set out in Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 of the Credit Agreement have been fulfilled or waived in writing by the Required Lenders.

DATED this day of , .

MDC PARTNERS INC.

By:

Name:


Title:


SCHEDULE 1.1 "Commitments"

COMMITMENTS

                               Revolving        Swing Line
Lenders                        Commitment       Commitment         Total
-------                        ----------       ----------         -----

The Toronto-Dominion Bank     CAD23,000,000    CAD2,000,000     CAD25,000,000


SCHEDULE 8.2
FORM OF CANCELLATION NOTICE

TO: The Toronto-Dominion Bank
77 King Street West
18th Floor
Toronto, Ontario
M5K 1A2
Attention: Vice President, Agency, Loan Syndications

Re: Cdn.$25,000,000 Credit Facilities for MDC Partners Inc.

Reference is made to the credit agreement dated as of June 10, 2004 (as changed and in effect from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") among MDC Partners Inc., as Borrower, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, the Institutions named therein as Lenders and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Agent. All words used in this Cancellation Notice which are defined or given extended meanings in the Credit Agreement have the respective meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Notice is hereby given in accordance with Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned wishes to cancel the Total Commitment by the amount of CAD______________, allocated as to CAD______________ to the Revolving Facility and CAD______________ to the Swing Line, such cancellation to take effect on ___________________________, 200___.

DATED this ____ day of _______, ____.

MDC PARTNERS INC.

By:

Name:


Title:


SCHEDULE 8.8
FORM OF REPAYMENT NOTICE

TO: The Toronto-Dominion Bank
77 King Street West
18th Floor
Toronto, Ontario
M5K 1A2
Attention: Vice President, Agency, Loan Syndications

Re: Cdn.$25,000,000 Credit Facilities for MDC Partners Inc.

Reference is made to the credit agreement dated as of June 10, 2004 (as changed and in effect from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") among MDC Partners Inc., as Borrower, the Institutions named therein as Lenders and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Agent. All words used in this Repayment Notice which are defined or given extended meanings in the Credit Agreement have the respective meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Notice is hereby given in accordance with Section _____ of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned commits to repay the __________(1) under the Revolving Facility [which has a current Period End Date expiring on ________________, _______] in the amount of [CAD/USD]_______________ on _______________, ______.

DATED this _____ day of _________, ______.

MDC PARTNERS INC.

By:

Name:


Title:


1 Specify type of Borrowing

SCHEDULE 10.1
LIST OF INITIAL SECURITY

BORROWER

1. Debenture from the Borrower

2. Debenture Delivery Agreement from the Borrower

3. Assignment of Insurance Proceeds Agreement from the Borrower

4. Insurance Assignment Acknowledgment relative to Item #3

5. Subordination Agreements, Limitation of Interest Letters, etc. relative to Item #1

6. Confirmation of Security Interest in Intellectual Property by the Borrower

7. Assignment and Security Agreement from the Borrower

8. Consent and Agreement relative to Item #7 from American Airlines, Inc.

9. Assignment and Security Agreement from the Borrower

10. Consent and Agreement relative to Item #9 from Airlines Reporting Corporation

11. Consent and Agreement relative to the KBP Limited Liability Company Agreement

EXISTING SECURE PRODUCTS INTERNATIONAL GROUP

Computer Composition of Canada Inc.

12. Guarantee from Computer Composition of Canada Inc.

13. Debenture from Computer Composition of Canada Inc.

14. Debenture Delivery Agreement from Computer Composition of Canada Inc.

15. Assignment of Insurance Proceeds Agreement from Computer Composition Canada Inc.

16. Insurance Assignment Acknowledgment relative to Item #15

Ashton-Potter Canada Ltd.

17. Guarantee from Ashton-Potter Canada Ltd.

18. Debenture from Ashton-Potter Canada Ltd.

19. Debenture Delivery Agreement from Ashton-Potter Canada Ltd.

20. Assignment of Insurance Proceeds Agreement from Ashton-Potter Canada Ltd.

21. Insurance Assignment Acknowledgment relative to Item #20

Ashton-Potter [USA] Ltd.

22. Guarantee from Ashton-Potter [USA] Ltd.

23. Security Agreement from Ashton-Potter [USA] Ltd.

24. Securities Pledge Agreement from Ashton-Potter [USA] Ltd.

25. Blocked Account Agreement between Ashton-Potter [USA] Ltd., M&T Bank and the Agent

26. Collateral Access Agreement from The Walker Center, L.P. relative to item #23

27. Subordination Agreements, Limitation of Interest Letters, Discharges, etc.

28. Assignment and Security Agreement from Ashton-Potter [USA] Ltd.

29. Consent, Waiver and Agreement relative to item #28 from United States Postal Service

Pro-Image Corporation

30. Guarantee from Pro-Image Corporation

31. Security Agreement from Pro-Image Corporation

32. Blocked Account Agreement between Pro-Image Corporation, Fulton Bank and the Agent

33. Subordination Agreements, Limitation of Interest Letters, Discharges, etc.

Metaca Corporation

34. Guarantee from Metaca Corporation

35. Debenture from Metaca Corporation

36. Debenture Delivery Agreement from Metaca Corporation

37. Assignment of Insurance Proceeds Agreement from Metaca Corporation

38. Insurance Assignment Acknowledgment relative to Item #37

39. Subordination Agreements, Limitation of Interest Letters, Discharges, etc. relative to Item #35

40. Confirmation of Security Interest in Intellectual Property by Metaca Corporation

41. Assignment and Security Agreement from Metaca Corporation

42. Consent and Agreement relative to Item #41 from DIRECTV

43. Share Pledge Agreement over the shares in Placard Pty Ltd.

KBP GROUP

MDC/KBP Acquisition Inc.

44. Guarantee from MDC/KBP Acquisition Inc.

45. Security Agreement from MDC/KBP Acquisition Inc.

Placard Pty Ltd.

46. Guarantee from Placard Pty. Ltd.

47. Deed of Charge from Placard Pty. Ltd. on all property except property in WA, NSW, QLD, TAS and SA

48. Deed of Charge from Placard Pty. Ltd. on all property in the jurisdictions of WA, NSW, QLD, TAS and SA

49. Account Bank Deed between Placard Pty. Ltd., the Agent and the Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

MDC USA Holdings Inc.

50. Guarantee from MDC USA Holdings Inc.

51. Security Agreement from MDC USA Holdings Inc.


SCHEDULE 11.2
FORM OF ADHESION CONTRACT

Reference is made to the credit agreement dated as of June 10, 2004 (as such agreement may be changed and in effect from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") among MDC Partners Inc., as Borrower, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, the institutions named therein as Lenders, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank as Administration Agent. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement. This is an Adhesion Contract.

RECITALS:

Pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower wishes to designate the Adhesion Party defined below as a Lender Hedging Affiliate under the Credit Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Agent, the other Lender Hedging Affiliates and ____________________________________ (the "Adhesion Party"), hereby agree as follows:

1. With effect as of the date the Agent confirms to the Borrower that it has received a fully executed copy of this Adhesion Contract, in form and substance satisfactory to it, the Credit Agreement shall henceforth be read and construed as if the Adhesion Party were party to the Credit Agreement having all the rights and obligations of a Lender Hedging Affiliate under the Credit Agreement. Accordingly all references in any Loan Documents to (a) any "Lender Hedging Affiliate" or any "Qualified Hedge Counterparty" shall be treated as including a reference to the Adhesion Party and (b) the Credit Agreement shall be treated as a reference to the Credit Agreement as supplemented by this Adhesion Contract to the intent that this Adhesion Contract and the Credit Agreement shall be read and construed together as one single agreement.

2. The Adhesion Party represents and warrants to each of the other parties to the Credit Agreement that (i) it has been provided with a copy of the Credit Agreement, (ii) it is an Affiliate of a Lender.

3. The Adhesion Party irrevocably appoints, authorizes and directs the Agent, as its attorney and agent, with full power of substitution and delegation, to complete, execute and deliver on behalf of the Adhesion Party each Finance Document to be executed by it or on its behalf and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed by it or on its behalf pursuant to each Finance Document, and to take such action on its behalf as may be authorized or directed pursuant to any such Finance Document.

4. This Adhesion Contract may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Transmission of a copy of an executed signature page of this Adhesion Contract by facsimile transmission or by e-mail in pdf format shall be effected as delivery if a manually executed counterpart hereof.

5. This Adhesion Contract shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Adhesion Contract to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the _____________ day of ___________________________, ______.

MDC PARTNERS INC.

                                             as Adhesion Party

By:                                          By:
    ----------------------------                ------------------------------


Title:                                       Title:
      --------------------------                   ---------------------------

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
as Agent

By:

Title:

SCHEDULE 12.1.20
ORGANIZATION CHART


SCHEDULE 12.1.22
DEFERRED ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION AND PUT/CALL OBLIGATIONS

SEE ATTACHED


SCHEDULE 13.1.6
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO: The Toronto-Dominion Bank
77 King Street West, 18th Floor Toronto, Ontario
M5K 1A2
Attention: Vice President, Agency, Loan Syndications

Re: Cdn.$25,000,000 Credit Facilities for MDC Partners Inc.

Reference is made to the credit agreement dated as of June 10, 2004 (as changed and in effect from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") among MDC Partners Inc., as Borrower, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, the Institutions named therein as Lenders and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Agent. All words used in this Compliance Certificate which are defined or given extended meanings in the Credit Agreement have the respective meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

This Compliance Certificate is given pursuant to Subsection 13.1.6 of the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby certifies as follows:

(a) Total Debt/EBITDA Ratio. The attachment hereto shows the calculation of the Total Debt/EBITDA Ratio to be _____ : 1 which does not exceed the maximum limit of 2 : 1 prescribed for this ratio.

(b) Total Debt/Total Capitalization Percentage. The attachment hereto shows the calculation of the Total Debt/Total Capitalization Percentage to be _______% which does not exceed the maximum limit of 15% prescribed for the percentage.

(c) Shareholders Equity. The attachment hereto shows the calculation of Shareholders Equity to be CAD_______________ which exceeds the minimum Shareholders Equity of CAD_______________ required for this amount.

(d) Interest Coverage Ratio. The attachment hereto shows the calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio to be _____ : 1 which is not less than the minimum limit of 2.5 : 1 prescribed for this ratio.

(e) Applicable Margin. The attachment shows that the Applicable Margin has changed to / remains the same as set out below:

                                             Applicable Margin for
                                              Standby Instruments,
 Total Debt/       Applicable Margin for         Libor Loans
 EBITDA Ratio       Floating Rate Loans         and Acceptances
 ------------       -------------------         ---------------


__________:1           __________%                 __________%

(f) Restricted Group Members. [New Restricted Group Members exist and are set out in the revised Schedule 12.1.20 attached./ No new Restricted Group Members exist.]

(g) Deferred Acquisition Consideration and Put/Call Obligations. Revised Schedule 12.1.22 attached hereto contains the Borrower's reasonable best estimates of (i) all Deferred Acquisition Consideration and (ii) the current portion of all Put/Call Obligations.

(h) Material Contracts. [New Material Contracts exist and copies thereof are being delivered to the Agent contemporaneously herewith./ No New Material Contracts exits.]

Each of the calculations in the attachment hereto demonstrates compliance with the relevant financial tests listed above as at, or for the relevant period ending on ____________, _________.

The undersigned represents, warrants and agrees:

(a) The representations and warranties deemed to be repeated in
Section 12.2 of the Credit Agreement are true, accurate and complete on and as of the date hereof with the same effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date hereof.

(b) No Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof.

The undersigned acknowledges its obligations under the Finance Documents, confirms that it remains bound by each of the obligations expressed to be binding upon it in the Finance Documents and agrees to punctually pay and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents in accordance with their respective terms.

DATED this ______ day of _____________, ______.

Yours very truly,

MDC PARTNERS INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

ATTACHMENT
TO SCHEDULE 13.1.6


SCHEDULE 13.2.3(f)
NON-CORE ASSETS

MDC PARTNERS INC.
SCHEDULE OF NON-CORE ASSETS PROPOSED TO BE
ALLOWED TO BE SOLD / REALIZED CDN $

                                                                         Face /                MDC
                                                                       Notional               Book
ASSET                                                                    Value               Value
=====================================================================================================


Loan Receivable from M. Nadal                                            6,820,078                 1

Loan Receivable from Nadal Financial Corporation                         3,000,000                 1

Loan Receivable from Regal Greetings & Gifts                             6,000,000                 1

Investment in Regal Greetings & Gifts                                    1,764,706                 1

Net Loan Receivable from A.E. McKenzie Seeds                             1,000,000                 1

Net Loan Receivable from 454368 Manitoba Ltd. (RE AEM)                   1,700,000                 1

Investment in Cyberplex                                                  1,345,696           934,479

Investment in Megawheels Technologies Inc.                                 363,982                 1

Investment in Hotline Communications Ltd.                                  300,000                 1

Investment in Primaxis Technology Ventures Inc.                          2,380,054                 1

Investment in Yorkton Private Equity Limited Partnership                    77,880                 1

Investment in Mosaic Venture Partners II Limited Partnership             1,700,000           400,000

Investment in Trapeze Media Limited                                        570,000                 1
                                                                  -----------------   ---------------

                                                                        27,022,396         1,334,490
                                                                  -----------------   ---------------


SCHEDULE 13.3.4
LIENS

Liens perfected by the following registrations over specific items of property (as opposed to Liens over all or any substantial part of the undertaking, property and assets of a Restricted Group Member), excluding the Capital Stock of any Restricted Group Member, in favour of Unrelated Parties securing Indebtedness outstanding at any time for the entire Restricted Group in an aggregate amount (including those referred to in paragraph (q) of the definition of Permitted Liens) not exceeding USD7,500,000:

1. Ontario PPSA Registration Number 20030205 1442 1530 9456, File Number 891452682 against MDC Corporation Inc. in favour of GE VFS Canada Limited Partnership.

2. Ontario PPSA Registration Number 20021216 1857 1531 5072, File Number 890115543 against MDC Corporation Inc. in favour of GE VFS Canada Limited Partnership.

3. Ontario PPSA Registration Number 20020719 1808 1531 0567, File Number 885542202 against MDC Corporation Inc. in favour of GE VFS Canada Limited Partnership.

4. Ontario PPSA Registration Number 20020118 1812 1531 0567, File Number 879846561 against MDC Corporation Inc. by Davis & Henderson Limited Partnership.

5. Ontario PPSA Registration Number 20000420 1715 1462 1408, File Number 861117084 against MDC Corporation Inc. by City National Leasing, a Division of City Buick Pontiac Cadillac Ltd.

6. Ontario PPSA Registration Number 19951228 1821 1529 6911, File Number 818948709 against Mercury Graphics Corporation by Royal Bank of Canada.

7. Ontario PPSA Registration Number 20021030 1126 1715 0698, File Number 888754653 against Metaca Corporation in favour of Xerox Canada Ltd.

8. Saskatchewan PPSA Registration Number 117262355 against MDC Corporation Inc. by Danka Canada.

9. Saskatchewan PPSA Registration Number 115824779 against Mercury Graphics Corporation.

10. Saskatchewan PPSA Registration Number 117262355 against Mercury Graphics Corporation.

11. Saskatchewan PPSA Registration Number 119474063 against Mercury Graphics Corporation.

12. Saskatchewan PPSA Registration Number 108502879 against Mercury Graphics Corporation and MDC Communications Corporation by Royal Bank of Canada.

13. Saskatchewan PPSA Registration Number 108502992 against Mercury Graphics Corporation and MDC Communications Corporation by Royal Bank of Canada Leasing.

14. Saskatchewan PPSA Registration Number 119074790 against Mercury Graphics Corporation by Heidelberg Canada Graphic Equipment Limited.


SCHEDULE 16.7.2
FORM OF NOTE

PROMISSORY NOTE

[Date]

MDC PARTNERS INC., an Ontario corporation (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of _____________ (the "Lender") the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Lender's Rateable Share of all Advances made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), in immediately available funds to the Agent's Accounts, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof at the rates and on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Borrower shall pay the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Advances in full at the times and in the manner specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Lender shall, and is hereby authorized to, record on the schedule attached hereto, or to otherwise record in accordance with its usual practice, the date and amount of its Rateable Share in each Advance and the date and amount of each principal payment hereunder.

This Note is one of the Notes issued pursuant to, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement dated as of June 10, 2004 (which, as it may be changed and in effect from time to time, is herein called the "Credit Agreement"), among the Borrower, The Toronto-Dominion Bank as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, the Institutions named therein as Lenders, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Agent, to which Credit Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions governing this Note, including the terms and conditions under which this Note may be prepaid or its maturity date accelerated. This Note is guaranteed pursuant to certain Guarantees and secured by certain Security, all as outlined in more detail in the Credit Agreement, and reference is made thereto and to the other Loan Documents for a statement of the terms and provisions thereof. Words used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used with the defined or extended meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives demand, presentment for payment, dishonour, notice of dishonour, protest, noting of protest and any other notice or defense to payment which might otherwise exist.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Note is issued this ________ day of _____________, 200___.

MDC PARTNERS INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

SCHEDULE OF ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
TO NOTE OF _______________________________

DATED _____________________

                    Type         Principal Amount
                     of          of Rateable Share      Period       Principal Amount      Unpaid
Date               Advance          of Advance         End Date          Paid              Balance
----               --------      ------------------    --------      ----------------      -------


SCHEDULE 16.8
ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

To the Borrower:

MDC Partners Inc.
45 Hazelton Avenue
Toronto, Ontario

M5R 2E3

Attention:   Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary
Telephone:   416 960 9000
Facsimile:   416 960 9555

To the Agent:

The Toronto-Dominion Bank
77 King Street West, 18th Floor Toronto, Ontario
M5K 1A2

Attention:   Vice President, Agency, Loan Syndications
Telephone:   416 982 3706
Facsimile:   416 982 5535


SCHEDULE 16.10.4
FORM OF LOAN TRANSFER AGREEMENT

Loan Transfer Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT is made the _______ day of _____________. ______.

AMONG:

<*>

(hereinafter called the "Transferor")

- and -

<*>

(hereinafter called the "Transferee")

- and -

<*>

acting as administration agent for and on behalf of itself and the other Finance Parties with respect to the Credit Facilities and certain of the Finance Documents

(hereinafter called the "Agent")

RECITALS:

A. MDC Partners Inc., as Borrower, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, the Institutions named therein as Lenders, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Agent, entered into a credit agreement dated as of June 10, 2004 (as changed and in effect from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"). Words defined or given extended meanings in the Credit Agreement (and not otherwise defined herein) are used with the same respective defined or extended meanings in this loan transfer agreement.

B. The Transferor is a Lender under the Credit Agreement with the following Commitments determined before the transfer contemplated hereby takes effect:

Revolving Commitment Swing Line Commitment

CAD_________________ CAD_________________

C. The Transferor has agreed to transfer to the Transferee the amounts of its Commitments (the "Relevant Transfer Amounts") and/or the proportions of its Commitments (the "Relevant Transfer Percentages") indicated in the table below:

                             Relevant              Relevant
                             Transfer              Transfer
Credit Facility               Amount              Percentage

Revolving Facility        CAD____________           ______ %

Swing Line                CAD____________           ______ %

The portion of the Transferor's Commitments so transferred is hereinafter called the "Transferred Commitments".

WITNESSETH THAT in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other valuable consideration now paid by each party hereto, the one to the other, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Transferred Commitment. The Transferor confirms to each of the Transferee and the other parties to the Credit Agreement that the Transferred Commitments relate to the Relevant Transfer Amounts and Relevant Transfer Percentages of its Transferred Commitments (including the corresponding percentage of each outstanding Advance under each such portion of its respective Transferred Commitments).

2. Transfer. As of and from the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date the Agent notifies the Transferor and Transferee that it has executed this loan transfer agreement, or such other date as the Agent may agree upon with the Transferor and Transferee (herein called the "Effective Date") and subject to the terms and conditions herein contained:

(a) the Transferee assumes obligations identical to the obligations of the Transferor under the Credit Agreement arising on or after the Effective Date in relation to the Transferred Commitments (herein called the "Transferred Obligations") and agrees to perform and be responsible for such obligations as if the Transferee were named in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Transferor is party as an original party in substitution for the Transferor or its predecessor by amalgamation or merger or in title, as applicable, in respect of the Transferred Obligations;

(b) the Agent on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Finance Parties other than the Transferor (herein called the "Other Finance Parties") hereby releases and forever discharges the Transferor of and from any and all losses and expenses and obligations arising on or after the Effective Date under, by reason of, or in connection with the Transferred Obligations;

(c) the Agent on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Other Finance Parties acknowledges and agrees that, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this loan transfer agreement, the Transferee is hereby assigned and entitled to rights identical to the rights of the Transferor under the Credit Agreement existing on or arising after the Effective Date in relation to the Transferred Commitments (herein called the "Transferred Rights"); and

(d) the Transferor hereby releases and forever discharges each of the Agent and the Other Finance Parties of and from any and all losses and expenses and obligations arising after the Effective Date under, by reason of, or in connection with the Transferred Rights or the Transferred Obligations.

3. Transitional Provisions. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein:

(a) any payments due and payable by the Borrower on or before the Effective Date in respect of the Transferred Commitments; and

(b) any payments due and payable by the Borrower after the Effective Date, but payable in respect of the Transferor's Rateable Share in any Libor Loan or issue of Acceptances outstanding on the Effective Date,

shall, upon receipt by the Agent, be paid to the Transferor. For certainty, the Transferee acknowledges that its Rateable Share in Advances by way of Libor Loans and issues of Acceptances outstanding under the Credit Facilities as at the Effective Date will only take effect on the Period End Dates for those Libor Loans and issues of Acceptances.

4. Payments Between Transferor and Transferee. Any payments between the Transferor and Transferee required to be made in relation to this loan transfer agreement (including any transitional payments in relation to matters referred to in paragraph 3 above) are strictly a matter as between the Transferor and Transferee and shall, as between the Borrower, the Agent and the Other Finance Parties, on the one hand, and the Transferor and Transferee on the other hand, be deemed to have been paid.

5. Copy to the Borrowers. Each of the Transferor and Transferee hereby authorizes the Agent to provide a signed copy of this loan transfer agreement to the Borrower in acceptance of the offer contained in the Credit Agreement of the Borrower to the Transferee to become a party to the Credit Agreement in respect of the Transferred Commitments. Upon receipt thereof by the Borrower, the provisions of Subsection 16.10.4 of the Credit Agreement in respect of the Transferred Participation shall become effective and be binding upon all parties to the Credit Agreement.

6. Power of Attorney. The Transferee irrevocably appoints, authorizes and directs the Agent, as its attorney and agent, with full power of substitution and delegation, to complete, execute and deliver on behalf of the Transferee, each Finance Document to be executed by it or on its behalf and each agreement, document or instrument to be executed by it or on its behalf pursuant to each Finance Document, and to take such action on its behalf as may be authorized or directed pursuant to any such Finance Document.

7. Interpretation. This loan transfer agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein and shall be construed as supplemental to and form part of the Credit Agreement. Transmission of a copy of an executed signature page of this loan transfer agreement by facsimile transmission or by e-mail in pdf format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this agreement as of the day and year first above written.


as Transferor

By:

Authorized Signatory


as Transferee

By:

Authorized Signatory


as Agent

By:

Authorized Signatory

EXHIBIT 1
LITIGATION DISCLOSURE

1. An action has been commenced in the United States Bankruptcy Court, District of Delaware by Jeoffrey L. Burtch ("Plaintiff") against Bank of America, National Association ("BANA") NB Holdings Corporation, Bank of America Corporation and MDC Partners Inc. amongst others (the "Defendants") in respect of Cybersight LLC (the "Debtor"). The action concerns a line of credit made available to the Debtor by BANA in the amount of USD1,000,000 (the "Funds") and is an attempt by the Plaintiff acting in his capacity as trustee for the estate of the Debtor to recover the repayment of such Funds plus interest. The amount sought is USD1,026,700.91. A pre trial conference has been scheduled for November 4, 2004.

2. 02-CV-230413 CM Negligence. Ash Temple Limited (the "Plaintiff") has filed a negligence suit against MDC Corporation Inc. ("Defendant") which action has not been set down for trial as of the date hereof. The suit is for the amount of CDN250,000 and the Defendant intends to enter into nuisance settlement discussions with the Plaintiff.


EXHIBIT 21 - SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

MDC PARTNERS INC

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Name                                             Jurisdiction of Incorporation
----                                             -----------------------------

Accent Marketing Services, LLC                       Delaware
Accumark Promotions Group Inc.                       Ontario
Allard Johnson Communications Inc.                   Ontario
Ambrose Carr Linton Carroll Inc.                     Ontario
Ashton-Potter Canada Ltd.                            Ontario
Ashton-Potter (USA) Ltd.                             Delaware
Banjo, LLC                                           Delaware
Bratskeir & Company Inc.                             Delaware
Bruce Mau Design Inc.                                Ontario
Bryan Mills Group Ltd.                               Ontario
Chinnici Direct Inc                                  Delaware
Cliff Freeman + Partners LLC                         Delaware
Colle & McVoy, Inc.                                  Minnesota
Computer Composition of Canada Inc.                  Ontario
Fletcher Martin Ewing LLC                            Delaware
Hello Design, LLC                                    Delaware
Henderson bas                                        Ontario
Integrated Healthcare Communications Inc.            Ontario
Mr. Smith Agency
    (formerly named Interfocus Network Ltd.)         England
Kirshenbaum Bond & Partners LLC                      New York
   Also operating as:
     Lime Public Relations and Promotions
     The Media Kitchen
     Dotglu, Inc.
Kirshenbaum Bond & Partners West                     California
Lifemed Marketing LLC                                Delaware
Mackenzie Marketing Inc.                             Delaware
Margeotes / Fertitta + Partners LLC                  Delaware
Maxxcom Inc.                                         Delaware
Maxxcom Inc.                                         Ontario
Metaca Corporation                                   Ontario
Mono Advertising LLC                                 Delaware
Northstar Research Partners LLC                      Ontario
Placard Pty. Ltd.                                    Australia
Pro-Image Corporation                                Delaware
Source Marketing, LLC                                New York
656712 Ontario Limited                               Ontario
   Also operating as:
     Onbrand (formerly Strategies)
Targetcom, LLC                                       Delaware
Veritas Communications Inc.                          Ontario
Vitro Robertson LLC                                  Delaware


Exhibit 31

Certification

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Miles S. Nadal, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of MDC Partners Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

                                         /s/ Miles S. Nadal
Date:    August 4, 2004             --------------------------------
                                    By:      Miles S. Nadal
                                    Title:   Chairman, President and
                                             Chief Executive Officer


I, Walter A. Campbell, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of MDC Partners Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

                                       /s/  Walter A. Campbell
Date:    August 4, 2004             --------------------------------
                                    By:      Walter A. Campbell
                                    Title:   Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION OF CEO AND CFO
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the quarterly report of MDC Partners Inc. (the "Registrant") on Form 10-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2004, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Miles S. Nadal, as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, and Walter A. Campbell, as Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

     /s/ Miles S. Nadal
---------------------------------
By:      Miles S. Nadal
Title:   Chairman, President and
         Chief Executive Officer


     /s/ Walter A. Campbell
---------------------------------
By:      Walter A. Campbell
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Registrant for purposes of ss.18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.